put this here

git-svn-id: svn://10.0.0.236/branches/alecf_fastfolder_branch@51617 18797224-902f-48f8-a5cc-f745e15eee43

mozilla/mailnews/base/src/nsMsgMailSession.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,298 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for pre-compiled headers
+//#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIMsgAccountManager.h"
+//#include "nsIPop3IncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIFileLocator.h"
+#include "nsFileLocations.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMsgMailSession, nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMsgMailSession>::GetIID());
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgAccountManagerCID, NS_MSGACCOUNTMANAGER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgFolderCacheCID, NS_MSGFOLDERCACHE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIFileLocatorIID,      NS_IFILELOCATOR_IID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kFileLocatorCID,       NS_FILELOCATOR_CID);
+ 
+//static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgIdentityCID, NS_MSGIDENTITY_CID);
+//static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPop3IncomingServerCID, NS_POP3INCOMINGSERVER_CID);
+//static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefCID, NS_PREF_CID);
+    
+
+nsMsgMailSession::nsMsgMailSession():
+  mRefCnt(0),
+  m_accountManager(0),
+  m_msgFolderCache(0)
+{
+
+	NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+}
+
+
+nsMsgMailSession::~nsMsgMailSession()
+{
+	Shutdown();
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::Init()
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_NewISupportsArray(getter_AddRefs(mListeners));
+
+	return rv;
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::Shutdown()
+{
+  if(m_accountManager)
+  {
+	  if (m_msgFolderCache)
+		m_accountManager->WriteToFolderCache(m_msgFolderCache);
+	  m_accountManager->CloseCachedConnections();
+	  m_accountManager->UnloadAccounts();
+  }
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_accountManager);
+
+  NS_IF_RELEASE(m_msgFolderCache);
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+// nsIMsgMailSession
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetCurrentIdentity(nsIMsgIdentity ** aIdentity)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager;
+  rv = GetAccountManager(getter_AddRefs(accountManager));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  rv = defaultAccount->GetDefaultIdentity(aIdentity);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+  	NS_ADDREF(*aIdentity);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetCurrentServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aServer)
+{
+  nsresult rv=NS_ERROR_UNEXPECTED;
+
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager;
+  rv = GetAccountManager(getter_AddRefs(accountManager));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccount> defaultAccount;
+  rv = accountManager->GetDefaultAccount(getter_AddRefs(defaultAccount));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  //if successful aServer will be addref'd by GetIncomingServer
+  rv = defaultAccount->GetIncomingServer(aServer);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetAccountManager(nsIMsgAccountManager* *aAM)
+{
+  NS_ENSURE_ARG_POINTER(aAM);
+
+  nsresult rv;
+  
+  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgAccountManager, accountManager, kMsgAccountManagerCID, &rv);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  accountManager->LoadAccounts();
+    
+  *aAM = accountManager;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aAM);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache* *aFolderCache)
+{
+  if (!aFolderCache) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+  if (!m_msgFolderCache)
+  {
+    rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kMsgFolderCacheCID,
+                                            NULL,
+                                            nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMsgFolderCache>::GetIID(),
+                                            (void **)&m_msgFolderCache);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+		return rv;
+
+    nsCOMPtr <nsIFileSpec> cacheFile;
+    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIFileLocator, locator, kFileLocatorCID, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = locator->GetFileLocation(nsSpecialFileSpec::App_MessengerFolderCache50, getter_AddRefs(cacheFile));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    m_msgFolderCache->Init(cacheFile);
+
+  }
+
+  *aFolderCache = m_msgFolderCache;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aFolderCache);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::GetTemporaryMsgStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback* *aMsgStatusFeedback)
+{
+  if (!aMsgStatusFeedback) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  
+  *aMsgStatusFeedback = m_temporaryMsgStatusFeedback;
+  NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgStatusFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailSession::SetTemporaryMsgStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback* aMsgStatusFeedback)
+{
+  m_temporaryMsgStatusFeedback = do_QueryInterface(aMsgStatusFeedback);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::AddFolderListener(nsIFolderListener * listener)
+{
+  mListeners->AppendElement(listener);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::RemoveFolderListener(nsIFolderListener * listener)
+{
+  mListeners->RemoveElement(listener);
+  return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::NotifyFolderItemPropertyChanged(nsISupports *item,
+                                                  const char *property,
+                                                  const char* oldValue,
+                                                  const char* newValue)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	PRUint32 count;
+	rv = mListeners->Count(&count);
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+	
+	for(PRUint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> listener = getter_AddRefs((nsIFolderListener*)mListeners->ElementAt(i));
+		listener->OnItemPropertyChanged(item, property, oldValue, newValue);
+	}
+
+	return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgMailSession::NotifyFolderItemPropertyFlagChanged(nsISupports *item,
+                                                      const char *property,
+                                                      PRUint32 oldValue,
+                                                      PRUint32 newValue)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	PRUint32 count;
+	rv = mListeners->Count(&count);
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+	
+	for(PRUint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> listener = getter_AddRefs((nsIFolderListener*)mListeners->ElementAt(i));
+		listener->OnItemPropertyFlagChanged(item, property, oldValue, newValue);
+	}
+
+	return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::NotifyFolderItemAdded(nsIFolder *folder, nsISupports *item)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	PRUint32 count;
+	rv = mListeners->Count(&count);
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+	
+	for(PRUint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> listener = getter_AddRefs((nsIFolderListener*)mListeners->ElementAt(i));
+		listener->OnItemAdded(folder, item);
+	}
+
+	return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailSession::NotifyFolderItemDeleted(nsIFolder *folder, nsISupports *item)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	PRUint32 count;
+	rv = mListeners->Count(&count);
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+	
+	for(PRUint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> listener = getter_AddRefs((nsIFolderListener*)mListeners->ElementAt(i));
+		listener->OnItemRemoved(folder, item);
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP  nsMsgMailSession::NotifyFolderLoaded(nsIFolder *folder)
+{
+
+	nsresult rv;
+	PRUint32 count;
+	rv = mListeners->Count(&count);
+	if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+	
+	for(PRUint32 i = 0; i < count; i++)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIFolderListener> listener = getter_AddRefs((nsIFolderListener*)mListeners->ElementAt(i));
+		listener->OnFolderLoaded(folder);
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+
+
+}
+
+
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/MANIFEST

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# NPL.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+# Reserved.
+#
+# This is a list of local files which get copied to the mozilla:dist:mailnews directory
+#
+
+nsMsgLineBuffer.h
+nsMsgGroupRecord.h
+nsUInt32Array.h
+nsMsgKeySet.h
+nsMsgFolder.h
+nsMsgDBFolder.h
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.h
+nsMsgIdentity.h
+nsMsgIncomingServer.h
+nsNewsSummarySpec.h
+nsMsgUtils.h
+nsMessage.h
+nsMsgProtocol.h
+nsMsgTxn.h
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h
+nsMsgI18N.h
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/Makefile.in

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# NPL.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+# Reserved.
+#
+
+DEPTH		= ../../..
+topsrcdir	= @top_srcdir@
+srcdir		= @srcdir@
+VPATH		= @srcdir@
+
+include $(DEPTH)/config/autoconf.mk
+
+MODULE		= msgbaseutil
+LIBRARY_NAME	= msgbaseutil
+
+CPPSRCS		= \
+		nsMsgGroupRecord.cpp \
+		nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp \
+		nsMsgFolder.cpp \
+		nsMsgDBFolder.cpp \
+		nsUInt32Array.cpp \
+		nsMsgKeySet.cpp \
+		nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.cpp \
+		nsNewsSummarySpec.cpp \
+		nsMsgIdentity.cpp \
+		nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp \
+		nsMsgUtils.cpp \
+		nsMessage.cpp \
+		nsMsgProtocol.cpp \
+		nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp \
+		nsMsgTxn.cpp \
+		nsMsgI18N.cpp \
+		$(NULL)
+
+EXPORTS		= \
+		nsMsgGroupRecord.h \
+		nsMsgLineBuffer.h \
+		nsUInt32Array.h \
+		nsMsgKeySet.h \
+		nsMsgFolder.h \
+		nsMsgDBFolder.h \
+		nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.h \
+		nsNewsSummarySpec.h \
+		nsMsgIdentity.h \
+		nsMsgIncomingServer.h \
+		nsMsgUtils.h \
+		nsMessage.h \
+		nsMsgProtocol.h \
+		nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h \
+		nsMsgTxn.h \
+		nsMsgI18N.h \
+		$(NULL)
+
+EXTRA_DSO_LDOPTS = \
+	-L$(DIST)/bin \
+	-L$(DIST)/lib \
+	-lxpcom \
+	-lrdfutil_s \
+	$(NSPR_LIBS) \
+	$(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/macbuild/msgUtilPrefix.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+
+#include "MacPrefix.h"

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/macbuild/msgUtilPrefixDebug.h

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+
+
+#include "MacPrefix_debug.h"

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/makefile.win

@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@
+#!nmake
+#
+# The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+# Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+# compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+# http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+#
+# Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+# NPL.
+#
+# The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+# Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+# Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+# Reserved.
+
+DEPTH=..\..\..
+MODULE= msgbsutl
+
+include <$(DEPTH)\config\config.mak>
+
+################################################################################
+## exports
+
+EXPORTS=                \
+	nsMsgLineBuffer.h	\
+	nsMsgGroupRecord.h  \
+	nsUInt32Array.h	\
+	nsMsgKeySet.h			\
+	nsMsgFolder.h			\
+	nsMsgDBFolder.h			\
+	nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.h	\
+	nsMsgIdentity.h			\
+	nsMsgIncomingServer.h	\
+	nsNewsSummarySpec.h \
+	nsMsgUtils.h \
+	nsMessage.h \
+	nsMsgProtocol.h \
+	nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h \
+	nsMsgTxn.h \
+	nsMsgI18N.h \
+	$(NULL)
+
+################################################################################
+## library
+
+LIBNAME = .\$(OBJDIR)\msgbsutl
+DLL = $(LIBNAME).dll
+
+DEFINES=-D_IMPL_NS_MSG_BASE
+
+LCFLAGS =		   \
+        $(LCFLAGS) \
+        $(DEFINES) \
+        $(NULL)
+
+CPP_OBJS=                               \
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgGroupRecord.obj    \
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgLineBuffer.obj     \
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsUInt32Array.obj		\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgKeySet.obj			\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgFolder.obj			\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgDBFolder.obj		\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.obj	\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgIdentity.obj		\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgIncomingServer.obj	\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsNewsSummarySpec.obj	\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgUtils.obj			\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMessage.obj			\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgProtocol.obj		\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgMailNewsUrl.obj	\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgTxn.obj			\
+	.\$(OBJDIR)\nsMsgI18N.obj			\
+	$(NULL)
+
+LLIBS=								\
+	$(DIST)\lib\xpcom.lib			\
+	$(DIST)\lib\rdfutil_s.lib		\
+	$(LIBNSPR)						\
+	$(NULL)
+
+include <$(DEPTH)/config/rules.mak>
+
+libs:: $(DLL)
+	$(MAKE_INSTALL)  $(LIBNAME).$(DLL_SUFFIX) $(DIST)\bin
+	$(MAKE_INSTALL)  $(LIBNAME).$(LIB_SUFFIX) $(DIST)\lib

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::~nsLocalFolderSummarySpec()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::nsLocalFolderSummarySpec()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const char *folderPath, PRBool create)
+  : nsFileSpec(folderPath, create)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const nsFileSpec& inFolderPath)
+: nsFileSpec(inFolderPath)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const nsFilePath &inFolderPath, PRBool create) : nsFileSpec(inFolderPath, create)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsLocalFolderSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+void nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::SetFolderName(const char *folderPath)
+{
+	*this = folderPath;
+}
+
+void nsLocalFolderSummarySpec::	CreateSummaryFileName()
+{
+	char *leafName = GetLeafName();
+
+	nsString fullLeafName(leafName);
+
+	// Append .msf (msg summary file) this is what windows will want.
+	// Mac and Unix can decide for themselves.
+
+	fullLeafName += ".msf";				// message summary file
+	char *cLeafName = fullLeafName.ToNewCString();
+	SetLeafName(cLeafName);
+    nsAllocator::Free(cLeafName);
+	PL_strfree(leafName);
+}
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsLocalFolderSummarySpec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _nsLocalFolderSummarySpec_H
+#define _nsLocalFolderSummarySpec_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsFileSpec.h"
+
+// Class to name a summary file for a local mail folder,
+// given a full folder file spec. For windows, this just means tacking .msf on the end.
+// For Unix, it might mean something like putting a '.' on the front and .msgsummary on the end.
+// Note this class expects the invoking code to fully specify the folder path. 
+// This class does NOT prepend the local folder directory, or put .sbd on the containing
+// directory names.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsLocalFolderSummarySpec : public nsFileSpec
+{
+public:
+			virtual ~nsLocalFolderSummarySpec();
+			nsLocalFolderSummarySpec();
+			nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const char *folderPath, PRBool create = PR_FALSE);
+			nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const nsFileSpec& inFolderPath);
+			nsLocalFolderSummarySpec(const nsFilePath &inFolderPath, PRBool create = PR_FALSE);
+			void SetFolderName(const char *folderPath);
+
+protected:
+	void	CreateSummaryFileName();
+
+};
+
+#endif

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMessage.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,509 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "nsMessage.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+
+
+nsMessage::nsMessage(void)
+  : nsRDFResource(), mFolder(nsnull)
+{
+
+}
+
+nsMessage::~nsMessage(void)
+{
+	//Member variables are either nsCOMPtr's or ptrs we don't want to own.
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMessage, nsRDFResource)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMessage, nsRDFResource)                        
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+	if (!aInstancePtr) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	*aInstancePtr = nsnull;
+	if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMessage>::GetIID()) || aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIDBMessage>::GetIID()))
+	{
+		*aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDBMessage*, this);
+	}              
+	if(*aInstancePtr)
+	{
+		AddRef();
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+
+	return nsRDFResource::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMessage::Init(const char* aURI)
+{
+
+	return nsRDFResource::Init(aURI);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsString &resultProperty)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetProperty(propertyName, resultProperty);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsString &propertyStr)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetProperty(propertyName, propertyStr);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, PRUint32 *pResult)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetUint32Property(propertyName, pResult);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, PRUint32 propertyVal)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetUint32Property(propertyName, propertyVal);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetNumReferences(PRUint16 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetNumReferences(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetStringReference(PRInt32 refNum, nsCString &resultReference)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetStringReference(refNum, resultReference);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetDate(PRTime *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetDate(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetDate(PRTime date)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetDate(date);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetMessageId(const char *messageId)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetMessageId(messageId);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetReferences(const char *references)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetReferences(references);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetCCList(const char *ccList)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetCCList(ccList);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetRecipients(const char *recipients, PRBool recipientsIsNewsgroup)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetRecipients(recipients, recipientsIsNewsgroup);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetRecipientsArray(const char *names, const char *addresses, PRUint32 numAddresses)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetRecipientsArray(names, addresses, numAddresses);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetCCListArray(const char *names, const char *addresses, PRUint32 numAddresses)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetCCListArray(names, addresses, numAddresses);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetAuthor(const char *author)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetAuthor(author);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetSubject(const char *subject)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetSubject(subject);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetStatusOffset(PRUint32 statusOffset)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetStatusOffset(statusOffset);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetAuthor(nsString *resultAuthor)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetAuthor(resultAuthor);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetSubject(nsString *resultSubject)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetSubject(resultSubject);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetRecipients(nsString *resultRecipients)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetRecipients(resultRecipients);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetCCList(nsString *ccList)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetCCList(ccList);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMessageId(nsCString *resultMessageId)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMessageId(resultMessageId);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMime2DecodedAuthor(nsString *resultAuthor)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedAuthor(resultAuthor);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMime2DecodedSubject(nsString *resultSubject)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedSubject(resultSubject);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMime2DecodedRecipients(nsString *resultRecipients)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMime2DecodedRecipients(resultRecipients);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetAuthorCollationKey(nsString *resultAuthor)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetAuthorCollationKey(resultAuthor);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetSubjectCollationKey(nsString *resultSubject)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetSubjectCollationKey(resultSubject);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetRecipientsCollationKey(nsString *resultRecipients)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetRecipientsCollationKey(resultRecipients);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetFlags(PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetFlags(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetFlags(PRUint32 flags)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetFlags(flags);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::OrFlags(PRUint32 flags, PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->OrFlags(flags, result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::AndFlags(PRUint32 flags, PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->AndFlags(flags, result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::MarkRead(PRBool bRead)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->MarkRead(bRead);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::MarkFlagged(PRBool bFlagged)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->MarkFlagged(bFlagged);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMessageKey(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetThreadId(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetThreadId(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetThreadId(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetThreadId(inKey);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetMessageKey(inKey);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMessageSize(PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMessageSize(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetLineCount(PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetLineCount(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetMessageSize(PRUint32 messageSize)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetMessageSize(messageSize);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetLineCount(PRUint32 lineCount)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetLineCount(lineCount);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetPriority(nsMsgPriority priority)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetPriority(priority);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetPriority(const char *priority)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetPriority(priority);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetPriority(nsMsgPriority *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetPriority(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMessageOffset(PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetMessageOffset(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetStatusOffset(PRUint32 *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetStatusOffset(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetCharSet(nsString *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetCharSet(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetThreadParent(nsMsgKey *result)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->GetThreadParent(result);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey inKey)
+{
+	if(mMsgHdr)
+		return mMsgHdr->SetThreadParent(inKey);
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder **folder)
+{
+	if(!folder)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	*folder = mFolder;
+	if(mFolder)
+	{
+		NS_ADDREF(mFolder);
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetMsgFolder(nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+	mFolder = folder;
+	//We don't want to own folder, so don't AddRef
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::SetMsgDBHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *hdr)
+{
+	mMsgHdr = dont_QueryInterface(hdr);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessage::GetMsgDBHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr **hdr)
+{
+	*hdr = mMsgHdr;
+	if(*hdr)
+	{
+		NS_ADDREF(*hdr);
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+	else
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+}
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMessage.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Messenger folders.
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsMessage_h__
+#define nsMessage_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMessage.h" /* include the interface we are going to support */
+#include "nsRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMessage: public nsRDFResource, public nsIDBMessage
+{
+public: 
+	nsMessage(void);
+	virtual ~nsMessage(void);
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+  NS_DECL_NSIMESSAGE
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBMESSAGE
+
+	NS_IMETHOD Init(const char *aURI);
+	//nsIMsgHdr
+	NS_IMETHOD GetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsString &resultProperty);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetProperty(const char *propertyName, nsString &propertyStr);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, PRUint32 *pResult);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetUint32Property(const char *propertyName, PRUint32 propertyVal);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetNumReferences(PRUint16 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetStringReference(PRInt32 refNum, nsCString &resultReference);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetDate(PRTime *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetDate(PRTime date);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetMessageId(const char *messageId);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetReferences(const char *references);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetCCList(const char *ccList);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetRecipients(const char *recipients, PRBool recipientsIsNewsgroup);
+	NS_IMETHOD SetRecipientsArray(const char *names, const char *addresses, PRUint32 numAddresses);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetCCListArray(const char *names, const char *addresses, PRUint32 numAddresses);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetAuthor(const char *author);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetSubject(const char *subject);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetStatusOffset(PRUint32 statusOffset);
+
+	NS_IMETHOD GetAuthor(nsString *resultAuthor);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetSubject(nsString *resultSubject);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetRecipients(nsString *resultRecipients);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetCCList(nsString *ccList);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetMessageId(nsCString *resultMessageId);
+
+	NS_IMETHOD GetMime2DecodedAuthor(nsString *resultAuthor);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetMime2DecodedSubject(nsString *resultSubject);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetMime2DecodedRecipients(nsString *resultRecipients);
+
+	NS_IMETHOD GetAuthorCollationKey(nsString *resultAuthor);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetSubjectCollationKey(nsString *resultSubject);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetRecipientsCollationKey(nsString *resultRecipients);
+
+    // flag handling routines
+    NS_IMETHOD GetFlags(PRUint32 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetFlags(PRUint32 flags);
+    NS_IMETHOD OrFlags(PRUint32 flags, PRUint32 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD AndFlags(PRUint32 flags, PRUint32 *result);
+
+	// Mark message routines
+	NS_IMETHOD MarkRead(PRBool bRead);
+	NS_IMETHOD MarkFlagged(PRBool bFlagged);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetMessageKey(nsMsgKey *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetThreadId(nsMsgKey *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetThreadId(nsMsgKey inKey);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetMessageKey(nsMsgKey inKey);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetMessageSize(PRUint32 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetMessageSize(PRUint32 messageSize);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetLineCount(PRUint32 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetLineCount(PRUint32 lineCount);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetPriority(nsMsgPriority priority);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetPriority(const char *priority);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetMessageOffset(PRUint32 *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetStatusOffset(PRUint32 *result); 
+	NS_IMETHOD GetCharSet(nsString *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetPriority(nsMsgPriority *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD GetThreadParent(nsMsgKey *result);
+    NS_IMETHOD SetThreadParent(nsMsgKey inKey);
+
+protected:
+	nsIMsgFolder *mFolder;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> mMsgHdr;
+
+};
+
+#endif //nsMessage_h__
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,530 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMessage.h"
+#include "nsMsgDBFolder.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolderFlags.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefServiceCID, NS_PREF_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgMailSessionCID, NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF_INHERITED(nsMsgDBFolder, nsMsgFolder)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE_INHERITED(nsMsgDBFolder, nsMsgFolder)
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+	if (!aInstancePtr) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	*aInstancePtr = nsnull;
+	if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIDBChangeListener>::GetIID()))
+	{
+		*aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIDBChangeListener*, this);
+	}              
+	else if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIUrlListener>::GetIID()))
+	{
+		*aInstancePtr = NS_STATIC_CAST(nsIUrlListener*, this);
+	}              
+
+	if(*aInstancePtr)
+	{
+		AddRef();
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+
+	return nsRDFResource::QueryInterface(aIID, aInstancePtr);
+}
+
+nsMsgDBFolder::nsMsgDBFolder(void)
+: mCharset(""), mAddListener(PR_TRUE)
+{
+
+}
+
+nsMsgDBFolder::~nsMsgDBFolder(void)
+{
+	if(mDatabase)
+	{
+		mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+		mDatabase->Close(PR_TRUE);
+	}
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::StartFolderLoading(void)
+{
+	if(mDatabase)
+		mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+	mAddListener = PR_FALSE;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::EndFolderLoading(void)
+{
+	if(mDatabase)
+		mDatabase->AddListener(this);
+	mAddListener = PR_TRUE;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetThreads(nsISimpleEnumerator** threadEnumerator)
+{
+	nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+	
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		return mDatabase->EnumerateThreads(threadEnumerator);
+	else
+		return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetThreadForMessage(nsIMessage *message, nsIMsgThread **thread)
+{
+	nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIDBMessage> dbMessage(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			rv = dbMessage->GetMsgDBHdr(getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			rv = mDatabase->GetThreadContainingMsgHdr(msgDBHdr, thread);
+		}
+	}
+	return rv;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::HasMessage(nsIMessage *message, PRBool *hasMessage)
+{
+	if(!hasMessage)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr, msgDBHdrForKey;
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIDBMessage> dbMessage(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+		nsMsgKey key;
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			rv = dbMessage->GetMsgDBHdr(getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			rv = msgDBHdr->GetMessageKey(&key);
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			rv = mDatabase->ContainsKey(key, hasMessage);
+		
+	}
+	return rv;
+
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::GetCharset(PRUnichar * *aCharset)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	if(!aCharset)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	if(mCharset == "")
+	{
+		NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPref, prefs, kPrefServiceCID, &rv);
+
+		char *prefCharset = nsnull;
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			rv = prefs->CopyCharPref("intl.character_set_name", &prefCharset);
+		}
+  
+		nsString prefCharsetStr;
+		if(prefCharset)
+		{
+			prefCharsetStr = prefCharset;
+			PR_Free(prefCharset);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			prefCharsetStr = "us-ascii";
+		}
+		*aCharset = prefCharsetStr.ToNewUnicode();
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		*aCharset = mCharset.ToNewUnicode();
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::SetCharset(const PRUnichar * aCharset)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db; 
+	rv = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		nsString charset(aCharset);
+		rv = folderInfo->SetCharacterSet(&charset);
+		db->Commit(nsMsgDBCommitType::kLargeCommit);
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::ReadDBFolderInfo(PRBool force)
+{
+	// Since it turns out to be pretty expensive to open and close
+	// the DBs all the time, if we have to open it once, get everything
+	// we might need while we're here
+
+	nsresult result;
+
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCache> folderCache;
+
+	NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgMailSession, mailSession, kMsgMailSessionCID, &result); 
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+	{
+		result = mailSession->GetFolderCache(getter_AddRefs(folderCache));
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && folderCache)
+		{
+			char *uri;
+
+			result = GetURI(&uri);
+			if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && uri)
+			{
+				nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+				result = folderCache->GetCacheElement(uri, PR_FALSE, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+				if (NS_SUCCEEDED(result) && cacheElement)
+				{
+					result = ReadFromFolderCache(cacheElement);
+				}
+				PR_Free(uri);
+			}
+
+		}
+	}
+//	if (m_master->InitFolderFromCache (this))
+//		return err;
+
+	if (force || !(mPrefFlags & MSG_FOLDER_PREF_CACHED))
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIDBFolderInfo> folderInfo;
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> db; 
+        result = GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(getter_AddRefs(folderInfo), getter_AddRefs(db));
+        if(NS_SUCCEEDED(result))
+        {
+			mIsCachable = PR_TRUE;
+            if (folderInfo)
+            {
+
+	            folderInfo->GetFlags(&mPrefFlags);
+                mPrefFlags |= MSG_FOLDER_PREF_CACHED;
+                folderInfo->SetFlags(mPrefFlags);
+
+				folderInfo->GetNumMessages(&mNumTotalMessages);
+				folderInfo->GetNumNewMessages(&mNumUnreadMessages);
+
+				//These should be put in IMAP folder only.
+				//folderInfo->GetImapTotalPendingMessages(&mNumPendingTotalMessages);
+				//folderInfo->GetImapUnreadPendingMessages(&mNumPendingUnreadMessages);
+
+				folderInfo->GetCharacterSet(&mCharset);
+        
+				if (db) {
+					PRBool hasnew;
+					nsresult rv;
+					rv = db->HasNew(&hasnew);
+					if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+					if (!hasnew && mNumPendingUnreadMessages <= 0) {
+						ClearFlag(MSG_FOLDER_FLAG_GOT_NEW);
+					}
+				}
+            }
+
+        }
+        if (db)
+	        db->Close(PR_FALSE);
+    }
+
+	return result;
+	
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::SendFlagNotifications(nsISupports *item, PRUint32 oldFlags, PRUint32 newFlags)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	PRUint32 changedFlags = oldFlags ^ newFlags;
+	if((changedFlags & MSG_FLAG_READ) || (changedFlags & MSG_FLAG_REPLIED)
+		|| (changedFlags & MSG_FLAG_FORWARDED)|| (changedFlags & MSG_FLAG_NEW))
+	{
+		rv = NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(item, "Status", oldFlags, newFlags);
+	}
+	else if((changedFlags & MSG_FLAG_MARKED))
+	{
+		rv = NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(item, "Flagged", oldFlags, newFlags);
+	}
+		return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase** aMsgDatabase)
+{
+    if (!aMsgDatabase || !mDatabase)
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    *aMsgDatabase = mDatabase;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aMsgDatabase);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnKeyChange(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, PRUint32 aOldFlags, PRUint32 aNewFlags, 
+                         nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> pMsgDBHdr;
+	nsresult rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aKeyChanged, getter_AddRefs(pMsgDBHdr));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pMsgDBHdr)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMessage> message;
+		rv = CreateMessageFromMsgDBHdr(pMsgDBHdr, getter_AddRefs(message));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> msgSupports(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+			if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			{
+				SendFlagNotifications(msgSupports, aOldFlags, aNewFlags);
+			}
+			UpdateSummaryTotals(PR_TRUE);
+		}
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnKeyDeleted(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey  aParentKey, PRInt32 aFlags, 
+                          nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> pMsgDBHdr;
+	nsresult rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aKeyChanged, getter_AddRefs(pMsgDBHdr));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && pMsgDBHdr)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMessage> message;
+		rv = CreateMessageFromMsgDBHdr(pMsgDBHdr, getter_AddRefs(message));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> msgSupports(do_QueryInterface(message, &rv));
+			if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			{
+				NotifyItemDeleted(msgSupports);
+			}
+			UpdateSummaryTotals(PR_TRUE);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnKeyAdded(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey  aParentKey , PRInt32 aFlags, 
+                        nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+	rv = mDatabase->GetMsgHdrForKey(aKeyChanged, getter_AddRefs(msgDBHdr));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgDBHdr)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMessage> message;
+		rv = CreateMessageFromMsgDBHdr(msgDBHdr, getter_AddRefs(message));
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> msgSupports(do_QueryInterface(message));
+			if(msgSupports)
+			{
+				NotifyItemAdded(msgSupports);
+			}
+			UpdateSummaryTotals(PR_TRUE);
+		}
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnParentChanged(nsMsgKey aKeyChanged, nsMsgKey oldParent, nsMsgKey newParent, 
+						nsIDBChangeListener * aInstigator)
+{
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::OnAnnouncerGoingAway(nsIDBChangeAnnouncer *
+													 instigator)
+{
+    if (mDatabase)
+    {
+        mDatabase->RemoveListener(this);
+        mDatabase = null_nsCOMPtr();
+    }
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::ManyHeadersToDownload(PRBool *retval)
+{
+	PRInt32 numTotalMessages;
+
+	if (!retval)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	if (!mDatabase)
+		*retval = PR_TRUE;
+	else if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetTotalMessages(PR_FALSE, &numTotalMessages)) && numTotalMessages <= 0)
+		*retval = PR_TRUE;
+	else
+		*retval = PR_FALSE;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+nsresult nsMsgDBFolder::ReadFromFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	char *charset;
+
+	element->GetInt32Property("flags", &mPrefFlags);
+	element->GetInt32Property("totalMsgs", &mNumTotalMessages);
+	element->GetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", &mNumUnreadMessages);
+
+	element->GetStringProperty("charset", &charset);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+	char *uri;
+
+	GetURI(&uri);
+	printf("read total %ld for %s\n", mNumTotalMessages, uri);
+	PR_Free(uri);
+#endif
+	mCharset = charset;
+	PR_FREEIF(charset);
+
+    mPrefFlags |= MSG_FOLDER_PREF_CACHED;
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache)
+{
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIEnumerator> aEnumerator;
+
+	nsresult rv = GetSubFolders(getter_AddRefs(aEnumerator));
+	if(NS_FAILED(rv)) 
+		return rv;
+
+	char *uri = nsnull;
+	rv = GetURI(&uri);
+
+	if (folderCache)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolderCacheElement> cacheElement;
+		rv = folderCache->GetCacheElement(uri, PR_TRUE, getter_AddRefs(cacheElement));
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && cacheElement)
+			rv = WriteToFolderCacheElem(cacheElement);
+	}
+	PR_FREEIF(uri);
+
+	
+	nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> aItem;
+
+	rv = aEnumerator->First();
+	if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		return NS_OK;	// it's OK, there are no sub-folders.
+
+	while(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		rv = aEnumerator->CurrentItem(getter_AddRefs(aItem));
+		if (NS_FAILED(rv)) break;
+		nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> aMsgFolder(do_QueryInterface(aItem, &rv));
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			if (folderCache)
+			{
+				rv = aMsgFolder->WriteToFolderCache(folderCache);
+				if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+					break;
+			}
+		}
+		rv = aEnumerator->Next();
+		if (!NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			rv = NS_OK;
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgDBFolder::WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	element->SetInt32Property("flags", mPrefFlags);
+	element->SetInt32Property("totalMsgs", mNumTotalMessages);
+	element->SetInt32Property("totalUnreadMsgs", mNumUnreadMessages);
+
+	element->SetStringProperty("charset", (const char *) nsCAutoString(mCharset));
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu1
+	char *uri;
+
+	GetURI(&uri);
+	printf("writing total %ld for %s\n", mNumTotalMessages, uri);
+	PR_Free(uri);
+#endif
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::MarkAllMessagesRead(void)
+{
+	nsresult rv = GetDatabase();
+	
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		return mDatabase->MarkAllRead(nsnull);
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnStartRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl)
+{
+	NS_PRECONDITION(aUrl, "just a sanity check");
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgDBFolder::OnStopRunningUrl(nsIURI *aUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+	NS_PRECONDITION(aUrl, "just a sanity check");
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> mailUrl = do_QueryInterface(aUrl);
+	if (mailUrl)
+	{
+		PRBool updatingFolder = PR_FALSE;
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(mailUrl->GetUpdatingFolder(&updatingFolder)) && updatingFolder)
+		{
+			NotifyFolderLoaded();
+		}
+	}
+    return NS_OK;
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgDBFolder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgDBFolder_h__
+#define nsMsgDBFolder_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgFolder.h" 
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMessage.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIDBChangeListener.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+
+class nsIMsgFolderCacheElement;
+ /* 
+  * nsMsgDBFolder
+  * class derived from nsMsgFolder for those folders that use an nsIMsgDatabase
+  */ 
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgDBFolder:  public nsMsgFolder,
+                                        public nsIDBChangeListener,
+                                        public nsIUrlListener
+{
+public: 
+	nsMsgDBFolder(void);
+	virtual ~nsMsgDBFolder(void);
+  NS_DECL_NSIDBCHANGELISTENER
+  
+	NS_IMETHOD  StartFolderLoading(void);
+	NS_IMETHOD  EndFolderLoading(void);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetThreads(nsISimpleEnumerator** threadEnumerator);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetThreadForMessage(nsIMessage *message, nsIMsgThread **thread);
+	NS_IMETHOD HasMessage(nsIMessage *message, PRBool *hasMessage);
+	NS_IMETHOD GetCharset(PRUnichar * *aCharset);
+	NS_IMETHOD SetCharset(const PRUnichar * aCharset);
+
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase** aMsgDatabase);
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+	NS_DECL_NSIURLLISTENER
+
+	NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache);
+	NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCacheElem(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element);
+	NS_IMETHOD ManyHeadersToDownload(PRBool *_retval);
+
+	NS_IMETHOD MarkAllMessagesRead(void);
+
+protected:
+	virtual nsresult ReadDBFolderInfo(PRBool force);
+	virtual nsresult GetDatabase() = 0;
+	virtual nsresult SendFlagNotifications(nsISupports *item, PRUint32 oldFlags, PRUint32 newFlags);
+	nsresult ReadFromFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCacheElement *element);
+
+protected:
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDatabase> mDatabase;  
+	nsString mCharset;
+	PRBool mAddListener;
+
+
+};
+
+#endif

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgFolder.h

@@ -0,0 +1,268 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+/********************************************************************************************************
+ 
+   Interface for representing Messenger folders.
+ 
+*********************************************************************************************************/
+
+#ifndef nsMsgFolder_h__
+#define nsMsgFolder_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h" /* include the interface we are going to support */
+#include "nsRDFResource.h"
+#include "nsIDBFolderInfo.h"
+#include "nsIMsgDatabase.h"
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+ /* 
+  * MsgFolder
+  */ 
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgFolder: public nsRDFResource, public nsIMsgFolder
+{
+public: 
+  nsMsgFolder(void);
+  virtual ~nsMsgFolder(void);
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS_INHERITED
+
+  NS_DECL_NSICOLLECTION
+  NS_DECL_NSIFOLDER
+  // eventually this will be an instantiable class, and we should
+  // use this macro:
+  // NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDER
+  
+  // right now a few of these methods are left abstract, and
+  // are commented out below
+  
+  // begin NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDER
+  NS_IMETHOD AddUnique(nsISupports *element);
+  NS_IMETHOD ReplaceElement(nsISupports *element, nsISupports *newElement);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMessages(nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetThreads(nsISimpleEnumerator **_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD StartFolderLoading(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD EndFolderLoading(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateFolder(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetThreadForMessage(nsIMessage *message, nsIMsgThread **_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD HasMessage(nsIMessage *message, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetVisibleSubFolders(nsIEnumerator **_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPrettiestName(PRUnichar * *aPrettiestName);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderURL(char * *aFolderURL);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeleteIsMoveToTrash(PRBool *aDeleteIsMoveToTrash);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetShowDeletedMessages(PRBool *aShowDeletedMessages);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer * *aServer);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetIsServer(PRBool *aIsServer);
+  NS_IMETHOD OnCloseFolder(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD Delete(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD DeleteSubFolders(nsISupportsArray *folders);
+  NS_IMETHOD PropagateDelete(nsIMsgFolder *folder, PRBool deleteStorage);
+  NS_IMETHOD RecursiveDelete(PRBool deleteStorage);
+  NS_IMETHOD CreateSubfolder(const char *folderName);
+  NS_IMETHOD Compact(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD EmptyTrash(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD Rename(const char *name);
+  NS_IMETHOD Adopt(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, PRUint32 *outPos);
+  NS_IMETHOD ContainsChildNamed(const char *name, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD IsAncestorOf(nsIMsgFolder *folder, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GenerateUniqueSubfolderName(const char *prefix, nsIMsgFolder *otherFolder, char **_retval); 
+  NS_IMETHOD UpdateSummaryTotals(PRBool force);
+  NS_IMETHOD SummaryChanged(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumUnread(PRBool deep, PRInt32 *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTotalMessages(PRBool deep, PRInt32 *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetExpungedBytesCount(PRUint32 *aExpungedBytesCount);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDeletable(PRBool *aDeletable);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanCreateChildren(PRBool *aCanCreateChildren);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetCanBeRenamed(PRBool *aCanBeRenamed);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRequiresCleanup(PRBool *aRequiresCleanup);
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearRequiresCleanup(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD ManyHeadersToDownload(PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetKnowsSearchNntpExtension(PRBool *aKnowsSearchNntpExtension);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAllowsPosting(PRBool *aAllowsPosting);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetDisplayRecipients(PRBool *aDisplayRecipients);
+   NS_IMETHOD GetRelativePathName(char * *aRelativePathName);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetSizeOnDisk(PRUint32 *aSizeOnDisk);
+  NS_IMETHOD RememberPassword(const char *password);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRememberedPassword(char * *aRememberedPassword);
+  NS_IMETHOD UserNeedsToAuthenticateForFolder(PRBool displayOnly, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetUsername(char * *aUsername);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetHostname(char * *aHostname);
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFlag(PRUint32 flag);
+  NS_IMETHOD ClearFlag(PRUint32 flag);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFlag(PRUint32 flag, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD ToggleFlag(PRUint32 flag);
+  NS_IMETHOD OnFlagChange(PRUint32 flag);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFlags(PRUint32 *aFlags);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFoldersWithFlag(PRUint32 flags, nsIMsgFolder **result, PRUint32 resultsize, PRUint32 *numFolders);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetExpansionArray(nsISupportsArray *expansionArray);
+  // NS_IMETHOD DeleteMessages(nsISupportsArray *message, nsITransactionManager *txnMgr, PRBool deleteStorage);
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyMessages(nsIMsgFolder *srcFolder, nsISupportsArray *messages, PRBool isMove, nsITransactionManager *txnMgr, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener);
+  NS_IMETHOD CopyFileMessage(nsIFileSpec *fileSpec, nsIMessage *msgToReplace, PRBool isDraft, nsITransactionManager *txnMgr, nsIMsgCopyServiceListener *listener);
+  NS_IMETHOD AcquireSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder);
+  NS_IMETHOD ReleaseSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder);
+  NS_IMETHOD TestSemaphore(nsISupports *semHolder, PRBool *_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLocked(PRBool *aLocked);
+  // NS_IMETHOD CreateMessageFromMsgDBHdr(nsIMsgDBHdr *msgDBHdr, nsIMessage **_retval);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessages(void);
+  // NS_IMETHOD WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache);
+  // NS_IMETHOD GetCharset(PRUnichar * *aCharset);
+  // NS_IMETHOD SetCharset(const PRUnichar * aCharset);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetBiffState(PRUint32 *aBiffState);
+  NS_IMETHOD SetBiffState(PRUint32 aBiffState);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNumNewMessages(PRInt32 *aNumNewMessages);
+  NS_IMETHOD SetNumNewMessages(PRInt32 aNumNewMessages);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetNewMessagesNotificationDescription(PRUnichar * *aNewMessagesNotificationDescription);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetRootFolder(nsIMsgFolder * *aRootFolder);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetMsgDatabase(nsIMsgDatabase * *aMsgDatabase);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPath(nsIFileSpec * *aPath);
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesRead(nsISupportsArray *messages, PRBool markRead);
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkAllMessagesRead(void);
+  NS_IMETHOD MarkMessagesFlagged(nsISupportsArray *messages, PRBool markFlagged);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetChildWithURI(const char *uri, PRBool deep, nsIMsgFolder **_retval); 
+
+  // end NS_DECL_NSIMSGFOLDER
+  
+  // nsRDFResource overrides
+  NS_IMETHOD Init(const char* aURI);
+  
+#if 0
+  static nsresult GetRoot(nsIMsgFolder* *result);
+#endif
+  // Gets the URL that represents the given message.  Returns a newly
+  // created string that must be free'd using XP_FREE().
+  // If the db is NULL, then returns a URL that represents the entire
+  // folder as a whole.
+#ifdef HAVE_DB
+  NS_IMETHOD BuildUrl(nsMsgDatabase *db, nsMsgKey key, char ** url);
+  
+  // updates num messages and num unread - should be pure virtual
+  // when I get around to implementing in all subclasses?
+  NS_IMETHOD GetTotalMessagesInDB(PRUint32 *totalMessages) const;					// How many messages in database.
+	// These functions are used for tricking the front end into thinking that we have more 
+	// messages than are really in the DB.  This is usually after and IMAP message copy where
+	// we don't want to do an expensive select until the user actually opens that folder
+	// These functions are called when MSG_Master::GetFolderLineById is populating a MSG_FolderLine
+	// struct used by the FE
+	int32			GetNumPendingUnread(PRBool deep = PR_FALSE);
+	int32			GetNumPendingTotalMessages(PRBool deep = PR_FALSE);
+	
+  void			ChangeNumPendingUnread(int32 delta);
+  void			ChangeNumPendingTotalMessages(int32 delta);
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFolderPrefFlags(PRUint32 flags);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetFolderPrefFlags(PRUint32 *flags);
+
+
+  NS_IMETHOD SetLastMessageLoaded(nsMsgKey lastMessageLoaded);
+  NS_IMETHOD GetLastMessageLoaded();
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_ADMINURL
+  NS_IMETHOD GetAdminUrl(MWContext *context, MSG_AdminURLType type);
+  NS_IMETHOD HaveAdminUrl(MSG_AdminURLType type, PRBool *hadAdminUrl);
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef HAVE_PANE
+  NS_IMETHOD	MarkAllRead(MSG_Pane *pane, PRBool deep);
+  NS_IMETHOD SetFlagInAllFolderPanes(PRUint32 which);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_NET
+  NS_IMETHOD EscapeMessageId(const char *messageId, const char **escapeMessageID);
+  NS_IMETHOD ShouldPerformOperationOffline(PRBool *performOffline);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CACHE
+	virtual nsresult WriteToCache(XP_File);
+	virtual nsresult ReadFromCache(char *);
+	virtual PRBool IsCachable();
+	void SkipCacheTokens(char **ppBuf, int numTokens);
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DOES_FOLDEROPERATIONS
+	int DownloadToTempFileAndUpload(MessageCopyInfo *copyInfo, nsMsgKeyArray &keysToSave, MSG_FolderInfo *dstFolder, nsMsgDatabase *sourceDB);
+	void UpdateMoveCopyStatus(MWContext *context, PRBool isMove, int32 curMsgCount, int32 totMessages);
+#endif
+
+	virtual nsresult GetDBFolderInfoAndDB(nsIDBFolderInfo **folderInfo, nsIMsgDatabase **db) = 0;
+
+
+	NS_IMETHOD MatchName(nsString *name, PRBool *matches);
+
+
+protected:
+	nsresult NotifyPropertyChanged(char *property, char* oldValue, char* newValue);
+	nsresult NotifyPropertyFlagChanged(nsISupports *item, char *property, PRUint32 oldValue,
+												PRUint32 newValue);
+	nsresult NotifyItemAdded(nsISupports *item);
+	nsresult NotifyItemDeleted(nsISupports *item);
+
+	nsresult NotifyFolderLoaded();
+	// this is a little helper function that is not part of the public interface. 
+	// we use it to get the IID of the incoming server for the derived folder.
+	// w/out a function like this we would have to implement GetServer in each
+	// derived folder class.
+	virtual const char* GetIncomingServerType() = 0;
+
+protected:
+  PRUint32 mFlags;
+  nsIFolder *mParent;     //This won't be refcounted for ownership reasons.
+  PRInt32 mNumUnreadMessages;        /* count of unread messages (-1 means
+                                         unknown; -2 means unknown but we already
+                                         tried to find out.) */
+  PRInt32 mNumTotalMessages;         /* count of existing messages. */
+  nsCOMPtr<nsISupportsArray> mSubFolders;
+  nsVoidArray *mListeners; //This can't be an nsISupportsArray because due to
+													 //ownership issues, listeners can't be AddRef'd
+
+  PRInt32 mPrefFlags;       // prefs like MSG_PREF_OFFLINE, MSG_PREF_ONE_PANE, etc
+  nsISupports *mSemaphoreHolder; // set when the folder is being written to
+								//Due to ownership issues, this won't be AddRef'd.
+
+  nsIMsgIncomingServer* m_server; //this won't be addrefed....ownership issue here
+
+#ifdef HAVE_DB
+  nsMsgKey	m_lastMessageLoaded;
+#endif
+  // These values are used for tricking the front end into thinking that we have more 
+  // messages than are really in the DB.  This is usually after and IMAP message copy where
+  // we don't want to do an expensive select until the user actually opens that folder
+  PRInt32 mNumPendingUnreadMessages;
+  PRInt32 mNumPendingTotalMessages;
+
+  PRUint32	mBiffState;
+  PRInt32	mNumNewBiffMessages;
+
+  PRBool mIsCachable;
+
+  //
+  // stuff from the uri
+  //
+  
+  PRBool mIsServer;
+  nsString mName;
+  
+};
+
+#endif

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgGroupRecord.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,598 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#include "nsMsgGroupRecord.h"
+
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "nsEscape.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+
+// mscott: this is lame...I know....
+#define MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY  1
+
+const PRUint32 F_ISGROUP			 = 0x00000001;
+const PRUint32 F_EXPANDED			 = 0x00000002;
+const PRUint32 F_CATCONT			 = 0x00000004;
+const PRUint32 F_VIRTUAL			 = 0x00000008;
+const PRUint32 F_DIRTY			 = 0x00000010;
+const PRUint32 F_DESCENDENTSLOADED = 0x00000020;
+const PRUint32 F_HTMLOKGROUP		 = 0x00000040;
+const PRUint32 F_HTMLOKTREE		 = 0x00000080;
+const PRUint32 F_NEEDEXTRAINFO	 = 0x00000100;
+const PRUint32 F_DOESNOTEXIST		 = 0x00000200;
+const PRUint32 RUNTIMEFLAGS =		// Flags to be sure *not* to write to disk.
+	F_DIRTY | F_DESCENDENTSLOADED | F_EXPANDED;
+
+
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GroupNameCompare(const char* name1, const char* name2,
+								  char delimiter, PRBool caseInsensitive)
+{
+	if (caseInsensitive)
+	{
+		while (*name1 && (nsCRT::ToUpper(*name1) == nsCRT::ToUpper(*name2))) {
+			name1++;
+			name2++;
+		}		
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		while (*name1 && *name1 == *name2) {
+			name1++;
+			name2++;
+		}
+	}
+
+	if (*name1 && *name2) {
+		if (*name1 == delimiter) return -1;
+		if (*name2 == delimiter) return 1;
+	}
+
+	if (caseInsensitive)
+		return int(nsCRT::ToUpper(*name1)) - int(nsCRT::ToUpper(*name2));
+	else
+		return int(*name1) - int(*name2);
+}
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::Create(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent, const char* partname,
+						PRInt64 aTime, PRInt32 uniqueid, PRInt32 fileoffset)
+{
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* result = new nsMsgGroupRecord(parent, partname,
+												  aTime, uniqueid, fileoffset);
+	if (result && partname && !result->m_partname) {
+		// We ran out of memory.
+		delete result;
+		result = NULL;
+	}
+	result->InitializeSibling();
+	return result;
+}
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsMsgGroupRecord);
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord::nsMsgGroupRecord(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent, const char* partname,
+								 PRInt64 aTime, PRInt32 uniqueid, PRInt32 fileoffset,
+								 char delimiter /* = '.' */)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgGroupRecord);
+	int length;
+	m_prettyname = NULL;
+	m_parent = parent;
+	m_children = NULL;
+	m_sibling = NULL;
+	m_flags = 0;
+	m_partname = NULL;
+	m_addtime = aTime;
+	m_uniqueId = uniqueid;
+	m_fileoffset = fileoffset;
+	m_delimiter = delimiter;
+	if (partname) {
+		length = PL_strlen(partname);
+		// PR_ASSERT(parent != NULL);
+		m_partname = new char [length + 1];
+		if (!m_partname) {
+			m_parent = NULL;
+			return;
+		}
+		PL_strcpy(m_partname, partname);
+	}
+}
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord::~nsMsgGroupRecord()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgGroupRecord);
+	delete [] m_partname;
+	m_partname = NULL;
+	delete [] m_prettyname;
+	m_prettyname = NULL;
+	while (m_children) {
+		delete m_children;
+	}
+	m_children = NULL;
+	if (m_parent) {
+		nsMsgGroupRecord** ptr;
+		for (ptr = &(m_parent->m_children);
+			 *ptr;
+			 ptr = &((*ptr)->m_sibling)) {
+			if (*ptr == this) {
+				*ptr = m_sibling;
+				break;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+void nsMsgGroupRecord::InitializeSibling()
+{
+	if (m_parent) {
+		PR_ASSERT(m_partname != NULL);
+		nsMsgGroupRecord** ptr;
+		for (ptr = &(m_parent->m_children) ; *ptr ; ptr = &((*ptr)->m_sibling)) {
+			int comp = GroupNameCompare((*ptr)->m_partname, m_partname, m_delimiter, IsIMAPGroupRecord());
+			PR_ASSERT(comp != 0);
+			if (comp >= 0) break;
+		}
+		m_sibling = *ptr;
+		*ptr = this;
+	}
+}
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::FindDescendant(const char* name)
+{
+	if (!name || !*name) return this;
+	char* ptr = PL_strchr(name, m_delimiter);
+	if (ptr) *ptr = '\0';
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* child;
+	for (child = m_children ; child ; child = child->m_sibling) {
+		if (PL_strcmp(child->m_partname, name) == 0) {
+			break;
+		}
+	}
+	if (ptr) {
+		*ptr++ = m_delimiter;
+		if (child) {
+			return child->FindDescendant(ptr);
+		}
+	}
+	return child;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetSiblingOrAncestorSibling()
+{
+	if (m_sibling) return m_sibling;
+	if (m_parent) return m_parent->GetSiblingOrAncestorSibling();
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetNextAlphabetic()
+{
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* result;
+	if (m_children) result = m_children;
+	else result = GetSiblingOrAncestorSibling();
+#ifdef DEBUG_slowAndParanoid
+	if (result) {
+		char* ptr1 = GetFullName();
+		char* ptr2 = result->GetFullName();
+		PR_ASSERT(GroupNameCompare(ptr1, ptr2) < 0);
+		delete [] ptr1;
+		delete [] ptr2;
+	}
+#endif
+	return result;
+}
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetNextAlphabeticNoCategories()
+{
+	if (IsCategoryContainer()) {
+		return GetSiblingOrAncestorSibling();
+	} else {
+		return GetNextAlphabetic();
+	}
+}
+
+
+char*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetFullName()
+{
+	int length = 0;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* ptr;
+	for (ptr = this ; ptr ; ptr = ptr->m_parent) {
+		if (ptr->m_partname) length += PL_strlen(ptr->m_partname) + 1;
+	}
+	PR_ASSERT(length > 0);
+	if (length <= 0) return NULL;
+	char* result = new char [length];
+	if (result) {
+		SuckInName(result);
+		PR_ASSERT(int(PL_strlen(result)) + 1 == length);
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+char* 
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SuckInName(char* ptr)
+{
+	if (m_parent && m_parent->m_partname) {
+		ptr = m_parent->SuckInName(ptr);
+		*ptr++ = m_delimiter;
+	}
+	PL_strcpy(ptr, m_partname);
+	return ptr + PL_strlen(ptr);
+}
+
+
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetPrettyName(const char* name)
+{
+	if (name == NULL && m_prettyname == NULL) return 0;
+	m_flags |= F_DIRTY;
+	delete [] m_prettyname;
+	m_prettyname = NULL;
+	if (!name || !*name) {
+		return 0;
+	}
+	int length = PL_strlen(name);
+	m_prettyname = new char [length + 1];
+	if (!m_prettyname) {
+		return MK_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+	}
+	PL_strcpy(m_prettyname, name);
+	return 1;
+}
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsCategory()
+{
+	return GetCategoryContainer() != NULL;
+}
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsCategoryContainer()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_CATCONT) != 0;
+}
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::NeedsExtraInfo()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_NEEDEXTRAINFO) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetNeedsExtraInfo(PRBool value)
+{
+	return TweakFlag(F_NEEDEXTRAINFO, value);
+}
+
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsCategoryContainer(PRBool value)
+{
+	// refuse to set a group to be a category container if it has a parent
+	// that's a category container.
+	if (! (value && GetCategoryContainer()))
+		return TweakFlag(F_CATCONT, value);
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetCategoryContainer()
+{
+	if (IsCategoryContainer()) return NULL;
+	for (nsMsgGroupRecord* ptr = m_parent ; ptr ; ptr = ptr->m_parent) {
+		if (ptr->IsCategoryContainer()) return ptr;
+	}
+	return NULL;
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsVirtual(PRBool *retval)
+{
+	*retval =( (m_flags & F_VIRTUAL) != 0);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsVirtual(PRBool value)
+{
+	TweakFlag(F_VIRTUAL, value);
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsExpanded()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_EXPANDED) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsExpanded(PRBool value)
+{
+	return TweakFlag(F_EXPANDED, value);
+}
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsHTMLOKGroup()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_HTMLOKGROUP) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsHTMLOKGroup(PRBool value)
+{
+	return TweakFlag(F_HTMLOKGROUP, value);
+}
+
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsHTMLOKTree()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_HTMLOKTREE) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsHTMLOKTree(PRBool value)
+{
+	return TweakFlag(F_HTMLOKTREE, value);
+}
+
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsGroup()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_ISGROUP) != 0;
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsGroup(PRBool value)
+{
+	return TweakFlag(F_ISGROUP, value);
+}
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsDescendentsLoaded()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_DESCENDENTSLOADED) != 0;
+}
+
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::SetIsDescendentsLoaded(PRBool value)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(value);			// No reason we'd ever unset this.
+	TweakFlag(F_DESCENDENTSLOADED, PR_TRUE);
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* child;
+	for (child = m_children ; child ; child = child->m_sibling) {
+		child->SetIsDescendentsLoaded(value);
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+PRBool nsMsgGroupRecord::DoesNotExistOnServer()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_DOESNOTEXIST) != 0;
+}
+
+int nsMsgGroupRecord::SetDoesNotExistOnServer(PRBool value)
+{
+	if (value)		// turn off group flag if doesn't exist on server.
+		TweakFlag(F_ISGROUP, PR_FALSE);
+	return TweakFlag(F_DOESNOTEXIST, value);
+}
+
+int
+nsMsgGroupRecord::TweakFlag(PRUint32 flagbit, PRBool value)
+{
+	if (value) {
+		if (!(m_flags & flagbit)) {
+			m_flags |= flagbit;
+			if (flagbit & ~RUNTIMEFLAGS)
+				m_flags |= F_DIRTY;
+			return 1;
+		}
+	} else {
+		if (m_flags & flagbit) {
+			m_flags &= ~flagbit;
+			if (flagbit & ~RUNTIMEFLAGS)
+				m_flags |= F_DIRTY;
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+	return 0;
+}
+
+
+PRInt32
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetNumKids()
+{
+	PRInt32 result = 0;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* child;
+	for (child = m_children ; child ; child = child->m_sibling) {
+		if (IsIMAPGroupRecord())
+			result++;
+		else
+			if (child->m_flags & F_ISGROUP) result++;
+
+		if (!IsIMAPGroupRecord())
+			result += child->GetNumKids();
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+
+char*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetSaveString()
+{
+	char* pretty = NULL;
+	char* result = nsnull;
+	
+	if (m_prettyname) {
+		pretty = nsEscape(m_prettyname, url_XAlphas);
+		if (!pretty) return NULL;
+	}
+	char* fullname = GetFullName();
+	if (!fullname) return NULL; {
+		long nAddTime;
+		LL_L2I(nAddTime, m_addtime);
+        result = PR_smprintf("%s,%s,%lx,%lx,%lx" MSG_LINEBREAK,
+							   fullname, pretty ? pretty : "",
+							   (long) (m_flags & ~RUNTIMEFLAGS),
+							   nAddTime,
+							   (long) m_uniqueId);
+	}
+	delete [] fullname;
+	if (pretty) nsCRT::free(pretty);
+	m_flags &= ~F_DIRTY;
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+PRBool
+nsMsgGroupRecord::IsDirty()
+{
+	return (m_flags & F_DIRTY) != 0;
+}
+
+
+PRInt32
+nsMsgGroupRecord::GetDepth()
+{
+	PRInt32 result = 0;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* tmp = m_parent;
+	while (tmp) {
+		tmp = tmp->m_parent;
+		result++;
+	}
+	return result;
+}
+
+
+
+
+nsMsgGroupRecord*
+nsMsgGroupRecord::Create(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent, const char* saveline,
+						PRInt32 savelinelength, PRInt32 fileoffset)
+{
+	char* tmp;
+	char* ptr;
+	char* endptr;
+	char* partname;
+	char* prettyname;
+	PRInt32 flags;
+	PRInt32 addtime;
+	PRInt32 uniqueid;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* result = NULL;
+
+	if (savelinelength < 0) savelinelength = PL_strlen(saveline);
+	tmp = (char*) PR_Malloc(savelinelength + 1);
+	if (!tmp) return NULL;
+	PL_strncpy(tmp, saveline, savelinelength);
+	tmp[savelinelength] = '\0';
+	ptr = PL_strchr(tmp, ',');
+	PR_ASSERT(ptr);
+	if (!ptr) goto FAIL;
+	*ptr++ = '\0';
+	partname = PL_strrchr(tmp, '.');
+	if (!partname) partname = tmp;
+	else partname++;
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_slowAndParanoid
+	if (parent->m_partname) {
+		char* parentname = parent->GetFullName();
+		PR_ASSERT(partname > tmp && partname[-1] == '.');
+		partname[-1] = '\0';
+		PR_ASSERT(PL_strcmp(parentname, tmp) == 0);
+		partname[-1] = '.';
+		delete [] parentname;
+		parentname = NULL;
+	} else {
+		PR_ASSERT(partname == tmp);
+	}
+#endif
+
+	endptr = PL_strchr(ptr, ',');
+	PR_ASSERT(endptr);
+	if (!endptr) goto FAIL;
+	*endptr++ = '\0';
+	prettyname = nsUnescape(ptr);
+
+	ptr = endptr;
+	endptr = PL_strchr(ptr, ',');
+	PR_ASSERT(endptr);
+	if (!endptr) goto FAIL;
+	*endptr++ = '\0';
+	flags = strtol(ptr, NULL, 16);
+
+	ptr = endptr;
+	endptr = PL_strchr(ptr, ',');
+	PR_ASSERT(endptr);
+	if (!endptr) goto FAIL;
+	*endptr++ = '\0';
+	addtime = strtol(ptr, NULL, 16);
+
+	ptr = endptr;
+	uniqueid = strtol(ptr, NULL, 16);
+
+	PRInt64 llAddtime;
+	LL_I2L(llAddtime, addtime);
+	result = Create(parent, partname, llAddtime, uniqueid, fileoffset);
+	if (result) {
+		PRBool maybeCategoryContainer = flags & F_CATCONT;
+		flags &= ~F_CATCONT;
+		result->m_flags = flags;
+		if (maybeCategoryContainer)
+			result->SetIsCategoryContainer(PR_TRUE);
+		if (prettyname && *prettyname) result->SetPrettyName(prettyname);
+	}
+
+FAIL:
+	PR_Free(tmp);
+	return result;
+	
+}
+
+
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgGroupRecord.h

@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+// This class should only be used by the subscribe UI and by newshost.cpp.
+// And, well, a bit by the category code.  Everyone else should use the stuff
+// in newshost.h.
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgGroupRecord_h_
+#define _nsMsgGroupRecord_h__
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prtypes.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+
+class nsIMAPGroupRecord;
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgGroupRecord {
+public:
+	static nsMsgGroupRecord* Create(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent,
+								   const char* partname,
+                                   PRInt64 m_addtime,
+								   PRInt32 uniqueid,
+								   PRInt32 fileoffset);
+	static nsMsgGroupRecord* Create(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent,
+								   const char* saveline,
+								   PRInt32 savelinelength,
+								   PRInt32 fileoffset);
+
+
+	virtual void	InitializeSibling();
+	virtual PRBool IsIMAPGroupRecord() { return PR_FALSE; }
+	virtual nsIMAPGroupRecord *GetIMAPGroupRecord() { return 0; }
+	
+	// This is just like PL_strcmp(), except it works on news group names.
+	// A container groupname is always less than any contained groups.
+	// So, "netscape.devs-client-technical" > "netscape.devs.directory", even
+	// though PL_strcmp says otherwise.  (YICK!)
+	static int GroupNameCompare(const char* name1,
+								const char* name2,
+								char delimiter = '.',
+								PRBool caseInsensitive = PR_FALSE);
+
+
+	virtual ~nsMsgGroupRecord();
+
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* FindDescendant(const char* name);
+
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetParent() {return m_parent;}
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetChildren() {return m_children;}
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetSibling() {return m_sibling;}
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetSiblingOrAncestorSibling();
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetNextAlphabetic();
+
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetNextAlphabeticNoCategories();
+
+	const char* GetPartName() {return m_partname;}
+
+	// The resulting string must be free'd using delete[].
+	char* GetFullName();
+
+	const char* GetPrettyName() {return m_prettyname;}
+	int SetPrettyName(const char* prettyname);
+
+	PRInt64 GetAddTime() {return m_addtime;}
+
+	virtual PRBool IsCategory();
+	virtual PRBool IsCategoryContainer();
+	virtual int SetIsCategoryContainer(PRBool value);
+
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* GetCategoryContainer();
+
+	// Get/Set whether this is a virtual newsgroup.
+	nsresult IsVirtual(PRBool *retval);
+    nsresult SetIsVirtual(PRBool value);
+
+	// Get/Set whether this is really a newsgroup (and not just a container
+	// for newsgroups).
+	virtual PRBool IsGroup();
+	int SetIsGroup(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool IsDescendentsLoaded();
+	int SetIsDescendentsLoaded(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool IsExpanded();
+	int SetIsExpanded(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool IsHTMLOKGroup();
+	int SetIsHTMLOKGroup(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool IsHTMLOKTree();
+	int SetIsHTMLOKTree(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool NeedsExtraInfo();
+	int SetNeedsExtraInfo(PRBool value);
+
+	PRBool DoesNotExistOnServer();
+	int SetDoesNotExistOnServer(PRBool value);
+
+	PRInt32 GetUniqueID() {return m_uniqueId;}
+
+	PRInt32 GetFileOffset() {return m_fileoffset;}
+	int SetFileOffset(PRInt32 value) {m_fileoffset = value; return 0;}
+
+	// Get the number of descendents (not including ourself) that are
+	// really newsgroups.
+	PRInt32 GetNumKids();
+
+	// Gets the string that represents this group in the save file.  The
+	// resulting string must be free'd with PR_Free().
+	char* GetSaveString();
+
+	PRBool IsDirty();			// Whether this record has had changes made
+								// to it.  Cleared by calls to GetSaveString().
+
+	PRInt32 GetDepth();			// Returns how deep in the heirarchy we are.
+								// Basically, the number of dots in the full
+								// newsgroup name, plus 1.
+	virtual char GetHierarchySeparator() { return '.'; }
+
+protected:
+	nsMsgGroupRecord(nsMsgGroupRecord* parent,
+								   const char* partname,
+								   PRInt64 m_addtime,
+								   PRInt32 uniqueid,
+								   PRInt32 fileoffset,
+								   char delimiter = '.');
+	int TweakFlag(PRUint32 flagbit, PRBool value);
+	char* SuckInName(char* ptr);
+
+	char* m_partname;
+	char* m_prettyname;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* m_parent;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* m_children;
+	nsMsgGroupRecord* m_sibling;
+	PRUint32 m_flags;
+	PRInt64 m_addtime;
+	PRInt32 m_uniqueId;
+	PRInt32 m_fileoffset;
+	char m_delimiter;
+};
+
+
+
+
+#endif /* _grec_h_ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */ 
+
+// as does this
+#define NS_IMPL_IDS
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsICharsetConverterManager.h"
+
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "nsIMimeConverter.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "rosetta_mailnews.h"
+#include "nsMsgI18N.h"
+#include "nsFileSpec.h"
+#include "nsFileStream.h"
+#include "nsMsgMimeCID.h"
+#include "nsMimeTypes.h"
+#include "nsIEntityConverter.h"
+#include "nsISaveAsCharset.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefCID, NS_PREF_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMimeConverterCID, NS_MIME_CONVERTER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCharsetConverterManagerCID, NS_ICHARSETCONVERTERMANAGER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kEntityConverterCID, NS_ENTITYCONVERTER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kSaveAsCharsetCID, NS_SAVEASCHARSET_CID);
+
+//
+// International functions necessary for composition
+//
+
+// Convert an unicode string to a C string with a given charset.
+nsresult ConvertFromUnicode(const nsString& aCharset, 
+                            const nsString& inString,
+                            char** outCString)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+
+  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsICharsetConverterManager, ccm, kCharsetConverterManagerCID, &res); 
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (nsnull != ccm)) {
+    nsIUnicodeEncoder* encoder = nsnull;
+    nsString convCharset;
+
+    // map to converter charset
+    if (aCharset.EqualsIgnoreCase("us-ascii")) {
+      convCharset.SetString("iso-8859-1");
+    }
+    else {
+      convCharset = aCharset; 
+    }
+
+    // get an unicode converter
+    res = ccm->GetUnicodeEncoder(&convCharset, &encoder);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (nsnull != encoder)) {
+      PRUnichar *unichars = (PRUnichar *) inString.GetUnicode();
+      PRInt32 unicharLength = inString.Length();
+      PRInt32 dstLength;
+      res = encoder->GetMaxLength(unichars, unicharLength, &dstLength);
+      // allocale an output buffer
+      *outCString = (char *) PR_Malloc(dstLength + 1);
+      if (nsnull != *outCString) {
+        PRInt32 oldUnicharLength = unicharLength;
+        char *tempCString = *outCString;
+        PRInt32 totalCLength = 0;
+        while (1) {
+          res = encoder->Convert(unichars, &unicharLength, tempCString, &dstLength);
+
+          // increment for destination
+          tempCString += dstLength;
+          totalCLength += dstLength;
+
+          // break: this is usually the case
+          // source length <= zero and no error or unrecoverable error
+          if (0 >= unicharLength || NS_ERROR_UENC_NOMAPPING != res) {
+            break;
+          }
+          // could not map unicode to the destination charset, skip one unichar and continue
+          // increment for source unicode, skip one unichar
+          unichars += unicharLength + 1;
+          oldUnicharLength -= (unicharLength + 1);
+          unicharLength = oldUnicharLength;
+          // estimate target length again
+          (void) encoder->GetMaxLength(unichars, unicharLength, &dstLength);
+        }
+        (*outCString)[totalCLength] = '\0';
+      }
+      else {
+        res = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(encoder);
+    }    
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+// Convert a C string to an unicode string.
+nsresult ConvertToUnicode(const nsString& aCharset, 
+                          const char* inCString, 
+                          nsString& outString)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsICharsetConverterManager, ccm, kCharsetConverterManagerCID, &res); 
+
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (nsnull != ccm)) {
+    nsIUnicodeDecoder* decoder = nsnull;
+    PRUnichar *unichars;
+    PRInt32 unicharLength;
+    nsString convCharset;
+
+    // map to converter charset
+    if (aCharset.EqualsIgnoreCase("us-ascii")) {
+      convCharset.SetString("iso-8859-1");
+    }
+    else {
+      convCharset = aCharset; 
+    }
+    // get an unicode converter
+    res = ccm->GetUnicodeDecoder(&convCharset, &decoder);
+    if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (nsnull != decoder)) {
+      PRInt32 srcLen = PL_strlen(inCString);
+      res = decoder->GetMaxLength(inCString, srcLen, &unicharLength);
+      // allocale an output buffer
+      unichars = (PRUnichar *) PR_Malloc(unicharLength * sizeof(PRUnichar));
+      if (unichars != nsnull) {
+        // convert to unicode
+        res = decoder->Convert(inCString, &srcLen, unichars, &unicharLength);
+        outString.SetString(unichars, unicharLength);
+        PR_Free(unichars);
+      }
+      else {
+        res = NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+      }
+      NS_IF_RELEASE(decoder);
+    }    
+  }  
+  return res;
+}
+
+// Charset to be used for the internatl processing.
+const char *msgCompHeaderInternalCharset()
+{
+  // UTF-8 is a super set of us-ascii. 
+  // We can use the same string manipulation methods as us-ascii without breaking non us-ascii characters. 
+  return "UTF-8";
+}
+
+// MIME encoder, output string should be freed by PR_FREE
+char * nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(const char *header, const char *charset, PRBool bUseMime) 
+{
+  // No MIME, just duplicate the string.
+  if (PR_FALSE == bUseMime) {
+    return PL_strdup(header);
+  }
+
+  char *encodedString = nsnull;
+  nsIMimeConverter *converter;
+  nsresult res = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kCMimeConverterCID, nsnull, 
+                                           nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMimeConverter>::GetIID(), (void **)&converter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && nsnull != converter) {
+    res = converter->EncodeMimePartIIStr_UTF8(header, charset, kMIME_ENCODED_WORD_SIZE, &encodedString);
+    NS_RELEASE(converter);
+  }
+  return NS_SUCCEEDED(res) ? encodedString : nsnull;
+}
+
+// MIME decoder
+nsresult nsMsgI18NDecodeMimePartIIStr(const nsString& header, nsString& charset, nsString& decodedString)
+{
+  nsIMimeConverter *converter;
+  nsresult res = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kCMimeConverterCID, nsnull, 
+                                                    nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMimeConverter>::GetIID(), (void **)&converter);
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && nsnull != converter) {
+    res = converter->DecodeMimePartIIStr(header, charset, decodedString);
+    NS_RELEASE(converter);
+  }
+  return res;
+}
+
+// Get a default mail character set.
+char * nsMsgI18NGetDefaultMailCharset()
+{
+  nsresult res = NS_OK;
+  char * retVal = nsnull;
+  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPref, prefs, kPrefCID, &res); 
+  if (nsnull != prefs && NS_SUCCEEDED(res))
+  {
+      char *prefValue;
+	  res = prefs->CopyCharPref("intl.character_set_name", &prefValue);
+	  
+	  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) 
+	  {
+  		//TODO: map to mail charset (e.g. Shift_JIS -> ISO-2022-JP) bug#3941.
+  		 retVal = prefValue;
+	  }
+	  else 
+		  retVal = PL_strdup("iso-8859-1");
+  }
+
+  return (nsnull != retVal) ? retVal : PL_strdup("iso-8859-1");
+}
+
+// Return True if a charset is stateful (e.g. JIS).
+PRBool nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(const char *charset)
+{
+  //TODO: use charset manager's service
+  return (PL_strcasecmp(charset, "iso-2022-jp") == 0);
+}
+
+// Check 7bit in a given buffer.
+// This is expensive (both memory and performance).
+// The check would be very simple if applied to an unicode text (e.g. nsString or utf-8).
+// Possible optimazaion is to search ESC(0x1B) in case of iso-2022-jp and iso-2022-kr.
+// Or convert and check line by line.
+PRBool nsMsgI18N7bit_data_part(const char *charset, const char *inString, const PRUint32 size)
+{
+  char *aCString;
+  nsString aCharset(charset);
+  nsString outString;
+  nsresult res;
+  
+  aCString = (char *) PR_Malloc(size + 1);
+  if (nsnull != aCString) {
+    PL_strncpy(aCString, inString, size); // make a C string
+    res = ConvertToUnicode(aCharset, aCString, outString);
+    PR_Free(aCString);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+      for (PRInt32 i = 0; i < outString.Length(); i++) {
+        if (outString.CharAt(i) > 127) {
+          return PR_FALSE;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return PR_TRUE;  // all 7 bit
+}
+
+// Simple parser to parse META charset. 
+// It only supports the case when the description is within one line. 
+const char * 
+nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(nsFileSpec* fileSpec) 
+{ 
+  static char charset[65]; 
+  char buffer[512]; 
+  nsInputFileStream fileStream(*fileSpec); 
+
+  *charset = '\0'; 
+
+  while (!fileStream.eof() && !fileStream.failed() && 
+         fileStream.is_open()) { 
+    fileStream.readline(buffer, 512); 
+    if (*buffer == CR || *buffer == LF || *buffer == 0) 
+      continue; 
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < (int)PL_strlen(buffer); i++) { 
+      buffer[i] = toupper(buffer[i]); 
+    } 
+
+    if (PL_strstr(buffer, "/HEAD")) 
+      break; 
+
+    if (PL_strstr(buffer, "META") && 
+        PL_strstr(buffer, "HTTP-EQUIV") && 
+        PL_strstr(buffer, "CONTENT-TYPE") && 
+        PL_strstr(buffer, "CHARSET") 
+        ) 
+    { 
+      char *cp = PL_strstr(PL_strstr(buffer, "CHARSET"), "=") + 1; 
+      char seps[]   = " \"\'"; 
+      char *token; 
+      char* newStr; 
+      token = nsCRT::strtok(cp, seps, &newStr); 
+      if (token != NULL) 
+      { 
+        PL_strcpy(charset, token); 
+      } 
+    } 
+  } 
+
+  return charset; 
+} 
+
+nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertToEntity(const nsString& inString, nsString* outString)
+{
+  nsresult res;
+
+  outString->SetString("");
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIEntityConverter> entityConv;
+  res = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kEntityConverterCID, NULL, 
+                                           nsIEntityConverter::GetIID(), getter_AddRefs(entityConv));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+    PRUnichar *entities = NULL;
+    res = entityConv->ConvertToEntities(inString.GetUnicode(), nsIEntityConverter::html40Latin1, &entities);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res) && (NULL != entities)) {
+      outString->SetString(entities);
+      nsAllocator::Free(entities);
+     }
+   }
+ 
+  return res;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgI18NSaveAsCharset(const char* contentType, const char *charset, const PRUnichar* inString, char** outString)
+{
+  NS_ASSERTION(contentType, "null ptr- contentType");
+  NS_ASSERTION(charset, "null ptr- charset");
+  NS_ASSERTION(outString, "null ptr- outString");
+  if(!contentType || !charset || !outString)
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  *outString = NULL;
+
+  PRBool bTEXT_HTML = PR_FALSE;
+  nsresult res;
+
+  if (!nsCRT::strcasecmp(contentType, TEXT_HTML)) {
+    bTEXT_HTML = PR_TRUE;
+  }
+  else if (nsCRT::strcasecmp(contentType, TEXT_PLAIN)) {
+    return NS_ERROR_ILLEGAL_VALUE;  // not supported type
+  }
+
+  nsCOMPtr <nsISaveAsCharset> aConv;  // charset converter plus entity, NCR generation
+  res = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kSaveAsCharsetCID, NULL, 
+                                           nsISaveAsCharset::GetIID(), getter_AddRefs(aConv));
+  if(NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+    // attribute: 
+    // html text - charset conv then fallback to entity or NCR
+    // plain text - charset conv then fallback to '?'
+    res = aConv->Init(charset, 
+                      bTEXT_HTML ? 
+                      nsISaveAsCharset::attr_EntityAfterCharsetConv + nsISaveAsCharset::attr_FallbackDecimalNCR : 
+                      nsISaveAsCharset::attr_plainTextDefault + nsISaveAsCharset::attr_FallbackQuestionMark, 
+                      nsIEntityConverter::html40);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(res)) {
+      res = aConv->Convert(inString, outString);
+    }
+  }
+ 
+  return res;
+}
+
+// RICHIE - not sure about this one?? need to see what it did in the old
+// world.
+char *
+nsMsgI18NGetAcceptLanguage(void)
+{
+  return "en";
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgI18N.h

@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgI18N_H_
+#define _nsMsgI18N_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char      *nsMsgI18NEncodeMimePartIIStr(const char *header, const char *charset, PRBool bUseMime);
+NS_MSG_BASE PRBool    nsMsgI18Nstateful_charset(const char *charset);
+NS_MSG_BASE PRBool    nsMsgI18N7bit_data_part(const char *charset, const char *string, const PRUint32 size);
+NS_MSG_BASE char      *nsMsgI18NGetAcceptLanguage(void); 
+
+NS_MSG_BASE const char *msgCompHeaderInternalCharset(void);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE char * nsMsgI18NGetDefaultMailCharset(void);
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult ConvertFromUnicode(const nsString& aCharset, 
+                                   const nsString& inString,
+                                   char** outCString);
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult ConvertToUnicode(const nsString& aCharset, 
+                                 const char* inCString, 
+                                 nsString& outString);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NDecodeMimePartIIStr(const nsString& header, nsString& charset, nsString& decodedString);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE const char *nsMsgI18NParseMetaCharset(nsFileSpec* fileSpec);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NConvertToEntity(const nsString& inString, nsString* outString);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult nsMsgI18NSaveAsCharset(const char* contentType, const char* charset, const PRUnichar* inString, char** outString);
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgI18N_H_ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,356 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h" // for pre-compiled headers
+#include "nsMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefServiceCID, NS_PREF_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS2(nsMsgIdentity,
+                   nsIMsgIdentity,
+                   nsIShutdownListener)
+
+nsMsgIdentity::nsMsgIdentity():
+  m_signature(0),
+  m_vCard(0),
+  m_identityKey(0),
+  m_prefs(0)
+{
+	NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+}
+
+nsMsgIdentity::~nsMsgIdentity()
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_identityKey);
+  if (m_prefs) nsServiceManager::ReleaseService(kPrefServiceCID,
+                                                m_prefs,
+                                                nsnull);
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getPrefService()
+{
+  if (m_prefs) return NS_OK;
+  return nsServiceManager::GetService(kPrefServiceCID,
+                                      nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIPref>::GetIID(),
+                                      (nsISupports**)&m_prefs,
+                                      this);
+}
+
+
+/* called if the prefs service goes offline */
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::OnShutdown(const nsCID& aClass, nsISupports *service)
+{
+  if (aClass.Equals(kPrefServiceCID)) {
+    if (m_prefs) nsServiceManager::ReleaseService(kPrefServiceCID, m_prefs);
+    m_prefs = nsnull;
+  }
+
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * accessors for pulling values directly out of preferences
+ * instead of member variables, etc
+ */
+
+/* convert an identity key and preference name
+   to mail.identity.<identityKey>.<prefName>
+*/
+char *
+nsMsgIdentity::getPrefName(const char *identityKey,
+                           const char *prefName)
+{
+  return PR_smprintf("mail.identity.%s.%s", identityKey, prefName);
+}
+
+// this will be slightly faster than the above, and allows
+// the "default" identity preference root to be set in one place
+char *
+nsMsgIdentity::getDefaultPrefName(const char *fullPrefName)
+{
+  return PR_smprintf("mail.identity.default.%s", fullPrefName);
+}
+
+/* The following are equivalent to the nsIPref's Get/CopyXXXPref
+   except they construct the preference name with the above function
+*/
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getBoolPref(const char *prefname,
+                           PRBool *val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->GetBoolPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = getDefaultBoolPref(prefname, val);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getDefaultBoolPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        PRBool *val) {
+  
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->GetBoolPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = PR_FALSE;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::setBoolPref(const char *prefname,
+                           PRBool val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *prefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->SetBoolPref(prefName, val);
+  PR_Free(prefName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getCharPref(const char *prefname,
+                           char **val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->CopyCharPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = getDefaultCharPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getDefaultCharPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        char **val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->CopyCharPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = nsnull;              // null is ok to return here
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::setCharPref(const char *prefname,
+                           const char *val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  rv = NS_OK;
+  char *prefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  if (val) 
+    rv = m_prefs->SetCharPref(prefName, val);
+  else
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(prefName);
+  PR_Free(prefName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getIntPref(const char *prefname,
+                                PRInt32 *val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->GetIntPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+	rv = getDefaultIntPref(prefname, val);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::getDefaultIntPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        PRInt32 *val) {
+  
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->GetIntPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = 0;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::setIntPref(const char *prefname,
+                                 PRInt32 val)
+{
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *prefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, prefname);
+  rv = m_prefs->SetIntPref(prefName, val);
+  PR_Free(prefName);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::SetKey(const char* identityKey)
+{
+  PR_FREEIF(m_identityKey);
+  m_identityKey = PL_strdup(identityKey);
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIdentity::GetIdentityName(char **idName) {
+  if (!idName) return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+  *idName = nsnull;
+  nsresult rv = getCharPref("identityName",idName);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // there's probably a better way of doing this
+  // thats unicode friendly?
+  if (!(*idName)) {
+    nsXPIDLCString fullName;
+    rv = GetFullName(getter_Copies(fullName));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    nsXPIDLCString email;
+    rv = GetEmail(getter_Copies(email));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    *idName = PR_smprintf("%s <%s>", (const char*)fullName,
+                          (const char*)email);
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgIdentity::SetIdentityName(const char *idName) {
+  return setCharPref("identityName", idName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::ToString(PRUnichar **aResult)
+{
+  nsString idname("[nsIMsgIdentity: ");
+  idname += m_identityKey;
+  idname += "]";
+
+  *aResult = idname.ToNewUnicode();
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* Identity attribute accessors */
+
+// XXX - these are a COM objects, use NS_ADDREF
+//NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgIdentity, Signature, nsIMsgSignature*, m_signature);
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::GetSignature(nsIFileSpec **sig) {
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  char *prefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, "sig_file");
+  rv = m_prefs->GetFilePref(prefName, sig);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    *sig = nsnull;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIdentity::SetSignature(nsIFileSpec *sig)
+{
+
+  nsresult rv = getPrefService();
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+  
+  rv = NS_OK;
+  char *prefName = getPrefName(m_identityKey, "sig_file");
+  if (sig) 
+    rv = m_prefs->SetFilePref(NS_CONST_CAST(const char*,prefName), sig,
+                              PR_FALSE);
+  /*
+  else
+    m_prefs->ClearFilePref(prefName);
+  */
+  PR_Free(prefName);
+  return rv;
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgIdentity, VCard, nsIMsgVCard*, m_vCard);
+  
+NS_IMPL_GETTER_STR(nsMsgIdentity::GetKey, m_identityKey);
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(FullName, "fullName");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(Email, "useremail");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(ReplyTo, "reply_to");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(Organization, "organization");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(ComposeHtml, "compose_html");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AttachVCard, "attach_vcard");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(AttachSignature, "attach_signature");
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(DoFcc, "fcc");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(FccFolder, "fcc_folder");
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(BccSelf, "bcc_self");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(BccOthers, "bcc_other");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (BccList, "bcc_other_list");
+
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (DraftFolder, "draft_folder");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (StationaryFolder, "stationary_folder");
+NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR (JunkMailFolder, "spam_folder");
+
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIdentity.h

@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgIdentity_h___
+#define nsMsgIdentity_h___
+
+#include "nsIMsgIdentity.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// an identity is an object designed to encapsulate all the information we need 
+// to know about a user identity. I expect this interface to grow and change a lot
+// as we flesh out our thoughts on multiple identities and what properties go into
+// these identities.
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgIdentity : public nsIMsgIdentity,
+                                  public nsIShutdownListener
+{
+public:
+  nsMsgIdentity();
+  virtual ~nsMsgIdentity();
+  
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGIDENTITY
+
+  // nsIShutdownListener
+  
+  NS_IMETHOD OnShutdown(const nsCID& aClass, nsISupports *service);
+  
+private:
+  nsIMsgSignature* m_signature;
+  nsIMsgVCard* m_vCard;
+  char *m_identityKey;
+  nsIPref *m_prefs;
+
+protected:
+  nsresult getPrefService();
+  char *getPrefName(const char *identityKey, const char *pref);
+  char *getDefaultPrefName(const char *pref);
+  nsresult getCharPref(const char *pref, char **);
+  nsresult getDefaultCharPref(const char *pref, char **);
+  nsresult setCharPref(const char *pref, const char *);
+
+  nsresult getBoolPref(const char *pref, PRBool *);
+  nsresult getDefaultBoolPref(const char *pref, PRBool *);
+  nsresult setBoolPref(const char *pref, PRBool);
+
+  nsresult getIntPref(const char *pref, PRInt32 *);
+  nsresult getDefaultIntPref(const char *pref, PRInt32 *);
+  nsresult setIntPref(const char *pref, PRInt32);
+
+};
+
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_STR(_postfix, _prefname)	\
+NS_IMETHODIMP								   	\
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(char **retval)   	\
+{											   	\
+  return getCharPref(_prefname, retval);		\
+}												\
+NS_IMETHODIMP	   								\
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(const char *value)		\
+{												\
+  return setCharPref(_prefname, value);\
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_BOOL(_postfix, _prefname)\
+NS_IMETHODIMP								   	\
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(PRBool *retval)   	\
+{											   	\
+  return getBoolPref(_prefname, retval);		\
+}												\
+NS_IMETHODIMP	   								\
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(PRBool value)		\
+{												\
+  return setBoolPref(_prefname, value);			\
+}
+
+#define NS_IMPL_IDPREF_INT(_postfix, _prefname) \
+NS_IMETHODIMP								   	\
+nsMsgIdentity::Get##_postfix(PRInt32 *retval)   \
+{											   	\
+  return getIntPref(_prefname, retval);		\
+}												\
+NS_IMETHODIMP	   								\
+nsMsgIdentity::Set##_postfix(PRInt32 value)		\
+{												\
+  return setIntPref(_prefname, value);			\
+}
+
+
+#endif /* nsMsgIdentity_h___ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,603 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "nsMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCom.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "prprf.h"
+
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCache.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolderCacheElement.h"
+#include "nsINetSupportDialogService.h"
+#include "nsIPrompt.h"
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+#include "nsIRDFService.h"
+#include "nsIMsgProtocolInfo.h"
+#include "nsRDFCID.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kPrefServiceCID, NS_PREF_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kNetSupportDialogCID, NS_NETSUPPORTDIALOG_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kRDFServiceCID, NS_RDFSERVICE_CID);
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsMsgIncomingServer);
+
+nsMsgIncomingServer::nsMsgIncomingServer():
+    m_prefs(0),
+    m_serverKey(0),
+    m_rootFolder(0)
+{
+  MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgIncomingServer);
+
+  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+  m_serverBusy = PR_FALSE;
+  m_password = "";
+}
+
+nsMsgIncomingServer::~nsMsgIncomingServer()
+{
+	
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgIncomingServer);
+
+    if (m_prefs) nsServiceManager::ReleaseService(kPrefServiceCID,
+                                                  m_prefs,
+                                                  nsnull);
+    PR_FREEIF(m_serverKey)
+}
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS1(nsMsgIncomingServer, nsIMsgIncomingServer)
+
+NS_IMPL_GETSET(nsMsgIncomingServer, ServerBusy, PRBool, m_serverBusy)
+NS_IMPL_GETTER_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer::GetKey, m_serverKey)
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetKey(const char * serverKey)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    // in order to actually make use of the key, we need the prefs
+    if (!m_prefs)
+        rv = nsServiceManager::GetService(kPrefServiceCID,
+                                          nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIPref>::GetIID(),
+                                          (nsISupports**)&m_prefs);
+
+    PR_FREEIF(m_serverKey);
+    m_serverKey = PL_strdup(serverKey);
+    return rv;
+}
+    
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRootFolder(nsIFolder * aRootFolder)
+{
+	m_rootFolder = aRootFolder;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRootFolder(nsIFolder * *aRootFolder)
+{
+	if (!aRootFolder)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    if (m_rootFolder) {
+      *aRootFolder = m_rootFolder;
+      NS_ADDREF(*aRootFolder);
+    } else {
+      nsresult rv = CreateRootFolder();
+      if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+      
+      *aRootFolder = m_rootFolder;
+      NS_IF_ADDREF(*aRootFolder);
+    }
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::PerformBiff()
+{
+	//This had to be implemented in the derived class, but in case someone doesn't implement it
+	//just return not implemented.
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;	
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::WriteToFolderCache(nsIMsgFolderCache *folderCache)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	if (m_rootFolder)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgFolder> msgFolder = do_QueryInterface(m_rootFolder, &rv);
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && msgFolder)
+			rv = msgFolder->WriteToFolderCache(folderCache);
+	}
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::CloseCachedConnections()
+{
+	// derived class should override if they cache connections.
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetServerURI(char **)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::CreateRootFolder()
+{
+	nsresult rv;
+			  // get the URI from the incoming server
+  nsXPIDLCString serverUri;
+  rv = GetServerURI(getter_Copies(serverUri));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIRDFService, rdf,
+                        kRDFServiceCID, &rv);
+
+  // get the corresponding RDF resource
+  // RDF will create the server resource if it doesn't already exist
+  nsCOMPtr<nsIRDFResource> serverResource;
+  rv = rdf->GetResource(serverUri, getter_AddRefs(serverResource));
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  // make incoming server know about its root server folder so we 
+  // can find sub-folders given an incoming server.
+  m_rootFolder = do_QueryInterface(serverResource, &rv);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+char *
+nsMsgIncomingServer::getPrefName(const char *serverKey,
+                                 const char *fullPrefName)
+{
+  return PR_smprintf("mail.server.%s.%s", serverKey, fullPrefName);
+}
+
+// this will be slightly faster than the above, and allows
+// the "default" server preference root to be set in one place
+char *
+nsMsgIncomingServer::getDefaultPrefName(const char *fullPrefName)
+{
+  return PR_smprintf("mail.server.default.%s", fullPrefName);
+}
+
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetBoolValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 PRBool *val)
+{
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetBoolPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+  
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = getDefaultBoolPref(prefname, val);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::getDefaultBoolPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        PRBool *val) {
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetBoolPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = PR_FALSE;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetBoolValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 PRBool val)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+
+  PRBool defaultValue;
+  rv = getDefaultBoolPref(prefname, &defaultValue);
+
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+      val == defaultValue)
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(fullPrefName);
+  else
+    rv = m_prefs->SetBoolPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetIntValue(const char *prefname,
+                                PRInt32 *val)
+{
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetIntPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = getDefaultIntPref(prefname, val);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetFileValue(const char* prefname,
+                                  nsIFileSpec **spec)
+{
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetFilePref(fullPrefName, spec);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetFileValue(const char* prefname,
+                                    nsIFileSpec *spec)
+{
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->SetFilePref(fullPrefName, spec, PR_FALSE);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::getDefaultIntPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        PRInt32 *val) {
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->GetIntPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = 0;
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetIntValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 PRInt32 val)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  
+  PRInt32 defaultVal;
+  rv = getDefaultIntPref(prefname, &defaultVal);
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && defaultVal == val)
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(fullPrefName);
+  else
+    rv = m_prefs->SetIntPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetCharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 char  **val)
+{
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->CopyCharPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+  
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv))
+    rv = getDefaultCharPref(prefname, val);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::getDefaultCharPref(const char *prefname,
+                                        char **val) {
+  
+  char *fullPrefName = getDefaultPrefName(prefname);
+  nsresult rv = m_prefs->CopyCharPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) {
+    *val = nsnull;              // null is ok to return here
+    rv = NS_OK;
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetCharValue(const char *prefname,
+                                 const char * val)
+{
+  nsresult rv;
+  char *fullPrefName = getPrefName(m_serverKey, prefname);
+
+  if (!val) {
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(fullPrefName);
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  
+  char *defaultVal=nsnull;
+  rv = getDefaultCharPref(prefname, &defaultVal);
+  
+  if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) &&
+      PL_strcmp(defaultVal, val) == 0)
+    m_prefs->ClearUserPref(fullPrefName);
+  else
+    rv = m_prefs->SetCharPref(fullPrefName, val);
+  
+  PR_FREEIF(defaultVal);
+  PR_Free(fullPrefName);
+  
+  return rv;
+}
+
+// pretty name is the display name to show to the user
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPrettyName(PRUnichar **retval) {
+
+  char *val=nsnull;
+  nsresult rv = GetCharValue("name", &val);
+  if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+  nsString prettyName;
+  
+  // if there's no name, then just return the hostname
+  if (val) {
+    prettyName = val;
+  } else {
+    
+    nsXPIDLCString username;
+    rv = GetUsername(getter_Copies(username));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    if ((const char*)username &&
+        PL_strcmp((const char*)username, "")!=0) {
+      prettyName = username;
+      prettyName += " on ";
+    }
+    
+    nsXPIDLCString hostname;
+    rv = GetHostName(getter_Copies(hostname));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+
+    prettyName += hostname;
+  }
+
+  *retval = prettyName.ToNewUnicode();
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPrettyName(const PRUnichar *value) {
+  // this is lossy. Not sure what to do.
+  nsCString str(value);
+  return SetCharValue("name", str.GetBuffer());
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::ToString(PRUnichar** aResult) {
+  nsString servername("[nsIMsgIncomingServer: ");
+  servername += m_serverKey;
+  servername += "]";
+  
+  *aResult = servername.ToNewUnicode();
+  NS_ASSERTION(*aResult, "no server name!");
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+  
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::SetPassword(const char * aPassword)
+{
+	// if remember password is turned on, write the password to preferences
+	// otherwise, just set the password so we remember it for the rest of the current
+	// session.
+
+	PRBool rememberPassword = PR_FALSE;
+	GetRememberPassword(&rememberPassword);
+	
+	if (rememberPassword)
+	{
+		SetPrefPassword((char *) aPassword);
+	}
+
+	m_password = aPassword;
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPassword(char ** aPassword)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	PRBool rememberPassword = PR_FALSE;
+	// okay, here's the scoop for this messs...
+	// (1) if we have a password already, go ahead and use it!
+	// (2) if remember password is turned on, try reading in from the prefs and if we have one, go ahead
+	//	   and use it
+	// (3) otherwise prompt the user for a password and then remember that password in the server
+
+	if (m_password.IsEmpty())
+	{
+
+		// case (2)
+		GetRememberPassword(&rememberPassword);
+		if (rememberPassword)
+		{
+			nsXPIDLCString password;
+			GetPrefPassword(getter_Copies(password));
+			m_password = password;
+		}
+	}
+    
+	*aPassword = m_password.ToNewCString();
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetPasswordWithUI(const PRUnichar * aPromptMessage, char **aPassword) 
+{
+
+    nsXPIDLCString prefvalue;
+    GetPassword(getter_Copies(prefvalue));
+
+    nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+    if (m_password.IsEmpty()) {
+		// prompt the user for the password
+		NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIPrompt, dialog, kNetSupportDialogCID, &rv);
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		{
+			PRUnichar * uniPassword;
+			PRBool okayValue = PR_TRUE;
+			dialog->PromptPassword(aPromptMessage, &uniPassword, &okayValue);
+				
+			if (!okayValue) // if the user pressed cancel, just return NULL;
+			{
+				*aPassword = nsnull;
+				return rv;
+			}
+
+			// we got a password back...so remember it
+			nsCString aCStr(uniPassword); 
+
+			SetPassword((const char *) aCStr);
+		} // if we got a prompt dialog
+	} // if the password is empty
+
+	*aPassword = m_password.ToNewCString();
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetDefaultLocalPath(nsIFileSpec *aDefaultLocalPath)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+    nsXPIDLCString type;
+    GetType(getter_Copies(type));
+
+    nsCAutoString progid(NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_PROGID_PREFIX);
+    progid += type;
+
+    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgProtocolInfo, protocolInfo, progid, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    rv = protocolInfo->SetDefaultLocalPath(aDefaultLocalPath);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetLocalPath(nsIFileSpec **aLocalPath)
+{
+    nsresult rv;
+
+    // if the local path has already been set, use it
+    rv = GetFileValue("directory", aLocalPath);
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && *aLocalPath) return rv;
+    
+    // otherwise, create the path using.  note we are using the
+    // server key instead of the hostname
+    //
+    // TODO:  handle the case where they migrated a server of hostname "server4"
+    // and we create a server (with the account wizard) with key "server4"
+    // we'd get a collision.
+    // need to modify the code that creates keys to check for disk collision
+    nsXPIDLCString type;
+    GetType(getter_Copies(type));
+
+    nsCAutoString progid(NS_MSGPROTOCOLINFO_PROGID_PREFIX);
+    progid += type;
+
+    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgProtocolInfo, protocolInfo, progid, &rv);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    nsCOMPtr<nsIFileSpec> path;
+    rv = protocolInfo->GetDefaultLocalPath(getter_AddRefs(path));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    
+    path->CreateDir();
+    
+    nsXPIDLCString key;
+    rv = GetKey(getter_Copies(key));
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    rv = path->AppendRelativeUnixPath(key);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+    rv = SetLocalPath(path);
+    if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+
+    *aLocalPath = path;
+    NS_ADDREF(*aLocalPath);
+
+    return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetLocalPath(nsIFileSpec *spec)
+{
+    if (spec) {
+        spec->CreateDir();
+        return SetFileValue("directory", spec);
+    }
+    else {
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::SetRememberPassword(PRBool value)
+{
+    if (value)
+        SetPrefPassword(m_password);
+    else
+        SetPrefPassword(nsnull);
+    return SetBoolValue("remember_password", value);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgIncomingServer::GetRememberPassword(PRBool* value)
+{
+    return GetBoolValue("remember_password", value);
+}
+
+// use the convenience macros to implement the accessors
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, HostName, "hostname");
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, Username, "userName");
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, PrefPassword, "password");
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, DoBiff, "check_new_mail");
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_INT(nsMsgIncomingServer, BiffMinutes, "check_time");
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_STR(nsMsgIncomingServer, Type, "type");
+
+/* what was this called in 4.x? */
+// pref("mail.pop3_gets_new_mail",				true);
+
+NS_IMPL_SERVERPREF_BOOL(nsMsgIncomingServer, DownloadOnBiff, "download_on_biff");

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgIncomingServer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgIncomingServer_h__
+#define nsMsgIncomingServer_h__
+
+#include "nsIMsgIncomingServer.h"
+#include "nsIPref.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIFolder.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+class nsIMsgFolderCache;
+
+/*
+ * base class for nsIMsgIncomingServer - derive your class from here
+ * if you want to get some free implementation
+ * 
+ * this particular implementation is not meant to be used directly.
+ */
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgIncomingServer : public nsIMsgIncomingServer {
+ public:
+  nsMsgIncomingServer();
+  virtual ~nsMsgIncomingServer();
+
+  NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+
+  NS_DECL_NSIMSGINCOMINGSERVER
+  
+private:
+  nsIPref *m_prefs;
+  char *m_serverKey;
+  nsCString m_password;
+  PRBool m_serverBusy;
+
+protected:
+  char *getPrefName(const char *serverKey, const char *pref);
+  char *getDefaultPrefName(const char *pref);
+
+  // these are private pref getters and setters for the password
+  // field. Callers should be using Get/Set Password
+  NS_IMETHOD GetPrefPassword(char * *aPassword);
+  NS_IMETHOD SetPrefPassword(const char * aPassword);
+  
+  nsCOMPtr <nsIFolder> m_rootFolder;
+  nsresult getDefaultCharPref(const char *pref, char **);
+  nsresult getDefaultBoolPref(const char *pref, PRBool *);
+  nsresult getDefaultIntPref(const char *pref, PRInt32 *);
+  
+  nsresult CreateRootFolder();
+
+};
+
+#endif // nsMsgIncomingServer_h__

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgKeySet.h

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _nsMsgKeySet_H_
+#define _nsMsgKeySet_H_
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+// nsMsgKeySet represents a set of articles.  Typically, it is the set of
+// read articles from a .newsrc file, but it can be used for other purposes
+// too.
+
+#if 0
+// If a MSG_NewsHost* is supplied to the creation routine, then that
+// MSG_NewsHost will be notified whenever a change is made to set.
+class MSG_NewsHost;
+#endif
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgKeySet {
+public:
+  // Creates an empty set.
+  static nsMsgKeySet* Create(/* MSG_NewsHost* host = NULL*/);
+
+  // Creates a set from the list of numbers, as might be found in a
+  // newsrc file.
+  static nsMsgKeySet* Create(const char* str/* , MSG_NewsHost* host = NULL*/);
+  ~nsMsgKeySet();
+  
+  // FirstNonMember() returns the lowest non-member of the set that is
+  // greater than 0.
+  PRInt32 FirstNonMember();
+
+  // Output() converts to a string representation suitable for writing to a
+  // .newsrc file.  (The result must be freed by the caller using delete[].)
+  char* Output();		
+
+  // IsMember() returns whether the given article is a member of this set.
+  PRBool IsMember(PRInt32 art);
+  
+  // Add() adds the given article to the set.  (Returns 1 if a change was
+  // made, 0 if it was already there, and negative on error.)
+  int Add(PRInt32 art);
+  
+  // Remove() removes the given article from the set. 
+  int Remove(PRInt32 art);
+  
+  // AddRange() adds the (inclusive) given range of articles to the set.
+  int AddRange(PRInt32 first, PRInt32 last);
+  
+  // CountMissingInRange() takes an inclusive range of articles and returns
+  // the number of articles in that range which are not in the set.
+  PRInt32 CountMissingInRange(PRInt32 start, PRInt32 end);
+  
+  // FirstMissingRange() takes an inclusive range and finds the first range
+  // of articles that are not in the set.  If none, return zeros. 
+  int FirstMissingRange(PRInt32 min, PRInt32 max, PRInt32* first, PRInt32* last);
+  
+
+  // LastMissingRange() takes an inclusive range and finds the last range
+  // of articles that are not in the set.  If none, return zeros. 
+  int LastMissingRange(PRInt32 min, PRInt32 max, PRInt32* first, PRInt32* last);
+  
+  PRInt32 GetLastMember();
+  PRInt32 GetFirstMember();
+  void  SetLastMember(PRInt32 highWaterMark);
+  // For debugging only...
+  PRInt32 getLength() {return m_length;}
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static void RunTests();
+#endif
+
+protected:
+  nsMsgKeySet(/* MSG_NewsHost* host */);
+  nsMsgKeySet(const char* /* , MSG_NewsHost* host */);
+  PRBool Grow();
+  PRBool Optimize();
+  
+#ifdef DEBUG
+  static void test_decoder(const char*);
+  static void test_adder();
+  static void test_ranges();
+  static void test_member(PRBool with_cache);
+#endif
+  
+  PRInt32 *m_data;					/* the numbers composing the `chunks' */
+  PRInt32 m_data_size;				/* size of that malloc'ed block */
+  PRInt32 m_length;				/* active area */
+  
+  PRInt32 m_cached_value;			/* a potential set member, or -1 if unset*/
+  PRInt32 m_cached_value_index;		/* the index into `data' at which a search
+									   to determine whether `cached_value' was
+									   a member of the set ended. */
+#ifdef NEWSRC_DOES_HOST_STUFF
+  MSG_NewsHost* m_host;
+#endif
+};
+
+
+#endif /* _nsMsgKeySet_H_ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,384 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "prlog.h"
+#include "nsMsgLineBuffer.h"
+
+#include "nsIInputStream.h" // used by nsMsgLineStreamBuffer
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsByteArray);
+
+nsByteArray::nsByteArray()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsByteArray);
+	m_buffer = NULL;
+	m_bufferSize = 0;
+	m_bufferPos = 0;
+}
+
+nsByteArray::~nsByteArray()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsByteArray);
+	PR_FREEIF(m_buffer);
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::GrowBuffer(PRUint32 desired_size, PRUint32 quantum)
+{
+	if (m_bufferSize < desired_size)
+	{
+		char *new_buf;
+		PRUint32 increment = desired_size - m_bufferSize;
+		if (increment < quantum) /* always grow by a minimum of N bytes */
+			increment = quantum;
+
+
+		new_buf = (m_buffer
+				 ? (char *) PR_REALLOC (m_buffer, (m_bufferSize + increment))
+				 : (char *) PR_MALLOC (m_bufferSize + increment));
+		if (! new_buf)
+			return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+		m_buffer = new_buf;
+		m_bufferSize += increment;
+	}
+  return 0;
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::AppendString(const char *string)
+{
+	PRUint32 strLength = (string) ? PL_strlen(string) : 0;
+	return AppendBuffer(string, strLength);
+
+}
+
+nsresult nsByteArray::AppendBuffer(const char *buffer, PRUint32 length)
+{
+	nsresult ret = NS_OK;
+	if (m_bufferPos + length > m_bufferSize)
+		ret = GrowBuffer(m_bufferPos + length, 1024);
+	if (ret == NS_OK)
+	{
+		memcpy(m_buffer + m_bufferPos, buffer, length);
+		m_bufferPos += length;
+	}
+	return ret;
+}
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsMsgLineBuffer);
+
+nsMsgLineBuffer::nsMsgLineBuffer(nsMsgLineBufferHandler *handler, PRBool convertNewlinesP)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsMsgLineBuffer);
+	m_handler = handler;
+	m_convertNewlinesP = convertNewlinesP;
+    m_lookingForCRLF = PR_TRUE;
+}
+
+nsMsgLineBuffer::~nsMsgLineBuffer()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsMsgLineBuffer);
+}
+
+void
+nsMsgLineBuffer::SetLookingForCRLF(PRBool b)
+{
+  m_lookingForCRLF = b;
+}
+
+PRInt32	nsMsgLineBuffer::BufferInput(const char *net_buffer, PRInt32 net_buffer_size)
+{
+    int status = 0;
+    if (m_bufferPos > 0 && m_buffer && m_buffer[m_bufferPos - 1] == CR &&
+        net_buffer_size > 0 && net_buffer[0] != LF) {
+        /* The last buffer ended with a CR.  The new buffer does not start
+           with a LF.  This old buffer should be shipped out and discarded. */
+        PR_ASSERT(m_bufferSize > m_bufferPos);
+        if (m_bufferSize <= m_bufferPos) return -1;
+        status = ConvertAndSendBuffer();
+        if (status < 0) 
+			return status;
+        m_bufferPos = 0;
+    }
+    while (net_buffer_size > 0)
+	{
+        const char *net_buffer_end = net_buffer + net_buffer_size;
+        const char *newline = 0;
+        const char *s;
+        
+        
+        for (s = net_buffer; s < net_buffer_end; s++)
+		{
+          if (m_lookingForCRLF) {
+            /* Move forward in the buffer until the first newline.
+               Stop when we see CRLF, CR, or LF, or the end of the buffer.
+               *But*, if we see a lone CR at the *very end* of the buffer,
+               treat this as if we had reached the end of the buffer without
+               seeing a line terminator.  This is to catch the case of the
+               buffers splitting a CRLF pair, as in "FOO\r\nBAR\r" "\nBAZ\r\n".
+            */
+            if (*s == CR || *s == LF) {
+              newline = s;
+              if (newline[0] == CR) {
+                if (s == net_buffer_end - 1) {
+                  /* CR at end - wait for the next character. */
+                  newline = 0;
+                  break;
+                }
+                else if (newline[1] == LF) {
+                  /* CRLF seen; swallow both. */
+                  newline++;
+                }
+              }
+              newline++;
+              break;
+			}
+          }
+          else {
+            /* if not looking for a CRLF, stop at CR or LF.  (for example, when parsing the newsrc file).  this fixes #9896, where we'd lose the last line of anything we'd parse that used CR as the line break. */
+            if (*s == CR || *s == LF) {
+              newline = s;
+              newline++;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+		}
+        
+        /* Ensure room in the net_buffer and append some or all of the current
+           chunk of data to it. */
+        {
+            const char *end = (newline ? newline : net_buffer_end);
+            PRUint32 desired_size = (end - net_buffer) + m_bufferPos + 1;
+            
+            if (desired_size >= m_bufferSize)
+            {
+                status = GrowBuffer (desired_size, 1024);
+                if (status < 0) 
+					return status;
+            }
+            memcpy (m_buffer + m_bufferPos, net_buffer, (end - net_buffer));
+            m_bufferPos += (end - net_buffer);
+        }
+        
+        /* Now m_buffer contains either a complete line, or as complete
+           a line as we have read so far.
+           
+           If we have a line, process it, and then remove it from `m_buffer'.
+           Then go around the loop again, until we drain the incoming data.
+           */
+        if (!newline)
+            return 0;
+        
+        status = ConvertAndSendBuffer();
+        if (status < 0) return status;
+        
+        net_buffer_size -= (newline - net_buffer);
+        net_buffer = newline;
+        m_bufferPos = 0;
+	}
+#ifdef DEBUG_bienvenu
+	printf("returning from buffer input m_bufferPos = %ld\n", m_bufferPos);
+#endif	
+    return 0;
+}
+
+PRInt32 nsMsgLineBuffer::HandleLine(char *line, PRUint32 line_length)
+{
+	NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "must override this method if you don't provide a handler");
+	return 0;
+}
+
+PRInt32 nsMsgLineBuffer::ConvertAndSendBuffer()
+{
+    /* Convert the line terminator to the native form.
+     */
+
+	char *buf = m_buffer;
+	PRInt32 length = m_bufferPos;
+
+    char* newline;
+    
+    PR_ASSERT(buf && length > 0);
+    if (!buf || length <= 0) 
+		return -1;
+    newline = buf + length;
+    
+    PR_ASSERT(newline[-1] == CR || newline[-1] == LF);
+    if (newline[-1] != CR && newline[-1] != LF)
+		return -1;
+    
+    if (!m_convertNewlinesP)
+	{
+	}
+#if (MSG_LINEBREAK_LEN == 1)
+    else if ((newline - buf) >= 2 &&
+             newline[-2] == CR &&
+             newline[-1] == LF)
+	{
+        /* CRLF -> CR or LF */
+        buf [length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+        length--;
+	}
+    else if (newline > buf + 1 &&
+             newline[-1] != MSG_LINEBREAK[0])
+	{
+        /* CR -> LF or LF -> CR */
+        buf [length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+	}
+#else
+    else if (((newline - buf) >= 2 && newline[-2] != CR) ||
+             ((newline - buf) >= 1 && newline[-1] != LF))
+	{
+        /* LF -> CRLF or CR -> CRLF */
+        length++;
+        buf[length - 2] = MSG_LINEBREAK[0];
+        buf[length - 1] = MSG_LINEBREAK[1];
+	}
+#endif
+    
+    return (m_handler) ? m_handler->HandleLine(buf, length) : HandleLine(buf, length);
+}
+
+// If there's still some data (non CRLF terminated) flush it out
+PRInt32 nsMsgLineBuffer::FlushLastLine()
+{
+	char *buf = m_buffer + m_bufferPos;
+	PRInt32 length = m_bufferPos - 1;
+	if (length > 0)
+		return (m_handler) ? m_handler->HandleLine(buf, length) : HandleLine(buf, length);
+	else
+		return 0;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// This is a utility class used to efficiently extract lines from an input stream by buffering
+// read but unprocessed stream data in a buffer. 
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(PRUint32 aBufferSize, const char * aEndOfLineToken, 
+											 PRBool aAllocateNewLines, PRBool aEatCRLFs) 
+											: m_eatCRLFs(aEatCRLFs), m_allocateNewLines(aAllocateNewLines),
+											  m_endOfLineToken(aEndOfLineToken)
+{
+	NS_PRECONDITION(aBufferSize > 0, "invalid buffer size!!!");
+	m_dataBuffer = nsnull;
+	m_startPos = nsnull;
+
+	// used to buffer incoming data by ReadNextLineFromInput
+	if (aBufferSize > 0)
+	{
+		m_dataBuffer = (char *) PR_CALLOC(sizeof(char) * aBufferSize);
+		m_startPos = m_dataBuffer;
+	}
+
+	m_dataBufferSize = aBufferSize;
+}
+
+nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::~nsMsgLineStreamBuffer()
+{
+	PR_FREEIF(m_dataBuffer); // release our buffer...
+}
+
+// the design for this method has an inherit bug: if the length of the line is greater than the size of m_dataBufferSize, 
+// then we'll never find the next line because we can't hold the whole line in memory. 
+// aInputStream - the input stream we want to read a line from
+// aPauseForMoreData is returned as PR_TRUE if the stream does not yet contain a line and we must wait for more
+// data to come into the stream.
+
+// Note to people wishing to modify this function: Be *VERY CAREFUL* this is a critical function used by all of
+// our mail protocols including imap, nntp, and pop. If you screw it up, you could break a lot of stuff.....
+
+char * nsMsgLineStreamBuffer::ReadNextLine(nsIInputStream * aInputStream, PRUint32 &aNumBytesInLine, PRBool &aPauseForMoreData)
+{
+	// try to extract a line from m_inputBuffer. If we don't have an entire line, 
+	// then read more bytes out from the stream. If the stream is empty then wait
+	// on the monitor for more data to come in.
+
+	NS_PRECONDITION(m_startPos && m_dataBufferSize > 0, "invalid input arguments for read next line from input");
+	
+	// initialize out values
+	aPauseForMoreData = PR_FALSE;
+	aNumBytesInLine = 0;
+	char * endOfLine = nsnull;
+
+	PRUint32 numBytesInBuffer = PL_strlen(m_startPos);
+	
+	if (numBytesInBuffer > 0) // any data in our internal buffer?
+		endOfLine = PL_strstr(m_startPos, m_endOfLineToken); // see if we already have a line ending...
+
+	// it's possible that we got here before the first time we receive data from the server
+	// so aInputStream will be nsnull...
+	if (!endOfLine && aInputStream) // get some more data from the server
+	{
+		PRUint32 numBytesInStream = 0;
+		PRUint32 numBytesCopied = 0;
+		aInputStream->Available(&numBytesInStream);
+		// if the number of bytes we want to read from the stream, is greater than the number
+		// of bytes left in our buffer, then we need to shift the start pos and its contents
+		// down to the beginning of m_dataBuffer...
+		PRUint32 numFreeBytesInBuffer = (m_dataBuffer + m_dataBufferSize) - (m_startPos + numBytesInBuffer);
+		if (numBytesInStream >= numFreeBytesInBuffer)
+		{
+			nsCRT::memcpy(m_dataBuffer, m_startPos, numBytesInBuffer);
+			m_dataBuffer[numBytesInBuffer] = '\0'; // make sure the end of the buffer is terminated
+			m_startPos = m_dataBuffer; // update the new start position
+			// update the number of free bytes in the buffer
+			numFreeBytesInBuffer = m_dataBufferSize - numBytesInBuffer;
+		}
+
+		PRUint32 numBytesToCopy = PR_MIN(numFreeBytesInBuffer - 1 /* leave one for a null terminator */, numBytesInStream);
+		// read the data into the end of our data buffer
+		if (numBytesToCopy > 0)
+		{
+			aInputStream->Read(m_startPos + numBytesInBuffer, numBytesToCopy, &numBytesCopied);
+			m_startPos[numBytesInBuffer + numBytesCopied] = '\0';
+		}
+
+		// okay, now that we've tried to read in more data from the stream, look for another end of line 
+		// character 
+		endOfLine = PL_strstr(m_startPos, m_endOfLineToken);
+
+	}
+
+	// okay, now check again for endOfLine.
+	if (endOfLine)
+	{
+		if (!m_eatCRLFs)
+			endOfLine += PL_strlen(m_endOfLineToken); // count for CRLF
+
+		// PR_CALLOC zeros out the allocated line
+		char* newLine = (char*) PR_CALLOC(endOfLine-m_startPos+1);
+		if (!newLine)
+			return nsnull;
+
+		nsCRT::memcpy(newLine, m_startPos, endOfLine-m_startPos); // copy the string into the new line buffer
+		aNumBytesInLine = endOfLine - m_startPos;
+
+		if (m_eatCRLFs)
+			endOfLine += PL_strlen(m_endOfLineToken); // advance past CRLF if we haven't already done so...
+
+		// now we need to update the data buffer to go past the line we just read out. 
+		if (PL_strlen(endOfLine) <= 0) // if no more data in the buffer, then just zero out the buffer...
+			m_startPos[0] = '\0';
+		else  // advance 
+			m_startPos = endOfLine; // move us up to the end of the line
+		return newLine;
+	}
+
+	aPauseForMoreData = PR_TRUE;
+	return nsnull; // if we somehow got here. we don't have another line in the buffer yet...need to wait for more data...
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgLineBuffer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+#ifndef _nsMsgLineBuffer_H
+#define _nsMsgLineBuffer_H
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+
+// I can't believe I have to have this stupid class, but I can't find
+// anything suitable (nsStrImpl might be, when its done). nsIByteBuffer
+// would do, if I had a stream for input, which I don't.
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsByteArray 
+{
+public:
+	nsByteArray();
+	virtual ~nsByteArray();
+	PRUint32	GetSize() {return m_bufferSize;}
+	PRUint32	GetBufferPos() {return m_bufferPos;}
+	nsresult	GrowBuffer(PRUint32 desired_size, PRUint32 quantum = 1024);
+	nsresult	AppendString(const char *string);
+	nsresult	AppendBuffer(const char *buffer, PRUint32 length);
+	void		ResetWritePos() {m_bufferPos = 0;}
+	char		*GetBuffer() {return m_buffer;}
+protected:
+	char		*m_buffer;
+	PRUint32	m_bufferSize;
+	PRUint32	m_bufferPos;	// write Pos in m_buffer - where the next byte should go.
+};
+
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineBufferHandler : public nsByteArray
+{
+public:
+	virtual PRInt32 HandleLine(char *line, PRUint32 line_length) = 0;
+};
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineBuffer : public nsByteArray
+{
+public:
+	nsMsgLineBuffer(nsMsgLineBufferHandler *handler, PRBool convertNewlinesP);
+
+	virtual ~nsMsgLineBuffer();
+	PRInt32	BufferInput(const char *net_buffer, PRInt32 net_buffer_size);
+	// Not sure why anyone cares, by NNTPHost seems to want to know the buf pos.
+	PRUint32	GetBufferPos() {return m_bufferPos;}
+
+	virtual PRInt32 HandleLine(char *line, PRUint32 line_length);
+	// flush last line, though it won't be CRLF terminated.
+	virtual PRInt32 FlushLastLine();
+protected:
+	nsMsgLineBuffer(PRBool convertNewlinesP);
+
+	PRInt32 ConvertAndSendBuffer();
+    void SetLookingForCRLF(PRBool b);
+
+	nsMsgLineBufferHandler *m_handler;
+	PRBool		m_convertNewlinesP;
+    PRBool      m_lookingForCRLF; 
+};
+
+// I'm adding this utility class here for lack of a better place. This utility class is similar to nsMsgLineBuffer
+// except it works from an input stream. It is geared towards efficiently parsing new lines out of a stream by storing
+// read but unprocessed bytes in a buffer. I envision the primary use of this to be our mail protocols such as imap, news and
+// pop which need to process line by line data being returned in the form of a proxied stream from the server.
+
+class nsIInputStream;
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgLineStreamBuffer
+{
+public:
+	// aBufferSize -- size of the buffer you want us to use for buffering stream data
+	// aEndOfLinetoken -- The delimeter string to be used for determining the end of line. This 
+	//				      allows us to parse platform specific end of line endings by making it
+	//					  a parameter.
+	// aAllocateNewLines -- PR_TRUE if you want calls to ReadNextLine to allocate new memory for the line. 
+	//						if false, the char * returned is just a ptr into the buffer. Subsequent calls to
+	//						ReadNextLine will alter the data so your ptr only has a life time of a per call.
+	// aEatCRLFs  -- PR_TRUE if you don't want to see the CRLFs on the lines returned by ReadNextLine. 
+	//				 PR_FALSE if you do want to see them.
+	nsMsgLineStreamBuffer(PRUint32 aBufferSize, const char * aEndOfLineToken, PRBool aAllocateNewLines, PRBool aEatCRLFs = PR_TRUE); // specify the size of the buffer you want the class to use....
+	virtual ~nsMsgLineStreamBuffer();
+
+	// Caller must free the line returned using PR_Free
+	// aEndOfLinetoken -- delimeter used to denote the end of a line.
+	// aNumBytesInLine -- The number of bytes in the line returned
+	// aPauseForMoreData -- There is not enough data in the stream to make a line at this time...
+	char * ReadNextLine(nsIInputStream * aInputStream, PRUint32 &anumBytesInLine, PRBool &aPauseForMoreData);
+protected:
+	PRBool m_eatCRLFs;
+	PRBool m_allocateNewLines;
+	char * m_dataBuffer;
+	char * m_startPos;
+	const char * m_endOfLineToken;
+	PRUint32 m_dataBufferSize;
+};
+
+
+#endif

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,399 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailSession.h"
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kUrlListenerManagerCID, NS_URLLISTENERMANAGER_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kStandardUrlCID, NS_STANDARDURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kMsgMailSessionCID, NS_MSGMAILSESSION_CID);
+
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+ 
+	// nsIURI specific state
+	m_errorMessage = nsnull;
+	m_runningUrl = PR_FALSE;
+	m_updatingFolder = PR_FALSE;
+
+	nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kUrlListenerManagerCID, nsnull, nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIUrlListenerManager>::GetIID(), (void **) getter_AddRefs(m_urlListeners));
+	nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kStandardUrlCID, nsnull, nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURL>::GetIID(), (void **) getter_AddRefs(m_baseURL));
+}
+ 
+nsMsgMailNewsUrl::~nsMsgMailNewsUrl()
+{
+	PR_FREEIF(m_errorMessage);
+}
+  
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgMailNewsUrl);
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgMailNewsUrl);
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::QueryInterface(const nsIID &aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+    if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
+        return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    }
+    if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURI>::GetIID())) {
+        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIURI*)this);
+        NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+	if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURL>::GetIID())) {
+        *aInstancePtr = (void*) ((nsIURL*)this);
+        NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+	if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMsgMailNewsUrl>::GetIID()))
+	{
+		*aInstancePtr = (void *) ((nsIMsgMailNewsUrl*) this);
+		NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+ 
+	if (aIID.Equals(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsISupports>::GetIID()))    
+	{
+		*aInstancePtr = (void *) ((nsIMsgMailNewsUrl*) this);
+		NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+		return NS_OK;
+	}
+#if defined(NS_DEBUG)
+    /*
+     * Check for the debug-only interface indicating thread-safety
+     */
+    static NS_DEFINE_IID(kIsThreadsafeIID, NS_ISTHREADSAFE_IID);
+    if (aIID.Equals(kIsThreadsafeIID)) {
+        return NS_OK;
+    }
+#endif
+    return NS_NOINTERFACE;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIMsgMailNewsUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUrlState(PRBool * aRunningUrl)
+{
+	if (aRunningUrl)
+		*aRunningUrl = m_runningUrl;
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUrlState(PRBool aRunningUrl, nsresult aExitCode)
+{
+	m_runningUrl = aRunningUrl;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgStatusFeedback> statusFeedback;
+
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(GetStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(statusFeedback))) && statusFeedback)
+	{
+		if (m_runningUrl)
+			statusFeedback->StartMeteors();
+		else
+		{
+			statusFeedback->ShowProgress(0);
+			statusFeedback->StopMeteors();
+		}
+	}
+	if (m_urlListeners)
+	{
+		if (m_runningUrl)
+		{
+			m_urlListeners->OnStartRunningUrl(this);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			m_urlListeners->OnStopRunningUrl(this, aExitCode);
+		}
+	}
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::RegisterListener (nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener)
+{
+	if (m_urlListeners)
+		m_urlListeners->RegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::UnRegisterListener (nsIUrlListener * aUrlListener)
+{
+	if (m_urlListeners)
+		m_urlListeners->UnRegisterListener(aUrlListener);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetErrorMessage (const char * errorMessage)
+{
+	// functionality has been moved to nsIMsgStatusFeedback
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetErrorMessage (char ** errorMessage)
+{
+	// functionality has been moved to nsIMsgStatusFeedback
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetServer(nsIMsgIncomingServer ** aIncomingServer)
+{
+	// mscott --> we could cache a copy of the server here....but if we did, we run
+	// the risk of leaking the server if any single url gets leaked....of course that
+	// shouldn't happen...but it could. so i'm going to look it up every time and
+	// we can look at caching it later.
+
+	nsXPIDLCString host;
+	nsXPIDLCString scheme;
+
+	nsresult rv = GetHost(getter_Copies(host));
+	rv = GetScheme(getter_Copies(scheme));
+    if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+    {
+        NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgMailSession, session, kMsgMailSessionCID, &rv); 
+        if (NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgAccountManager> accountManager;
+        rv = session->GetAccountManager(getter_AddRefs(accountManager));
+        if(NS_FAILED(rv)) return rv;
+        
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgIncomingServer> server;
+        rv = accountManager->FindServer(GetUserName(),
+                                        host,
+                                        scheme,
+                                        aIncomingServer);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback *aMsgFeedback)
+{
+	if (aMsgFeedback)
+		m_statusFeedback = do_QueryInterface(aMsgFeedback);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetStatusFeedback(nsIMsgStatusFeedback **aMsgFeedback)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	// note: it is okay to return a null status feedback and not return an error
+	// it's possible the url really doesn't have status feedback
+	if (!m_statusFeedback)
+	{
+		NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIMsgMailSession, mailSession, kMsgMailSessionCID, &rv); 
+
+		if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+			mailSession->GetTemporaryMsgStatusFeedback(getter_AddRefs(m_statusFeedback));
+	}
+	if (aMsgFeedback)
+	{
+		*aMsgFeedback = m_statusFeedback;
+		NS_IF_ADDREF(*aMsgFeedback);
+	}
+	else
+		rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetUpdatingFolder(PRBool *aResult)
+{
+	if (!aResult)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	*aResult = m_updatingFolder;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetUpdatingFolder(PRBool updatingFolder)
+{
+	m_updatingFolder = updatingFolder;
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// End nsIMsgMailNewsUrl specific support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Begin nsIURI support
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetSpec(char * *aSpec)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetSpec(aSpec);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetSpec(const char * aSpec)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetSpec(aSpec);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetScheme(char * *aScheme)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetScheme(const char * aScheme)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetScheme(aScheme);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPreHost(char * *aPreHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPreHost(aPreHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPreHost(const char * aPreHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetPreHost(aPreHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetHost(char * *aHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetHost(const char * aHost)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetHost(aHost);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPort(PRInt32 *aPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPort(PRInt32 aPort)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetPort(aPort);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetPath(char * *aPath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetPath(const char * aPath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetPath(aPath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::Equals(nsIURI *other, PRBool *_retval)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->Equals(other, _retval);
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::Clone(nsIURI **_retval)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->Clone(_retval);
+}	
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetRelativePath(const char *i_RelativePath)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetRelativePath(i_RelativePath);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetDirectory(char * *aDirectory)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetDirectory(aDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetDirectory(const char *aDirectory)
+{
+
+	return m_baseURL->SetDirectory(aDirectory);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileName(char * *aFileName)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetFileName(aFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileBaseName(char * *aFileBaseName)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileBaseName(const char * aFileBaseName)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFileExtension(char * *aFileExtension)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileExtension(const char * aFileExtension)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFileName(const char * aFileName)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetFileName(aFileName);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetParam(char * *aParam)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetParam(aParam);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetParam(const char *aParam)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetParam(aParam);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetQuery(char * *aQuery)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetQuery(aQuery);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetQuery(const char *aQuery)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetQuery(aQuery);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetRef(char * *aRef)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetRef(const char *aRef)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetRef(aRef);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::GetFilePath(char **o_DirFile)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->GetFilePath(o_DirFile);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgMailNewsUrl::SetFilePath(const char *i_DirFile)
+{
+	return m_baseURL->SetFilePath(i_DirFile);
+}
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgMailNewsUrl.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___
+#define nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsISupports.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListener.h"
+#include "nsIUrlListenerManager.h"
+#include "nsIMsgStatusFeedback.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// Okay, I found that all of the mail and news url interfaces needed to support
+// several common interfaces (in addition to those provided through nsIURI). 
+// So I decided to group them all in this implementation so we don't have to
+// duplicate the code.
+//
+//////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgMailNewsUrl : public nsIMsgMailNewsUrl
+{
+public:
+	nsMsgMailNewsUrl();
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+    NS_DECL_NSIMSGMAILNEWSURL
+    NS_DECL_NSIURI
+    NS_DECL_NSIURL
+
+protected:
+	virtual ~nsMsgMailNewsUrl();
+
+	// a helper function I needed from derived urls...
+	virtual const char * GetUserName() = 0;
+
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIURL> m_baseURL;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgStatusFeedback> m_statusFeedback;
+	char		*m_errorMessage;
+	PRBool		m_runningUrl;
+	PRBool		m_updatingFolder;
+
+	// manager of all of current url listeners....
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIUrlListenerManager> m_urlListeners;
+};
+
+
+#endif /* nsMsgMailNewsUrl_h___ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,369 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsMsgProtocol.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMailNewsUrl.h"
+#include "nsISocketTransportService.h"
+#include "nsXPIDLString.h"
+#include "nsSpecialSystemDirectory.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsIIOService.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kSocketTransportServiceCID, NS_SOCKETTRANSPORTSERVICE_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kIOServiceCID, NS_IOSERVICE_CID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS3(nsMsgProtocol, nsIStreamListener, nsIStreamObserver, nsIChannel)
+
+nsMsgProtocol::nsMsgProtocol()
+{
+	NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+	m_flags = 0;
+	m_startPosition = 0;
+	m_readCount = 0;
+	m_socketIsOpen = PR_FALSE;
+		
+	m_tempMsgFileSpec = nsSpecialSystemDirectory(nsSpecialSystemDirectory::OS_TemporaryDirectory);
+	m_tempMsgFileSpec += "tempMessage.eml";
+}
+
+nsMsgProtocol::~nsMsgProtocol()
+{}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::OpenNetworkSocket(nsIURI * aURL) // open a connection on this url
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsXPIDLCString hostName;
+	PRInt32 port = 0;
+
+	m_readCount = -1; // with socket connections we want to read as much data as arrives
+	m_startPosition = 0;
+
+    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsISocketTransportService, socketService, kSocketTransportServiceCID, &rv);
+
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aURL)
+	{
+		aURL->GetPort(&port);
+		aURL->GetHost(getter_Copies(hostName));
+
+		rv = socketService->CreateTransport(hostName, port, nsnull, getter_AddRefs(m_channel));
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_channel)
+		{
+			m_socketIsOpen = PR_FALSE;
+			rv = SetupTransportState();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::OpenFileSocket(nsIURI * aURL, const nsFileSpec * aFileSpec, PRUint32 aStartPosition, PRInt32 aReadCount)
+{
+	// mscott - file needs to be encoded directly into aURL. I should be able to get
+	// rid of this method completely.
+
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	m_startPosition = aStartPosition;
+	m_readCount = aReadCount;
+
+    NS_WITH_SERVICE(nsIIOService, netService, kIOServiceCID, &rv);
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aURL)
+	{
+		// extract the file path from the uri...
+		nsXPIDLCString filePath;
+		aURL->GetPath(getter_Copies(filePath));
+		char * urlSpec = PR_smprintf("file://%s", (const char *) filePath);
+
+		rv = netService->NewChannel("Load", urlSpec, 
+                                    nsnull,     // null base URI
+                                    nsnull,     // null load group
+                                    nsnull,     // null eventsink getter
+                                    getter_AddRefs(m_channel));
+		PR_FREEIF(urlSpec);
+
+		if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && m_channel)
+		{
+			m_socketIsOpen = PR_FALSE;
+			// rv = SetupTransportState();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SetupTransportState()
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+
+	if (!m_socketIsOpen && m_channel)
+	{
+		rv = m_channel->OpenOutputStream(0 /* start position */, getter_AddRefs(m_outputStream));
+
+		NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv), "unable to create an output stream");
+		// we want to open the stream 
+	} // if m_transport
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::CloseSocket()
+{
+	// release all of our socket state
+	m_socketIsOpen = PR_FALSE;
+	m_outputStream = null_nsCOMPtr();
+	m_channel = null_nsCOMPtr();
+
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/*
+ * Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. It also informs
+ * the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+ * Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+ * stream, etc). We need to make another pass through this file to install an error system (mscott)
+ */
+
+PRInt32 nsMsgProtocol::SendData(nsIURI * aURL, const char * dataBuffer)
+{
+	PRUint32 writeCount = 0; 
+	PRInt32 status = 0; 
+
+//	NS_PRECONDITION(m_outputStream, "oops....we don't have an output stream...how did that happen?");
+	if (dataBuffer && m_outputStream)
+	{
+		status = m_outputStream->Write(dataBuffer, PL_strlen(dataBuffer), &writeCount);
+	}
+
+	return status;
+}
+
+// Whenever data arrives from the connection, core netlib notifices the protocol by calling
+// OnDataAvailable. We then read and process the incoming data from the input stream. 
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnDataAvailable(nsIChannel * /* aChannel */, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIInputStream *inStr, PRUint32 sourceOffset, PRUint32 count)
+{
+	// right now, this really just means turn around and churn through the state machine
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIURI> uri = do_QueryInterface(ctxt);
+	return ProcessProtocolState(uri, inStr, sourceOffset, count);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnStartRequest(nsIChannel * aChannel, nsISupports *ctxt)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgUrl)
+		rv = aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(PR_TRUE, NS_OK);
+
+	// if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are starting...
+	// so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+	// happens to be using
+	if (m_channelListener)
+		rv = m_channelListener->OnStartRequest(this, m_channelContext);
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+// stop binding is a "notification" informing us that the stream associated with aURL is going away. 
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OnStopRequest(nsIChannel * aChannel, nsISupports *ctxt, nsresult aStatus, const PRUnichar* aMsg)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(ctxt, &rv);
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && aMsgUrl)
+		rv = aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(PR_FALSE, aStatus);
+
+	// if we are set up as a channel, we should notify our channel listener that we are starting...
+	// so pass in ourself as the channel and not the underlying socket or file channel the protocol
+	// happens to be using
+	if (m_channelListener)
+		rv = m_channelListener->OnStopRequest(this, m_channelContext, aStatus, aMsg);
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer)
+{
+	// okay now kick us off to the next state...
+	// our first state is a process state so drive the state machine...
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	nsCOMPtr <nsIMsgMailNewsUrl> aMsgUrl = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+
+	if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		rv = aMsgUrl->SetUrlState(PR_TRUE, NS_OK); // set the url as a url currently being run...
+
+    // if the url is given a stream consumer then we should use it to forward calls to...
+    if (!m_channelListener && aConsumer) // if we don't have a registered listener already
+    {
+      m_channelListener = do_QueryInterface(aConsumer);
+      if (!m_channelContext)
+        m_channelContext = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+    }
+
+		if (!m_socketIsOpen)
+		{
+			nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> urlSupports = do_QueryInterface(aURL);
+
+			// put us in a state where we are always notified of incoming data
+			m_channel->AsyncRead(m_startPosition, m_readCount, urlSupports ,this /* stream observer */);
+			m_socketIsOpen = PR_TRUE; // mark the channel as open
+		} // if we got an event queue service
+		else  // the connection is already open so we should begin processing our new url...
+			rv = ProcessProtocolState(aURL, nsnull, 0, 0); 
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// The rest of this file is mostly nsIChannel mumbo jumbo stuff
+///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SetUrl(nsIURI * aURL)
+{
+	m_url = dont_QueryInterface(aURL);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+nsresult nsMsgProtocol::SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * aLoadGroup)
+{
+	m_loadGroup = dont_QueryInterface(aLoadGroup);
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetURI(nsIURI * *aURI)
+{
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	if (aURI)
+	{
+		if (m_url)
+			rv = m_url->QueryInterface(NS_GET_IID(nsIURI), (void **) aURI);
+		else
+			*aURI = nsnull;
+	}
+	else
+		rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	return rv;
+}
+ 
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OpenInputStream(PRUint32 startPosition, PRInt32 readCount, nsIInputStream **_retval)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::OpenOutputStream(PRUint32 startPosition, nsIOutputStream **_retval)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::AsyncOpen(nsIStreamObserver *observer, nsISupports* ctxt)
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::AsyncRead(PRUint32 startPosition, PRInt32 readCount, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIStreamListener *listener)
+{
+	// set the stream listener and then load the url
+	m_channelContext = ctxt;
+	m_channelListener = listener;
+
+	// the following load group code is completely bogus....
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	if (m_loadGroup)
+	{
+		nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroupListenerFactory> factory;
+		//
+		// Create a load group "proxy" listener...
+		//
+		rv = m_loadGroup->GetGroupListenerFactory(getter_AddRefs(factory));
+		if (factory) 
+		{
+			nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> newListener;
+			rv = factory->CreateLoadGroupListener(m_channelListener, getter_AddRefs(newListener));
+			if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv)) 
+				m_channelListener = newListener;
+		}
+	} // if aLoadGroup
+
+	return LoadUrl(m_url, nsnull);
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::AsyncWrite(nsIInputStream *fromStream, PRUint32 startPosition, PRInt32 writeCount, nsISupports *ctxt, nsIStreamObserver *observer)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetLoadAttributes(nsLoadFlags *aLoadAttributes)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetLoadAttributes(nsLoadFlags aLoadAttributes)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetContentType(char * *aContentType)
+{
+	*aContentType = nsCRT::strdup("message/rfc822");
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetContentLength(PRInt32 * aContentLength)
+{
+  *aContentLength = -1;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetOwner(nsISupports * *aPrincipal)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::SetOwner(nsISupports * aPrincipal)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::GetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * *aLoadGroup)
+{
+	return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// From nsIRequest
+////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::IsPending(PRBool *result)
+{
+    *result = PR_TRUE;
+    return NS_OK; 
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Cancel()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Suspend()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgProtocol::Resume()
+{
+    return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgProtocol.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgProtocol_h__
+#define nsMsgProtocol_h__
+
+#include "nsIStreamListener.h"
+#include "nsIInputStream.h"
+#include "nsIOutputStream.h"
+#include "nsIEventQueue.h"
+#include "nsIChannel.h"
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsILoadGroup.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+// This is a helper class used to encapsulate code shared between all of the
+// mailnews protocol objects (imap, news, pop, smtp, etc.) In particular,
+// it unifies the core networking code for the protocols. My hope is that
+// this will make unification with Necko easier as we'll only have to change
+// this class and not all of the mailnews protocols.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgProtocol : public nsIStreamListener, public nsIChannel
+{
+public:
+	nsMsgProtocol();
+	virtual ~nsMsgProtocol();
+
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+	// nsIChannel support
+	NS_DECL_NSICHANNEL
+	NS_DECL_NSIREQUEST
+  
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMLISTENER
+  NS_DECL_NSISTREAMOBSERVER
+
+	// LoadUrl -- A protocol typically overrides this function, sets up any local state for the url and
+	// then calls the base class which opens the socket if it needs opened. If the socket is 
+	// already opened then we just call ProcessProtocolState to start the churning process.
+	// aConsumer is the consumer for the url. It can be null if this argument is not appropriate
+	virtual nsresult LoadUrl(nsIURI * aURL, nsISupports * aConsumer = nsnull);
+
+	virtual nsresult SetUrl(nsIURI * aURL); // sometimes we want to set the url before we load it
+	virtual nsresult SetLoadGroup(nsILoadGroup * aLoadGroup);
+
+	// Flag manipulators
+	PRBool TestFlag  (PRUint32 flag) {return flag & m_flags;}
+	void   SetFlag   (PRUint32 flag) { m_flags |= flag; }
+	void   ClearFlag (PRUint32 flag) { m_flags &= ~flag; }
+
+protected:
+	// methods for opening and closing a socket with core netlib....
+	// mscott -okay this is lame. I should break this up into a file protocol and a socket based
+	// protocool class instead of cheating and putting both methods here...
+	virtual nsresult OpenNetworkSocket(nsIURI * aURL); // open a connection on this url
+	virtual nsresult OpenFileSocket(nsIURI * aURL, const nsFileSpec * aFileSpec, PRUint32 aStartPosition, PRInt32 aReadCount); // used to open a file socket connection
+
+	// a Protocol typically overrides this method. They free any of their own connection state and then
+	// they call up into the base class to free the generic connection objects
+	virtual nsresult CloseSocket(); 
+
+	virtual nsresult SetupTransportState(); // private method used by OpenNetworkSocket and OpenFileSocket
+
+	// ProcessProtocolState - This is the function that gets churned by calls to OnDataAvailable. 
+	// As data arrives on the socket, OnDataAvailable calls ProcessProtocolState.
+	
+	virtual nsresult ProcessProtocolState(nsIURI * url, nsIInputStream * inputStream, 
+									      PRUint32 sourceOffset, PRUint32 length) = 0;
+
+	// SendData -- Writes the data contained in dataBuffer into the current output stream. 
+	// It also informs the transport layer that this data is now available for transmission.
+	// Returns a positive number for success, 0 for failure (not all the bytes were written to the
+	// stream, etc). 
+	virtual PRInt32 SendData(nsIURI * aURL, const char * dataBuffer);
+
+	// Ouput stream for writing commands to the socket
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIChannel>		m_channel; 
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIOutputStream>	m_outputStream;   // this will be obtained from the transport interface
+
+	PRBool	  m_socketIsOpen; // mscott: we should look into keeping this state in the nsSocketTransport...
+							  // I'm using it to make sure I open the socket the first time a URL is loaded into the connection
+	PRUint32	m_flags; // used to store flag information
+	PRUint32	m_startPosition;
+	PRInt32		m_readCount;
+
+	nsFileSpec	m_tempMsgFileSpec;  // we currently have a hack where displaying a msg involves writing it to a temp file first
+
+	// the following is a catch all for nsIChannel related data
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIURI>  m_url; // the running url
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIStreamListener> m_channelListener;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsISupports>		m_channelContext;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsILoadGroup>		m_loadGroup;
+};
+
+#endif /* nsMsgProtocol_h__ */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "nsMsgTxn.h"
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kISupportsIID, NS_ISUPPORTS_IID);
+static NS_DEFINE_IID(kITransactionIID, NS_ITRANSACTION_IID);
+
+NS_IMPL_ADDREF(nsMsgTxn)
+NS_IMPL_RELEASE(nsMsgTxn)
+
+// note that aEditor is not refcounted
+nsMsgTxn::nsMsgTxn()
+{
+  NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+}
+
+nsMsgTxn::~nsMsgTxn()
+{
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::Do(void)
+{
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetIsTransient(PRBool *aIsTransient)
+{
+  if (nsnull!=aIsTransient)
+    *aIsTransient = PR_FALSE;
+  else
+	  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::Merge(PRBool *aDidMerge, nsITransaction *aTransaction)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::Write(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream)
+{
+  return NS_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetUndoString(nsString *aString)
+{
+  if (nsnull!=aString)
+    *aString="Undo";
+  else
+	  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMsgTxn::GetRedoString(nsString *aString)
+{
+  if (nsnull!=aString)
+    *aString="Redo";
+  else
+	  return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP
+nsMsgTxn::QueryInterface(REFNSIID aIID, void** aInstancePtr)
+{
+  if (NULL == aInstancePtr) {
+    return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+  }
+  if (aIID.Equals(kISupportsIID)) {
+    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsISupports*)this;
+    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  if (aIID.Equals(kITransactionIID)) {
+    *aInstancePtr = (void*)(nsITransaction*)this;
+    NS_ADDREF_THIS();
+    return NS_OK;
+  }
+  *aInstancePtr = 0;
+  return NS_NOINTERFACE;
+}
+
+
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgTxn.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef nsMsgTxn_h__
+#define nsMsgTxn_h__
+
+#include "nsITransaction.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+#define NS_MESSAGETRANSACTION_IID \
+{ /* da621b30-1efc-11d3-abe4-00805f8ac968 */ \
+    0xda621b30, 0x1efc, 0x11d3, \
+	{ 0xab, 0xe4, 0x00, 0x80, 0x5f, 0x8a, 0xc9, 0x68 } }
+/**
+ * base class for all message undo/redo transactions.
+ */
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMsgTxn : public nsITransaction
+{
+    NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS 
+
+    nsMsgTxn();
+    virtual ~nsMsgTxn();
+
+    NS_IMETHOD Do(void);
+    
+    NS_IMETHOD Undo(void) = 0;
+    
+    NS_IMETHOD Redo(void) = 0;
+    
+    NS_IMETHOD GetIsTransient(PRBool *aIsTransient);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD Merge(PRBool *aDidMerge, nsITransaction *aTransaction);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD Write(nsIOutputStream *aOutputStream);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetUndoString(nsString *aString);
+
+    NS_IMETHOD GetRedoString(nsString *aString);
+
+};
+
+#endif

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,326 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsIMessage.h"
+#include "nsIMsgHdr.h"
+#include "nsMsgUtils.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsFileSpec.h"
+#include "nsIServiceManager.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsIImapUrl.h"
+#include "nsIMailboxUrl.h"
+#include "nsINntpUrl.h"
+#include "nsMsgNewsCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgLocalCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgBaseCID.h"
+#include "nsMsgImapCID.h"
+
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kImapUrlCID, NS_IMAPURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCMailboxUrl, NS_MAILBOXURL_CID);
+static NS_DEFINE_CID(kCNntpUrlCID, NS_NNTPURL_CID);
+
+#if defined(DEBUG_sspitzer_) || defined(DEBUG_seth_)
+#define DEBUG_NS_MsgHashIfNecessary 1
+#endif
+
+nsresult GetMessageServiceProgIDForURI(const char *uri, nsString &progID)
+{
+
+	nsresult rv = NS_OK;
+	//Find protocol
+	nsString uriStr = uri;
+	PRInt32 pos = uriStr.FindChar(':');
+	if(pos == -1)
+		return NS_ERROR_FAILURE;
+	nsString protocol;
+	uriStr.Left(protocol, pos);
+
+	//Build message service progid
+	progID = "component://netscape/messenger/messageservice;type=";
+	progID += protocol;
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+nsresult GetMessageServiceFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgMessageService **messageService)
+{
+
+	nsAutoString progID;
+	nsresult rv;
+
+	rv = GetMessageServiceProgIDForURI(uri, progID);
+
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		rv = nsServiceManager::GetService((const char *) nsCAutoString(progID), nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIMsgMessageService>::GetIID(),
+		           (nsISupports**)messageService, nsnull);
+	}
+
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult ReleaseMessageServiceFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgMessageService *messageService)
+{
+	nsAutoString progID;
+	nsresult rv;
+
+	rv = GetMessageServiceProgIDForURI(uri, progID);
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+		rv = nsServiceManager::ReleaseService(nsCAutoString(progID), messageService);
+	return rv;
+}
+
+
+nsresult CreateStartupUrl(char *uri, nsIURI** aUrl)
+{
+    nsresult rv = NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+    if (!uri || !*uri || !aUrl) return rv;
+    *aUrl = nsnull;
+    if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "imap", 4) == 0)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIImapUrl> imapUrl;
+        rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kImapUrlCID, nsnull,
+                                                nsIImapUrl::GetIID(),
+                                                getter_AddRefs(imapUrl));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && imapUrl)
+            rv = imapUrl->QueryInterface(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURI>::GetIID(),
+                                         (void**) aUrl);
+    }
+    else if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "mailbox", 7) == 0)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsIMailboxUrl> mailboxUrl;
+        rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kCMailboxUrl, nsnull,
+                                                nsIMailboxUrl::GetIID(),
+                                                getter_AddRefs(mailboxUrl));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && mailboxUrl)
+            rv = mailboxUrl->QueryInterface(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURI>::GetIID(),
+                                            (void**) aUrl);
+    }
+    else if (PL_strncasecmp(uri, "news", 4) == 0)
+    {
+        nsCOMPtr<nsINntpUrl> nntpUrl;
+        rv = nsComponentManager::CreateInstance(kCNntpUrlCID, nsnull,
+                                                nsINntpUrl::GetIID(),
+                                                getter_AddRefs(nntpUrl));
+        if (NS_SUCCEEDED(rv) && nntpUrl)
+            rv = nntpUrl->QueryInterface(nsCOMTypeInfo<nsIURI>::GetIID(),
+                                         (void**) aUrl);
+    }
+    if (*aUrl)
+        (*aUrl)->SetSpec(uri);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+
+NS_IMPL_ISUPPORTS(nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator, nsCOMTypeInfo<nsISimpleEnumerator>::GetIID())
+
+nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator::nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator *srcEnumerator,
+															 nsIMsgFolder *folder)
+{
+    NS_INIT_REFCNT();
+
+	mSrcEnumerator = dont_QueryInterface(srcEnumerator);
+	mFolder = dont_QueryInterface(folder);
+
+}
+
+nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator::~nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator()
+{
+	//member variables are nsCOMPtr's
+}
+
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator::GetNext(nsISupports **aItem)
+{
+	nsCOMPtr<nsISupports> currentItem;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgDBHdr> msgDBHdr;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMessage> message;
+	nsresult rv;
+
+	rv = mSrcEnumerator->GetNext(getter_AddRefs(currentItem));
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		msgDBHdr = do_QueryInterface(currentItem, &rv);
+	}
+
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		rv = mFolder->CreateMessageFromMsgDBHdr(msgDBHdr, getter_AddRefs(message));
+	}
+
+	if(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv))
+	{
+		currentItem = do_QueryInterface(message, &rv);
+		*aItem = currentItem;
+		NS_IF_ADDREF(*aItem);
+	}
+
+	NS_ASSERTION(NS_SUCCEEDED(rv),"getnext shouldn't fail");
+	return rv;
+}
+
+NS_IMETHODIMP nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator::HasMoreElements(PRBool *aResult)
+{
+	return mSrcEnumerator->HasMoreElements(aResult);
+}
+
+nsresult NS_NewMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator *srcEnumerator,
+										   nsIMsgFolder *folder,	
+										   nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator **messageEnumerator)
+{
+	if(!messageEnumerator)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	*messageEnumerator =	new nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(srcEnumerator, folder);
+
+	if(!messageEnumerator)
+		return NS_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY;
+
+	NS_ADDREF(*messageEnumerator);
+	return NS_OK;
+
+}
+
+// Where should this live? It's a utility used to convert a string priority, e.g., "High, Low, Normal" to an enum.
+// Perhaps we should have an interface that groups together all these utilities...
+nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(const char *priority, nsMsgPriority *outPriority)
+{
+	if (!outPriority)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+
+	nsMsgPriority retPriority = nsMsgPriorityNormal;
+
+	if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Normal") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityNormal;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Lowest") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityLowest;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Highest") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityHighest;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "High") != NULL || 
+			 PL_strcasestr(priority, "Urgent") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityHigh;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "Low") != NULL ||
+			 PL_strcasestr(priority, "Non-urgent") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityLow;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "1") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityHighest;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "2") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityHigh;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "3") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityNormal;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "4") != NULL)
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityLow;
+	else if (PL_strcasestr(priority, "5") != NULL)
+	    retPriority = nsMsgPriorityLowest;
+	else
+		retPriority = nsMsgPriorityNormal;
+	*outPriority = retPriority;
+	return NS_OK;
+		//return nsMsgNoPriority;
+}
+
+
+nsresult NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName (nsMsgPriority p, nsString *outName)
+{
+	if (!outName)
+		return NS_ERROR_NULL_POINTER;
+	switch (p)
+	{
+	case nsMsgPriorityNotSet:
+	case nsMsgPriorityNone:
+		*outName = "None";
+		break;
+	case nsMsgPriorityLowest:
+		*outName = "Lowest";
+		break;
+	case nsMsgPriorityLow:
+		*outName = "Low";
+		break;
+	case nsMsgPriorityNormal:
+		*outName = "Normal";
+		break;
+	case nsMsgPriorityHigh:
+		*outName = "High";
+		break;
+	case nsMsgPriorityHighest:
+		*outName = "Highest";
+		break;
+	default:
+		NS_ASSERTION(PR_FALSE, "invalid priority value");
+	}
+	return NS_OK;
+}
+
+/* this used to be XP_StringHash2 from xp_hash.c */
+/* phong's linear congruential hash  */
+static PRUint32 StringHash(const char *ubuf)
+{
+  unsigned char * buf = (unsigned char*) ubuf;
+  PRUint32 h=1;
+  while(*buf) {
+    h = 0x63c63cd9*h + 0x9c39c33d + (int32)*buf;
+    buf++;
+  }
+  return h;
+}
+
+nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsCAutoString &name)
+{
+#if defined(XP_WIN16) || defined(XP_OS2)
+  const PRUint32 MAX_LEN = 8;
+#elif defined(XP_MAC)
+  const PRUint32 MAX_LEN = 25;
+#elif defined(XP_UNIX) || defined(XP_PC) || defined(XP_BEOS)
+  const PRUint32 MAX_LEN = 55;
+#else
+#error need_to_define_your_max_filename_length
+#endif
+  nsCAutoString str(name);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_NS_MsgHashIfNecessary
+  printf("in: %s\n",str.GetBuffer());
+#endif
+
+  // Given a name, use either that name, if it fits on our
+  // filesystem, or a hashified version of it, if the name is too
+  // long to fit.
+  char hashedname[MAX_LEN + 1];
+  PRBool needshash = PL_strlen(str.GetBuffer()) > MAX_LEN;
+#if defined(XP_WIN16)  || defined(XP_OS2)
+  if (!needshash) {
+    needshash = PL_strchr(str.GetBuffer(), '.') != NULL ||
+      PL_strchr(str.GetBuffer(), ':') != NULL;
+  }
+#endif
+  PL_strncpy(hashedname, str.GetBuffer(), MAX_LEN + 1);
+  if (needshash) {
+    PR_snprintf(hashedname + MAX_LEN - 8, 9, "%08lx",
+                (unsigned long) StringHash(str.GetBuffer()));
+  }
+  name = hashedname;
+#ifdef DEBUG_NS_MsgHashIfNecessary
+  printf("out: %s\n",hashedname);
+#endif
+  
+  return NS_OK;
+}
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsMsgUtils.h

@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _NSMSGUTILS_H
+#define _NSMSGUTILS_H
+
+#include "nsIURL.h"
+#include "nsIMsgMessageService.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+#include "nsIEnumerator.h"
+#include "nsIMsgFolder.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+#include "nsCOMPtr.h"
+
+//These are utility functions that can used throughout the mailnews code
+
+//Utilities for getting a message service.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetMessageServiceProgIDForURI(const char *uri, nsString &progID);
+//Use ReleaseMessageServiceFromURI to release the service.
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult GetMessageServiceFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgMessageService **messageService);
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult ReleaseMessageServiceFromURI(const char *uri, nsIMsgMessageService *messageService);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult CreateStartupUrl(char *uri, nsIURI** aUrl);
+
+//An enumerator for converting nsIMsgHdrs to nsIMessages.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator: public nsISimpleEnumerator
+{
+protected:
+	nsCOMPtr<nsISimpleEnumerator> mSrcEnumerator;
+	nsCOMPtr<nsIMsgFolder> mFolder;
+
+public:
+	NS_DECL_ISUPPORTS
+	nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator *srcEnumerator, nsIMsgFolder *folder);
+	nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(){} //Default constructor that does nothing so nsComPtr will work.
+	virtual ~nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator();
+
+  NS_DECL_NSISIMPLEENUMERATOR
+};
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_NewMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator(nsISimpleEnumerator *srcEnumerator,
+										   nsIMsgFolder *folder,	
+										   nsMessageFromMsgHdrEnumerator **messageEnumerator);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgGetPriorityFromString(const char *priority, nsMsgPriority *outPriority);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgGetUntranslatedPriorityName (nsMsgPriority p, nsString *outName);
+
+NS_MSG_BASE nsresult NS_MsgHashIfNecessary(nsCAutoString &name);
+
+#endif
+

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsNewsSummarySpec.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "nsNewsSummarySpec.h"
+#include "plstr.h"
+#include "nsString.h"
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+
+nsNewsSummarySpec::~nsNewsSummarySpec()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+}
+
+nsNewsSummarySpec::nsNewsSummarySpec()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+}
+
+nsNewsSummarySpec::nsNewsSummarySpec(const char *folderPath)
+  : nsFileSpec(folderPath)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+nsNewsSummarySpec::nsNewsSummarySpec(const nsFileSpec& inFolderPath)
+: nsFileSpec(inFolderPath)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+nsNewsSummarySpec::nsNewsSummarySpec(const nsFilePath &inFolderPath) : nsFileSpec(inFolderPath)
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsNewsSummarySpec);
+	CreateSummaryFileName();
+}
+
+void nsNewsSummarySpec::SetFolderName(const char *folderPath)
+{
+	*this = folderPath;
+}
+
+void nsNewsSummarySpec::CreateSummaryFileName()
+{
+	char *leafName = GetLeafName();
+
+    nsCAutoString fullLeafName((const char*)leafName);
+
+	// Append .msf (message summary file) 
+	fullLeafName += ".msf";	
+
+	SetLeafName(fullLeafName.GetBuffer());
+	PL_strfree(leafName);
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsNewsSummarySpec.h

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1999 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#ifndef _nsNewsSummarySpec_H
+#define _nsNewsSummarySpec_H
+
+#include "nsFileSpec.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+// Class to name a summary file for a newsgroup,
+// given a full folder file spec. 
+// Note this class expects the invoking code to fully specify the folder path. 
+// This class does NOT prepend the local folder directory, or put .sbd on the containing
+// directory names.
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsNewsSummarySpec : public nsFileSpec
+{
+public:
+  nsNewsSummarySpec();
+  nsNewsSummarySpec(const char *folderPath);
+  nsNewsSummarySpec(const nsFileSpec& inFolderPath);
+  nsNewsSummarySpec(const nsFilePath &inFolderPath);
+  ~nsNewsSummarySpec();
+  void SetFolderName(const char *folderPath);
+
+protected:
+  void	CreateSummaryFileName();
+  
+};
+
+#endif /* _nsNewsSummarySpec_H */

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsUInt32Array.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+
+#include "msgCore.h"    // precompiled header...
+#include "prlog.h"
+
+#include "MailNewsTypes.h"
+#include "nsUInt32Array.h"
+#include "nsQuickSort.h"
+
+MOZ_DECL_CTOR_COUNTER(nsUInt32Array);
+
+nsUInt32Array::nsUInt32Array()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_CTOR(nsUInt32Array);
+	m_nSize = 0;
+	m_nMaxSize = 0;
+	m_nGrowBy = 0;
+	m_pData = NULL;
+}
+
+nsUInt32Array::~nsUInt32Array()
+{
+	MOZ_COUNT_DTOR(nsUInt32Array);
+	SetSize(0);
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+PRUint32 nsUInt32Array::GetSize() const
+{
+	return m_nSize;
+}
+
+PRBool nsUInt32Array::SetSize(PRUint32 nSize,
+                              PRBool adjustGrowth,
+                              PRUint32 nGrowBy)
+{
+	if (adjustGrowth)
+		m_nGrowBy = nGrowBy;
+
+#ifdef MAX_ARR_ELEMS
+	if (nSize > MAX_ARR_ELEMS);
+	{
+		PR_ASSERT(nSize <= MAX_ARR_ELEMS); // Will fail
+		return PR_FALSE;
+	}
+#endif
+
+	if (nSize == 0)
+	{
+		// Remove all elements
+		PR_Free(m_pData);
+		m_nSize = 0;
+		m_nMaxSize = 0;
+		m_pData = NULL;
+	}
+	else if (m_pData == NULL)
+	{
+		// Create a new array
+		m_nMaxSize = PR_MAX(8, nSize);
+		m_pData = (PRUint32 *)PR_Calloc(1, m_nMaxSize * sizeof(PRUint32));
+		if (m_pData)
+			m_nSize = nSize;
+		else
+			m_nSize = m_nMaxSize = 0;
+	}
+	else if (nSize <= m_nMaxSize)
+	{
+		// The new size is within the current maximum size, make sure new
+		// elements are to initialized to zero
+		if (nSize > m_nSize)
+			nsCRT::memset(&m_pData[m_nSize], 0, (nSize - m_nSize) * sizeof(PRUint32));
+
+		m_nSize = nSize;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The array needs to grow, figure out how much
+		PRUint32 nMaxSize;
+		nGrowBy  = PR_MAX(m_nGrowBy, PR_MIN(1024, PR_MAX(8, m_nSize / 8)));
+		nMaxSize = PR_MAX(nSize, m_nMaxSize + nGrowBy);
+#ifdef MAX_ARR_ELEMS
+		nMaxSize = PR_MIN(MAX_ARR_ELEMS, nMaxSize);
+#endif
+
+		PRUint32 *pNewData = (PRUint32 *)PR_Malloc(nMaxSize * sizeof(PRUint32));
+		if (pNewData)
+		{
+			// Copy the data from the old array to the new one
+			nsCRT::memcpy(pNewData, m_pData, m_nSize * sizeof(PRUint32));
+
+			// Zero out the remaining elements
+			nsCRT::memset(&pNewData[m_nSize], 0, (nSize - m_nSize) * sizeof(PRUint32));
+			m_nSize = nSize;
+			m_nMaxSize = nMaxSize;
+
+			// Free the old array
+			PR_Free(m_pData);
+			m_pData = pNewData;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nSize == m_nSize;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+PRUint32 &nsUInt32Array::ElementAt(PRUint32 nIndex)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(nIndex < m_nSize);
+	return m_pData[nIndex];
+}
+
+PRUint32 nsUInt32Array::GetAt(PRUint32 nIndex) const
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(nIndex < m_nSize);
+	return m_pData[nIndex];
+}
+
+PRUint32 *nsUInt32Array::GetData() 
+{
+	return m_pData;
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::SetAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(nIndex < m_nSize);
+	m_pData[nIndex] = newElement;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+PRUint32 nsUInt32Array::Add(PRUint32 newElement)
+{
+	PRUint32 nIndex = m_nSize;
+
+#ifdef MAX_ARR_ELEMS
+	if (nIndex >= MAX_ARR_ELEMS) 
+		return -1;	     
+#endif			
+
+	SetAtGrow(nIndex, newElement);
+	return nIndex;
+}
+
+PRUint32 nsUInt32Array::Add(PRUint32 *elementPtr, PRUint32 numElements) 
+{ 
+	if (SetSize(m_nSize + numElements))
+		nsCRT::memcpy(m_pData + m_nSize, elementPtr, numElements * sizeof(PRUint32)); 
+
+	return m_nSize; 
+} 
+
+PRUint32 *nsUInt32Array::CloneData() 
+{ 
+	PRUint32 *copyOfData = (PRUint32 *)PR_Malloc(m_nSize * sizeof(PRUint32)); 
+	if (copyOfData) 
+		nsCRT::memcpy(copyOfData, m_pData, m_nSize * sizeof(PRUint32)); 
+
+	return copyOfData; 
+} 
+
+void nsUInt32Array::InsertAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement, PRUint32 nCount)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(nCount > 0);
+
+	if (nIndex >= m_nSize)
+	{
+		// If the new element is after the end of the array, grow the array
+		SetSize(nIndex + nCount);
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The element is being insert inside the array
+		int nOldSize = m_nSize;
+		SetSize(m_nSize + nCount);
+
+		// Move the data after the insertion point
+		nsCRT::memmove(&m_pData[nIndex + nCount], &m_pData[nIndex],
+			       (nOldSize - nIndex) * sizeof(PRUint32));
+	}
+
+	// Insert the new elements
+	PR_ASSERT(nIndex + nCount <= m_nSize);
+	while (nCount--)
+		m_pData[nIndex++] = newElement;
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::InsertAt(PRUint32 nStartIndex, const nsUInt32Array *pNewArray)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(pNewArray != NULL);
+
+	if (pNewArray->GetSize() > 0)
+	{
+		InsertAt(nStartIndex, pNewArray->GetAt(0), pNewArray->GetSize());
+		for (PRUint32 i = 1; i < pNewArray->GetSize(); i++)
+			m_pData[nStartIndex + i] = pNewArray->GetAt(i);
+	}
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::RemoveAll()
+{
+	SetSize(0);
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::RemoveAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 nCount)
+{
+	PR_ASSERT(nIndex + nCount <= m_nSize);
+
+	if (nCount > 0)
+	{
+		// Make sure not to overstep the end of the array
+		int nMoveCount = m_nSize - (nIndex + nCount);
+		if (nCount && nMoveCount)
+			nsCRT::memmove(&m_pData[nIndex], &m_pData[nIndex + nCount],
+		               nMoveCount * sizeof(PRUint32));
+
+		m_nSize -= nCount;
+	}
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::SetAtGrow(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement)
+{
+	if (nIndex >= m_nSize)
+		SetSize(nIndex+1);
+	m_pData[nIndex] = newElement;
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+void nsUInt32Array::CopyArray(nsUInt32Array *oldA)
+{
+	CopyArray(*oldA);
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::CopyArray(nsUInt32Array &oldA)
+{
+	if (m_pData)
+		PR_Free(m_pData);
+	m_nSize = oldA.m_nSize;
+	m_nMaxSize = oldA.m_nMaxSize;
+	m_pData = (PRUint32 *)PR_Malloc(m_nSize * sizeof(PRUint32));
+	if (m_pData)
+		nsCRT::memcpy(m_pData, oldA.m_pData, m_nSize * sizeof(PRUint32));
+}
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+static int CompareDWord (const void *v1, const void *v2, void *)
+{
+	// QuickSort callback to compare array values
+	PRUint32 i1 = *(PRUint32 *)v1;
+	PRUint32 i2 = *(PRUint32 *)v2;
+	return i1 - i2;
+}
+
+void nsUInt32Array::QuickSort (int (*compare) (const void *elem1, const void *elem2, void *data))
+{
+	if (m_nSize > 1)
+		NS_QuickSort(m_pData, m_nSize, sizeof(void*), compare ? compare : CompareDWord, nsnull);
+}

mozilla/mailnews/base/util/nsUInt32Array.h

@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*-
+ *
+ * The contents of this file are subject to the Netscape Public License
+ * Version 1.0 (the "NPL"); you may not use this file except in
+ * compliance with the NPL.  You may obtain a copy of the NPL at
+ * http://www.mozilla.org/NPL/
+ *
+ * Software distributed under the NPL is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
+ * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the NPL
+ * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
+ * NPL.
+ *
+ * The Initial Developer of this code under the NPL is Netscape
+ * Communications Corporation.  Portions created by Netscape are
+ * Copyright (C) 1998 Netscape Communications Corporation.  All Rights
+ * Reserved.
+ */
+#ifndef _nsUInt32Array_H_
+#define _nsUInt32Array_H_
+
+#include "nscore.h"
+#include "nsCRT.h"
+#include "prmem.h"
+#include "msgCore.h"
+
+class NS_MSG_BASE nsUInt32Array
+{
+public:
+	// Construction/destruction
+    nsUInt32Array();
+    virtual ~nsUInt32Array();
+
+	// State/attribute member functions
+	PRUint32          GetSize() const;
+	PRBool            SetSize(PRUint32 nNewSize, PRBool AdjustGrowth=PR_FALSE, PRUint32 nGrowBy = 0);
+
+	// Accessor member functions
+	PRUint32            &ElementAt(PRUint32 nIndex);
+	PRUint32             GetAt(PRUint32 nIndex) const;
+	PRUint32            *GetData();
+	void               SetAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement);
+
+	// Insertion/deletion member functions
+	PRUint32			Add(PRUint32 newElement);
+	PRUint32           Add(PRUint32 *elementPtr, PRUint32 numElements); 
+	void	           InsertAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement, PRUint32 nCount = 1);
+	void               InsertAt(PRUint32 nStartIndex, const nsUInt32Array *pNewArray);
+	void               RemoveAll();
+	void               RemoveAt(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 nCount = 1);
+	void               SetAtGrow(PRUint32 nIndex, PRUint32 newElement);
+
+	// Sorting member functions
+	void               QuickSort(int (*compare) (const void *elem1, const void *elem2, void *) = NULL);
+
+	// Overloaded operators
+	PRUint32             operator[](PRUint32 nIndex) const { return GetAt(nIndex); }
+	PRUint32            &operator[](PRUint32 nIndex) { return ElementAt(nIndex); }
+
+	// Miscellaneous member functions
+	PRUint32            *CloneData(); 
+	void               CopyArray(nsUInt32Array *oldA);
+	void               CopyArray(nsUInt32Array &oldA);
+
+protected:
+    // Member data
+	PRUint32 m_nSize;
+	PRUint32 m_nMaxSize;
+	PRUint32 m_nGrowBy;
+	PRUint32* m_pData;
+};
+
+
+#endif // _DWordArray_H_

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/Makefile

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-#! gmake
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-#######################################################################
-# (1) Include initial platform-independent assignments (MANDATORY).   #
-#######################################################################
-
-include manifest.mn
-
-#######################################################################
-# (2) Include "global" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)          #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/config.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (3) Include "component" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)       #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (4) Include "local" platform-dependent assignments (OPTIONAL).      #
-#######################################################################
-
-include config.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (5) Execute "global" rules. (OPTIONAL)                              #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/rules.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (6) Execute "component" rules. (OPTIONAL)                           #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (7) Execute "local" rules. (OPTIONAL).                              #
-#######################################################################
-
-export:: private_export
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/config.mk

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-ifdef NISCC_TEST
-DEFINES += -DNISCC_TEST
-endif
-
-ifeq (,$(filter-out WIN%,$(OS_TARGET)))
-
-# don't want the 32 in the shared library name
-SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
-IMPORT_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(IMPORT_LIB_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)$(IMPORT_LIB_SUFFIX)
-
-RES = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME).res
-RESNAME = $(LIBRARY_NAME).rc
-
-ifdef NS_USE_GCC
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	-L$(DIST)/lib \
-	-lsqlite3 \
-	$(NULL)
-else # ! NS_USE_GCC
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	$(DIST)/lib/sqlite3.lib \
-	$(NULL)
-endif # NS_USE_GCC
-
-else
-
-
-# $(PROGRAM) has NO explicit dependencies on $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS)
-# $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS) come before $(OS_LIBS), except on AIX.
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	-L$(DIST)/lib/ \
-	-lsqlite3 \
-	$(NULL)
-
-ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), BeOS)
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += -lbe
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),SunOS)
-# The -R '$ORIGIN' linker option instructs this library to search for its
-# dependencies in the same directory where it resides.
-MKSHLIB += -R '$$ORIGIN'
-endif
-
-endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/manifest.mn

@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-# 
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Red Hat, Inc.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2005
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-CORE_DEPTH = ../../..
-
-MODULE = rdb
-MAPFILE = $(OBJDIR)/rdb.def
-
-CSRCS = \
-	rdb.c \
-	$(NULL)
-
-
-REQUIRES = dbm nss sqlite nspr
-
-LIBRARY_NAME = rdb

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/rdb.c

@@ -1,807 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Red Hat, Inc.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2005
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Robert Relyea (rrelyea@redhat.com)
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * This file implements PKCS 11 on top of our existing security modules
- *
- * For more information about PKCS 11 See PKCS 11 Token Inteface Standard.
- *   This implementation has two slots:
- *	slot 1 is our generic crypto support. It does not require login.
- *   It supports Public Key ops, and all they bulk ciphers and hashes. 
- *   It can also support Private Key ops for imported Private keys. It does 
- *   not have any token storage.
- *	slot 2 is our private key support. It requires a login before use. It
- *   can store Private Keys and Certs as token objects. Currently only private
- *   keys and their associated Certificates are saved on the token.
- *
- *   In this implementation, session objects are only visible to the session
- *   that created or generated them.
- */
-#include "sqlite3.h"
-#include "mcom_db.h"
-#include "errno.h"
-#ifndef DARWIN
-#include "malloc.h"
-#endif
-#include "stdlib.h"
-#include "string.h"
-#include "sys/stat.h"
-#include "fcntl.h"
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-#include "direct.h"
-#define usleep(x)
-#else
-#include "unistd.h"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * the following data structures should be moved to a 'rdb.h'.
- */
-#define STATIC_CMD_SIZE 2048
-struct RDBStr {
-    DB  db;
-    int (*xactstart)(DB *db);
-    int (*xactdone)(DB *db, PRBool abort);
-    int version;
-    int (*dbinitcomplete)(DB *db);
-    int flags;
-    int index;
-    unsigned char *dataPool;
-    int dataPoolSize;
-    unsigned char *keyPool;
-    int keyPoolSize;
-    sqlite3_stmt *delStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *getStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *seqStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *insertStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *replaceStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *beginStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *rollbackStmt;
-    sqlite3_stmt *commitStmt;
-};
-
-
-typedef struct RDBStr RDB;
-#define DB_RDB ((DBTYPE) 0xff)
-#define RDB_RDONLY      1
-#define RDB_RDWR        2
-#define RDB_CREATE      4
-
-#define DBM_OK 0
-#define DBM_ERROR -1
-#define DBM_END  1
-
-#define DEL_CMD      "DELETE FROM nssTable WHERE key=$KEY;"
-#define GET_CMD      "SELECT ALL * FROM nssTable WHERE key=$KEY;"
-#define SEQ_CMD      "SELECT ALL * FROM nssTable LIMIT 1 OFFSET $OFFSET;"
-#define INSERT_CMD   "INSERT INTO nssTable VALUES ( $KEY, $DATA );"
-#define REPLACE_CMD  "REPLACE INTO nssTable VALUES ( $KEY, $DATA );"
-#define BEGIN_CMD    "BEGIN EXCLUSIVE TRANSACTION;"
-#define ROLLBACK_CMD "ROLLBACK TRANSACTION;"
-#define COMMIT_CMD   "COMMIT TRANSACTION;"
-#define INIT_CMD  \
- "CREATE TABLE nssTable (Key PRIMARY KEY UNIQUE ON CONFLICT ABORT, Data);"
-#define IN_INIT_CMD   "CREATE TABLE nssInit (dummy);"
-#define DONE_INIT_CMD "DROP TABLE nssInit;"
-#define CHECK_TABLE_CMD "SELECT ALL * FROM %s LIMIT 0;"
-
-static int rdbupdateStmt(sqlite3 *db, sqlite3_stmt **stmt, const char *cmd)
-{
-    sqlite3_finalize(*stmt);
-    return sqlite3_prepare(db, cmd, -1, stmt, NULL);
-}
-
-#define MAX_RETRIES 10
-static int rdbdone(int err, int *count)
-{
-    /* allow as many rows as the database wants to give */
-    if (err == SQLITE_ROW) {
-	*count = 0;
-	return 0;
-    }
-    if (err != SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	return 1;
-    }
-    /* err == SQLITE_BUSY, Dont' retry forever in this case */
-    if (++(*count) >= MAX_RETRIES) {
-	return 1;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int rdbmapSQLError(sqlite3 *db, int sqlerr)
-{
-    if ((sqlerr == SQLITE_OK) ||
-	(sqlerr == SQLITE_DONE)) {
-	return DBM_OK;
-    } else {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-}
-
-int rdbxactstart(DB *db)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (rdb->flags == RDB_RDONLY) {
-	errno = EPERM;
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->beginStmt, BEGIN_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = rdb->beginStmt;
-
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-
-    return rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-}
-
-int rdbxactdone(DB *db, PRBool abort)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (rdb->flags == RDB_RDONLY) {
-	errno = EPERM;
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->rollbackStmt, ROLLBACK_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->commitStmt, COMMIT_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = abort ? rdb->rollbackStmt : rdb->commitStmt;
-
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-
-    return rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-}
-
-int rdbclose(DB *db)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    int sqlerr = SQLITE_OK;
-
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->delStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->getStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->seqStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->insertStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->replaceStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->beginStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->rollbackStmt);
-    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->commitStmt);
-
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_close(psqlDB);
-    /* assert sqlerr == SQLITE_OK */
-    free(rdb);
-    return DBM_OK;
-}
-
-
-int rdbdel(const DB *db, const DBT *key, uint flags)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (rdb->flags == RDB_RDONLY) {
-	errno = EPERM;
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->delStmt, DEL_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = rdb->delStmt;
-
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(stmt, 1, key->data, key->size, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-    sqlite3_bind_null(stmt,1);
-
-    return rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-}
-
-void
-setData(DBT *dbt,const char *blobData, int blobSize, 
-	unsigned char **poolPtr, int *poolSizePtr) 
-{
-    int size = blobSize < 2048 ? blobSize : 2048;
-
-    if (size > *poolSizePtr) {
-	*poolPtr = realloc(*poolPtr,size);
-	*poolSizePtr = size;
-    }
-    memcpy(*poolPtr, blobData, blobSize);
-    dbt->data = *poolPtr;
-    dbt->size = blobSize;
-}
-
-
-int rdbget(const DB *db, const DBT *key, DBT *data, uint flags)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int found = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-    int ret;
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->getStmt, GET_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = rdb->getStmt;
-
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(stmt, 1, key->data, key->size, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_ROW) {
-	    /* we only asked for 1, this will return the last one */
-	    int blobSize = sqlite3_column_bytes(stmt, 1);
-	    const char *blobData = sqlite3_column_blob(stmt, 1);
-	    setData(data,blobData,blobSize, &rdb->dataPool, &rdb->dataPoolSize);
-	    found = 1;
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-    sqlite3_bind_null(stmt,1);
-
-    ret = rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-    if ((ret == 0) && (!found)) {
-	ret = DBM_END;
-    }
-
-    return ret;
-}
-
-int rdbput(const DB *db, const DBT *key, const DBT *data, uint flag)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (rdb->flags == RDB_RDONLY) {
-	errno = EPERM;
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->insertStmt, INSERT_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->replaceStmt, REPLACE_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = (flag == R_NOOVERWRITE) ? rdb->insertStmt : rdb->replaceStmt;
-
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(stmt, 1, key->data, key->size, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    sqlite3_bind_blob(stmt, 2, data->data, data->size, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-    sqlite3_bind_null(stmt,1);
-    sqlite3_bind_null(stmt,0);
-
-    return rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-}
-	
-int rdbseq(const DB *db, DBT *key, DBT *data, uint flags)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    RDB *rdb = (RDB *)db;
-    sqlite3_stmt *stmt;
-    int retry = 0;
-    int found = 0;
-    int sqlerr;
-    int ret;
-
-    if (psqlDB == NULL) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    if (flags == R_FIRST) {
-	rdb->index = 0;
-    } else if (flags == R_NEXT) {
-	rdb->index++;
-    } else {
-	errno = EINVAL;
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    sqlerr = rdbupdateStmt(psqlDB, &rdb->seqStmt, SEQ_CMD);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	return DBM_ERROR;
-    }
-    stmt = rdb->seqStmt;
-
-    sqlite3_bind_int(stmt, 1, rdb->index);
-    do {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_step(stmt);
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_BUSY) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-	if (sqlerr == SQLITE_ROW) {
-	    /* we only asked for 1, this will return the last one */
-	    int blobSize = sqlite3_column_bytes(stmt, 0);
-	    const char *blobData = sqlite3_column_blob(stmt, 0);
-	    setData(key,blobData,blobSize, &rdb->keyPool, &rdb->keyPoolSize);
-	    blobSize = sqlite3_column_bytes(stmt, 1);
-	    blobData = sqlite3_column_blob(stmt, 1);
-	    setData(data,blobData,blobSize, &rdb->dataPool, &rdb->dataPoolSize);
-	    found = 1;
-	}
-    } while (!rdbdone(sqlerr,&retry));
-
-    sqlite3_reset(stmt);
-    sqlite3_bind_null(stmt,1);
-
-    ret = rdbmapSQLError(psqlDB, sqlerr);
-    if ((ret == 0) && (!found)) {
-	ret = DBM_END;
-    }
-    return ret;
-}
-
-
-int rdbsync(const DB *db, uint flags)
-{
-   return DBM_OK;
-}
-
-
-int rdbfd(const DB *db)
-{
-    errno = EINVAL;
-    return DBM_ERROR;
-}
-
-int rdbinitcomplete(DB *db)
-{
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = (sqlite3 *)db->internal;
-    int sqlerr;
-
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, DONE_INIT_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    /* deal with the error! */
-    return DBM_OK;
-}
-
-
-static int grdbstatus = 0;
-int rdbstatus(void)
-{
-    return grdbstatus;
-}
-
-static int tableExists(sqlite3 *sqlDB, const char *tableName)
-{
-    int sqlerr;
-    char * cmd = sqlite3_mprintf(CHECK_TABLE_CMD, tableName);
-
-    if (cmd == NULL) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    sqlerr = 
-	 sqlite3_exec(sqlDB, cmd, NULL, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3_free(cmd);
-
-    return (sqlerr == SQLITE_OK) ? 1 : 0;
-}
-
-
-static int rdbIsDirectory(const char *dir)
-{
-    struct stat sbuf;
-    int rc;
-
-    rc = stat(dir,&sbuf);
-    if (rc == 0) {
-	return ((sbuf.st_mode & S_IFDIR) == S_IFDIR);
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-static int rdbRmFile(const char *fileName)
-{
-    int rc = unlink(fileName);
-    if ((rc < 0) && (errno == EPERM)) {
-	chmod(fileName,0644);
-	rc = unlink(fileName);
-    }
-    return rc;
-}
-
-#define MAX_RECURSE_LEVEL 15
-#define DIR_MODE 0755
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-#define MKDIR(x,y) mkdir(x)
-#else
-#define MKDIR(x,y) mkdir(x,y)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Create a directory. Create any missing or broken 
- * components we need along the way. If we already have a
- * directory, return success.
- */
-int rdbMakedir(const char *directory, int level, int mode)
-{
-   int rc;
-   char *buf, *cp;
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-   char *cp1;
-#endif
-
-   /* prevent arbitrary stack overflow */
-   if (level > MAX_RECURSE_LEVEL) {
-	errno = ENAMETOOLONG;
-	return -1;
-   }
-   umask(0);
-
-   /* just try it first */
-   rc = MKDIR(directory, mode);
-   if (rc != 0) {
-	if (errno == EEXIST) {
-	    if (rdbIsDirectory(directory)) {
-		/* we have a directory, use it */
-		return 0;
-	    } else  { /* must be a file */
-		/* remove the file and try again */
-		rc = rdbRmFile(directory);
-		if (rc == 0) {
-			rc = MKDIR(directory, mode);
-		}
-		return rc;
-	    }
-	}
-	/* if we fail because on of the subdirectory entries was a
-	 * file, or one of the subdirectory entries didn't exist,
-	 * move back one component and try the whole thing again
-	 */
-	if ((errno != ENOENT) && (errno != ENOTDIR)) {
-	    return rc;
-	}
-	buf = (char *)malloc(strlen(directory)+1);
-	strcpy(buf,directory);
-	cp = strrchr(buf,'/');
-#ifdef _WINDOWS
-	cp1 = strrchr(buf,'\\');
-	if (cp1 > cp) {
-	   cp = cp1;
-	}
-#endif
-	if (cp) {
-	    *cp = 0;
-	    rc = rdbMakedir(buf,level+1, mode);
-	    if (rc == 0) {
-	     	rc = MKDIR(directory, mode);
-	     }
-	 }
-	free(buf);
-    }
-    return rc;
-}
-
-static char *rdbBuildFileName(const char *appName, const char *prefix,
-				 const char *type, int flags)
-{
-    const char *home = getenv("HOME");
-    char *dir, *dbname;
-    char *prefixDir = NULL;
-    const char *prefixName = NULL;
-
-     /*
-      * build up the name of our database file.
-      * if create is set, make sure the directory path exists.
-      */
-    if (prefix) {
-	/*
-	 * prefix may have directory elements in it. If it does, we need
-	 * to break out the directory versus the actual prefix portions
-	 * so we can make sure the directory is created before we try to
-	 * create the db file.
-	 */
-	const char *end = strrchr(prefix,'/');
-#ifdef WINDOWS
-	/* windows has two possible directory field separators. Make sure
-	 * we pick the one that is furthest down the string. (this code
-	 * will also pick the non-null value. */
-	const char *end2 = strrchr(prefix,'\\');
-	/* find the last directory path element */
-	if (end2 > end) {
-	    end = end2;
-	}
-#endif
-	/* if the directory path exists, split the components */
-	if (end) {
-	   prefixDir = strdup(prefix);
-	   if (prefixDir == NULL) return NULL;
-	   prefixDir[prefix-end] = 0;
-	   prefixName = end+1;
-	} else {
-	   prefixName = prefix;
-	}
-    }
-    /* build the directory portion */
-    if (prefixDir) {
-	dir = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/.nssdb/%s/%s",home,appName,prefixDir);
-	free(prefixDir);
-    } else {
-	dir = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/.nssdb/%s",home,appName);
-    }
-    if (dir == NULL) return NULL;
-    /* if we are creating, make sure the directory is created as well */
-    if (flags == RDB_CREATE) {
-	rdbMakedir(dir,0, DIR_MODE);
-    }
-    /* build the full dbname */
-    dbname = sqlite3_mprintf("%s/%s%sS.sqldb",dir,prefixName? prefixName:"",type);
-    sqlite3_free(dir);
-    return dbname;
-}
-
-
-
-/* rdbopen */
-DB * rdbopen(const char *appName, const char *prefix, const char *type,
-				 int flags)
-{
-    char *name = rdbBuildFileName(appName, prefix, type, flags);
-    sqlite3  *psqlDB = NULL;
-    RDB  *rdb = NULL;
-    int sqlerr = SQLITE_OK;
-    int inTransaction = 0;
-    int inInit = 0;
-
-    if (name == NULL) {
-	errno = EINVAL;
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_open(name,&psqlDB );
-    sqlite3_free(name);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_busy_timeout(psqlDB, 1000);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    
-
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, BEGIN_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    inTransaction = 1;
-
-    if (!tableExists(psqlDB,"nssTable")) {
-	if (flags != RDB_CREATE) {
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, INIT_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-	if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-	/* hack. don't create the init on secmod db files */
-	if (strcmp(type,"secmod") != 0) {
-	    sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, IN_INIT_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-	    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-		goto cleanup;
-	    }
-	}
-    } else {
-	/* if the nssInit table exists, then someone else is initing the
-	 * nss database. We don't want to complete the open until the init 
-	 * is completed. */
-	if (tableExists(psqlDB,"nssInit")) {
-	   inInit = 1;
-	}
-    }
-    rdb = (RDB *) malloc(sizeof(RDB));
-    rdb->db.internal = psqlDB;
-    rdb->db.type = DB_RDB;
-    rdb->db.close = rdbclose;
-    rdb->db.del = rdbdel;
-    rdb->db.get = rdbget;
-    rdb->db.put = rdbput;
-    rdb->db.seq = rdbseq;
-    rdb->db.sync = rdbsync;
-    rdb->db.fd = rdbfd;
-    rdb->version = 1;
-    rdb->index = 0;
-    rdb->flags = flags;
-    rdb->xactstart = rdbxactstart;
-    rdb->xactdone = rdbxactdone;
-    rdb->dbinitcomplete = rdbinitcomplete;
-    rdb->dataPool = NULL;
-    rdb->dataPoolSize = 0;
-    rdb->keyPool = NULL;
-    rdb->keyPoolSize = 0;
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, DEL_CMD, sizeof(DEL_CMD), 
-		&rdb->delStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, GET_CMD, sizeof(GET_CMD), 
-		&rdb->getStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, SEQ_CMD, sizeof(SEQ_CMD), 
-		&rdb->seqStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, INSERT_CMD, sizeof(INSERT_CMD), 
-		&rdb->insertStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, REPLACE_CMD, sizeof(REPLACE_CMD), 
-		&rdb->replaceStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, BEGIN_CMD, sizeof(BEGIN_CMD), 
-		&rdb->beginStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, ROLLBACK_CMD, sizeof(ROLLBACK_CMD), 
-		&rdb->rollbackStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_prepare(psqlDB, COMMIT_CMD, sizeof(COMMIT_CMD), 
-		&rdb->commitStmt, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, COMMIT_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-    if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	goto cleanup;
-    }
-    inTransaction = 0;
-    if (inInit) {
-	while (tableExists(psqlDB,"nssInit")) {
-	    usleep(5);
-	}
-    }
-    return &rdb->db;
-
-cleanup:
-    /* lots of stuff to do */
-    if (inTransaction) {
-	sqlerr = sqlite3_exec(psqlDB, ROLLBACK_CMD, NULL, 0, NULL);
-	if (sqlerr != SQLITE_OK) {
-	    goto cleanup;
-	}
-    }
-    if (rdb) {
-	if (rdb->delStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->delStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->getStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->getStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->seqStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->seqStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->insertStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->insertStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->replaceStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->replaceStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->beginStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->beginStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->rollbackStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->rollbackStmt);
-	}
-	if (rdb->commitStmt) {
-	    sqlite3_finalize(rdb->commitStmt);
-	}
-	free(rdb);
-    }
-    if (psqlDB) {
-	sqlite3_close(psqlDB);
-    }
-    return NULL;
-
-};

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/rdb.def

@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-;+#
-;+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-;+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-;+#
-;+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-;+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-;+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-;+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-;+#
-;+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-;+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-;+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-;+# License.
-;+#
-;+# The Original Code is Red Hat, Inc.
-;+#
-;+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-;+# Red Hat, Inc.
-;+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2005
-;+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-;+#
-;+# Contributor(s):
-;+#
-;+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-;+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-;+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-;+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-;+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-;+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-;+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-;+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-;+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-;+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-;+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-;+#
-;+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-;+#
-;+# OK, this file is meant to support SUN, LINUX, AIX and WINDOWS
-;+#   1. For all unix platforms, the string ";-"  means "remove this line"
-;+#   2. For all unix platforms, the string " DATA " will be removed from any 
-;+#     line on which it occurs.
-;+#   3. Lines containing ";+" will have ";+" removed on SUN and LINUX.
-;+#      On AIX, lines containing ";+" will be removed.
-;+#   4. For all unix platforms, the string ";;" will thave the ";;" removed.
-;+#   5. For all unix platforms, after the above processing has taken place,
-;+#    all characters after the first ";" on the line will be removed.
-;+#    And for AIX, the first ";" will also be removed.
-;+#  This file is passed directly to windows. Since ';' is a comment, all UNIX
-;+#   directives are hidden behind ";", ";+", and ";-"
-;+
-;+RDB_1.0 {       # RDB 1.0
-;+    global:
-LIBRARY rdb ;-
-EXPORTS ;-
-rdbopen;
-rdbstatus;
-;+    local:
-;+*;
-;+};

mozilla/security/nss/lib/rdb/rdb.rc

@@ -1,102 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Robert Relyea (rrelyea@redhat.com)
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#include "nss.h"
-#include <winver.h>
-
-#define MY_LIBNAME "rdb"
-#define MY_FILEDESCRIPTION "NSS Multiaccess Database Library"
-
-#define STRINGIZE(x) #x
-#define STRINGIZE2(x) STRINGIZE(x)
-#define NSS_VMAJOR_STR STRINGIZE2(NSS_VMAJOR)
-
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-#define MY_DEBUG_STR " (debug)"
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_1 VS_FF_DEBUG
-#else
-#define MY_DEBUG_STR ""
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_1 0x0L
-#endif
-#if NSS_BETA
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_2 MY_FILEFLAGS_1|VS_FF_PRERELEASE
-#else
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_2 MY_FILEFLAGS_1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WINNT
-#define MY_FILEOS VOS_NT_WINDOWS32
-#else
-#define MY_FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
-#endif
-
-#define MY_INTERNAL_NAME MY_LIBNAME NSS_VMAJOR_STR
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Version-information resource
-//
-
-VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
- FILEVERSION NSS_VMAJOR,NSS_VMINOR,NSS_VPATCH,0
- PRODUCTVERSION NSS_VMAJOR,NSS_VMINOR,NSS_VPATCH,0
- FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK
- FILEFLAGS MY_FILEFLAGS_2
- FILEOS MY_FILEOS
- FILETYPE VFT_DLL
- FILESUBTYPE 0x0L // not used
-
-BEGIN
-    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        BLOCK "040904B0" // Lang=US English, CharSet=Unicode
-        BEGIN
-            VALUE "CompanyName", "Mozilla\0"
-            VALUE "FileDescription", MY_FILEDESCRIPTION MY_DEBUG_STR "\0"
-            VALUE "FileVersion", NSS_VERSION "\0"
-            VALUE "InternalName", MY_INTERNAL_NAME "\0"
-            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 2005 Red Hat, Inc.\0"
-            VALUE "OriginalFilename", MY_INTERNAL_NAME ".dll\0"
-            VALUE "ProductName", "Network Security Services\0"
-            VALUE "ProductVersion", NSS_VERSION "\0"
-        END
-    END
-    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
-    END
-END

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/Makefile

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-#! gmake
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-#######################################################################
-# (1) Include initial platform-independent assignments (MANDATORY).   #
-#######################################################################
-
-include manifest.mn
-
-#######################################################################
-# (2) Include "global" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)          #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/config.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (3) Include "component" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)       #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (4) Include "local" platform-dependent assignments (OPTIONAL).      #
-#######################################################################
-
-include config.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (5) Execute "global" rules. (OPTIONAL)                              #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/rules.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (6) Execute "component" rules. (OPTIONAL)                           #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (7) Execute "local" rules. (OPTIONAL).                              #
-#######################################################################
-
-export:: private_export
-
-# On AIX 4.3, IBM xlC_r compiler (version 3.6.6) cannot compile
-# pkcs11c.c in 64-bit mode for unknown reasons.  A workaround is
-# to compile it with optimizations turned on.  (Bugzilla bug #63815)
-ifeq ($(OS_TARGET)$(OS_RELEASE),AIX4.3)
-ifeq ($(USE_64),1)
-ifndef BUILD_OPT
-$(OBJDIR)/pkcs11.o: pkcs11.c
-	@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
-	$(CC) -o $@ -c -O2 $(CFLAGS) $<
-$(OBJDIR)/pkcs11c.o: pkcs11c.c
-	@$(MAKE_OBJDIR)
-	$(CC) -o $@ -c -O2 $(CFLAGS) $<
-endif
-endif
-endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/alghmac.c

@@ -1,166 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#include "sechash.h"
-#include "secport.h"
-#include "alghmac.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-
-#define HMAC_PAD_SIZE 64
-
-struct HMACContextStr {
-    void *hash;
-    const SECHashObject *hashobj;
-    unsigned char ipad[HMAC_PAD_SIZE];
-    unsigned char opad[HMAC_PAD_SIZE];
-};
-
-void
-HMAC_Destroy(HMACContext *cx)
-{
-    if (cx == NULL)
-	return;
-
-    if (cx->hash != NULL)
-	cx->hashobj->destroy(cx->hash, PR_TRUE);
-    PORT_ZFree(cx, sizeof(HMACContext));
-}
-
-HMACContext *
-HMAC_Create(const SECHashObject *hash_obj, const unsigned char *secret, 
-            unsigned int secret_len, PRBool isFIPS)
-{
-    HMACContext *cx;
-    unsigned int i;
-    unsigned char hashed_secret[HASH_LENGTH_MAX];
-
-    /* required by FIPS 198 Section 3 */
-    if (isFIPS && secret_len < hash_obj->length/2) {
-	PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    cx = (HMACContext*)PORT_ZAlloc(sizeof(HMACContext));
-    if (cx == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-    cx->hashobj = hash_obj;
-
-    cx->hash = cx->hashobj->create();
-    if (cx->hash == NULL)
-	goto loser;
-
-    if (secret_len > HMAC_PAD_SIZE) {
-	cx->hashobj->begin( cx->hash);
-	cx->hashobj->update(cx->hash, secret, secret_len);
-	PORT_Assert(cx->hashobj->length <= sizeof hashed_secret);
-	cx->hashobj->end(   cx->hash, hashed_secret, &secret_len, 
-	                 sizeof hashed_secret);
-	if (secret_len != cx->hashobj->length)
-	    goto loser;
-	secret = (const unsigned char *)&hashed_secret[0];
-    }
-
-    PORT_Memset(cx->ipad, 0x36, sizeof cx->ipad);
-    PORT_Memset(cx->opad, 0x5c, sizeof cx->opad);
-
-    /* fold secret into padding */
-    for (i = 0; i < secret_len; i++) {
-	cx->ipad[i] ^= secret[i];
-	cx->opad[i] ^= secret[i];
-    }
-    PORT_Memset(hashed_secret, 0, sizeof hashed_secret);
-    return cx;
-
-loser:
-    PORT_Memset(hashed_secret, 0, sizeof hashed_secret);
-    HMAC_Destroy(cx);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-void
-HMAC_Begin(HMACContext *cx)
-{
-    /* start inner hash */
-    cx->hashobj->begin(cx->hash);
-    cx->hashobj->update(cx->hash, cx->ipad, sizeof(cx->ipad));
-}
-
-void
-HMAC_Update(HMACContext *cx, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int data_len)
-{
-    cx->hashobj->update(cx->hash, data, data_len);
-}
-
-SECStatus
-HMAC_Finish(HMACContext *cx, unsigned char *result, unsigned int *result_len,
-	    unsigned int max_result_len)
-{
-    if (max_result_len < cx->hashobj->length) {
-	PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_INVALID_ARGS);
-	return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    cx->hashobj->end(cx->hash, result, result_len, max_result_len);
-    if (*result_len != cx->hashobj->length)
-	return SECFailure;
-
-    cx->hashobj->begin(cx->hash);
-    cx->hashobj->update(cx->hash, cx->opad, sizeof(cx->opad));
-    cx->hashobj->update(cx->hash, result, *result_len);
-    cx->hashobj->end(cx->hash, result, result_len, max_result_len);
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-HMACContext *
-HMAC_Clone(HMACContext *cx)
-{
-    HMACContext *newcx;
-
-    newcx = (HMACContext*)PORT_ZAlloc(sizeof(HMACContext));
-    if (newcx == NULL)
-	goto loser;
-
-    newcx->hashobj = cx->hashobj;
-    newcx->hash = cx->hashobj->clone(cx->hash);
-    if (newcx->hash == NULL)
-	goto loser;
-    PORT_Memcpy(newcx->ipad, cx->ipad, sizeof(cx->ipad));
-    PORT_Memcpy(newcx->opad, cx->opad, sizeof(cx->opad));
-    return newcx;
-
-loser:
-    HMAC_Destroy(newcx);
-    return NULL;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/alghmac.h

@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#ifndef _ALGHMAC_H_
-#define _ALGHMAC_H_
-
-typedef struct HMACContextStr HMACContext;
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-/* destroy HMAC context */
-extern void
-HMAC_Destroy(HMACContext *cx);
-
-/* create HMAC context
- *  hashObj     hash object from SECRawHashObjects[]
- *  secret	the secret with which the HMAC is performed.
- *  secret_len	the length of the secret.
- *  isFIPS	true if conforming to FIPS 198.
- *
- * NULL is returned if an error occurs.
- */
-extern HMACContext *
-HMAC_Create(const SECHashObject *hashObj, const unsigned char *secret, 
-	    unsigned int secret_len, PRBool isFIPS);
-
-/* reset HMAC for a fresh round */
-extern void
-HMAC_Begin(HMACContext *cx);
-
-/* update HMAC 
- *  cx		HMAC Context
- *  data	the data to perform HMAC on
- *  data_len	the length of the data to process
- */
-extern void 
-HMAC_Update(HMACContext *cx, const unsigned char *data, unsigned int data_len);
-
-/* Finish HMAC -- place the results within result
- *  cx		HMAC context
- *  result	buffer for resulting hmac'd data
- *  result_len	where the resultant hmac length is stored
- *  max_result_len  maximum possible length that can be stored in result
- */
-extern SECStatus
-HMAC_Finish(HMACContext *cx, unsigned char *result, unsigned int *result_len,
-	    unsigned int max_result_len);
-
-/* clone a copy of the HMAC state.  this is usefult when you would
- * need to keep a running hmac but also need to extract portions 
- * partway through the process.
- */
-extern HMACContext *
-HMAC_Clone(HMACContext *cx);
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/cdbhdl.h

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * cdbhdl.h - certificate database handle
- *   private to the certdb module
- *
- * $Id: cdbhdl.h,v 1.9 2004-04-25 15:03:16 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
- */
-#ifndef _CDBHDL_H_
-#define _CDBHDL_H_
-
-#include "nspr.h"
-#include "mcom_db.h"
-#include "pcertt.h"
-
-/*
- * Handle structure for open certificate databases
- */
-struct NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandleStr {
-    DB *permCertDB;
-    PZMonitor *dbMon;
-    PRBool dbVerify;
-};
-
-#ifdef DBM_USING_NSPR
-#define NO_RDONLY	PR_RDONLY
-#define NO_RDWR		PR_RDWR
-#define NO_CREATE	(PR_RDWR | PR_CREATE_FILE | PR_TRUNCATE)
-#else
-#define NO_RDONLY	O_RDONLY
-#define NO_RDWR		O_RDWR
-#define NO_CREATE	(O_RDWR | O_CREAT | O_TRUNC)
-#endif
-
-typedef DB * (*rdbfunc)(const char *appName, const char *prefix, 
-				const char *type, int flags);
-typedef int (*rdbstatusfunc)(void);
-
-#define RDB_FAIL 1
-#define RDB_RETRY 2
-
-DB * rdbopen(const char *appName, const char *prefix, 
-				const char *type, int flags, int *status);
-
-DB *dbsopen (const char *dbname , int flags, int mode, DBTYPE type, 
-						const void * appData);
-SECStatus db_Copy(DB *dest,DB *src);
-int db_BeginTransaction(DB *db);
-int db_FinishTransaction(DB *db, PRBool abort);
-int db_InitComplete(DB *db);
-
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/config.mk

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-# $(PROGRAM) has explicit dependencies on $(EXTRA_LIBS)
-CRYPTOLIB=$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)freebl.$(LIB_SUFFIX)
-CRYPTODIR=../freebl
-ifdef MOZILLA_SECURITY_BUILD
-	CRYPTOLIB=$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)crypto.$(LIB_SUFFIX)
-	CRYPTODIR=../crypto
-endif
-
-EXTRA_LIBS += \
-	$(CRYPTOLIB) \
-	$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)secutil.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
-	$(DIST)/lib/$(LIB_PREFIX)dbm.$(LIB_SUFFIX) \
-	$(NULL)
-
-# can't do this in manifest.mn because OS_TARGET isn't defined there.
-ifeq (,$(filter-out WIN%,$(OS_TARGET)))
-
-# don't want the 32 in the shared library name
-SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
-IMPORT_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(IMPORT_LIB_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)$(IMPORT_LIB_SUFFIX)
-
-RES = $(OBJDIR)/$(LIBRARY_NAME).res
-RESNAME = $(LIBRARY_NAME).rc
-
-ifdef NS_USE_GCC
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	-L$(DIST)/lib \
-	-lplc4 \
-	-lplds4 \
-	-lnspr4 \
-	$(NULL)
-else # ! NS_USE_GCC
-
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	$(DIST)/lib/$(NSPR31_LIB_PREFIX)plc4.lib \
-	$(DIST)/lib/$(NSPR31_LIB_PREFIX)plds4.lib \
-	$(DIST)/lib/$(NSPR31_LIB_PREFIX)nspr4.lib \
-	$(NULL)
-endif # NS_USE_GCC
-
-else
-
-# $(PROGRAM) has NO explicit dependencies on $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS)
-# $(EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS) come before $(OS_LIBS), except on AIX.
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += \
-	-L$(DIST)/lib/ \
-	-lplc4 \
-	-lplds4 \
-	-lnspr4 \
-	$(NULL)
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),SunOS)
-# The -R '$ORIGIN' linker option instructs this library to search for its
-# dependencies in the same directory where it resides.
-MKSHLIB += -R '$$ORIGIN'
-endif
-
-ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),WINCE)
-DEFINES += -DDBM_USING_NSPR
-endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/dbinit.c

@@ -1,420 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * NSS utility functions
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: dbinit.c,v 1.25.8.1 2005-06-20 23:17:12 relyea%netscape.com Exp $ */
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "prinit.h"
-#include "prprf.h"
-#include "prmem.h"
-#include "pcertt.h"
-#include "lowkeyi.h"
-#include "pcert.h"
-#include "cdbhdl.h"
-#include "pkcs11i.h"
-
-#define ALWAYS_MULTIACCESS "CommonClient"
-
-static char *
-sftk_certdb_name_cb(void *arg, int dbVersion)
-{
-    const char *configdir = (const char *)arg;
-    const char *dbver;
-    char *smpname = NULL;
-    char *dbname = NULL;
-
-    switch (dbVersion) {
-      case 8:
-	dbver = "8";
-	break;
-      case 7:
-	dbver = "7";
-	break;
-      case 6:
-	dbver = "6";
-	break;
-      case 5:
-	dbver = "5";
-	break;
-      case 4:
-      default:
-	dbver = "";
-	break;
-    }
-
-    /* make sure we return something allocated with PORT_ so we have properly
-     * matched frees at the end */
-    smpname = PR_smprintf(CERT_DB_FMT, configdir, dbver);
-    if (smpname) {
-	dbname = PORT_Strdup(smpname);
-	PR_smprintf_free(smpname);
-    }
-    return dbname;
-}
-    
-static char *
-sftk_keydb_name_cb(void *arg, int dbVersion)
-{
-    const char *configdir = (const char *)arg;
-    const char *dbver;
-    char *smpname = NULL;
-    char *dbname = NULL;
-    
-    switch (dbVersion) {
-      case 4:
-	dbver = "4";
-	break;
-      case 3:
-	dbver = "3";
-	break;
-      case 1:
-	dbver = "1";
-	break;
-      case 2:
-      default:
-	dbver = "";
-	break;
-    }
-
-    smpname = PR_smprintf(KEY_DB_FMT, configdir, dbver);
-    if (smpname) {
-	dbname = PORT_Strdup(smpname);
-	PR_smprintf_free(smpname);
-    }
-    return dbname;
-}
-
-const char *
-sftk_EvaluateConfigDir(const char *configdir,char **appName)
-{
-#ifdef ALWAYS_MULTIACCESS
-    *appName = PORT_Strdup(ALWAYS_MULTIACCESS);
-#else
-    if (PORT_Strncmp(configdir, MULTIACCESS, sizeof(MULTIACCESS)-1) == 0) {
-	char *cdir;
-
-	*appName = PORT_Strdup(configdir+sizeof(MULTIACCESS)-1);
-	if (*appName == NULL) {
-	    return configdir;
-	}
-	cdir = *appName;
-	while (*cdir && *cdir != ':') {
-	    cdir++;
-	}
-	if (*cdir == ':') {
-	   *cdir = 0;
-	   cdir++;
-	}
-	configdir = cdir;
-    }
-#endif
-    return configdir;
-}
-
-static CK_RV
-sftk_OpenCertDB(const char * configdir, const char *prefix, PRBool readOnly,
-    					    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle **certdbPtr)
-{
-    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *certdb = NULL;
-    CK_RV        crv = CKR_NETSCAPE_CERTDB_FAILED;
-    SECStatus    rv;
-    char * name = NULL;
-    char * appName = NULL;
-
-    if (prefix == NULL) {
-	prefix = "";
-    }
-
-    configdir = sftk_EvaluateConfigDir(configdir, &appName);
-
-    name = PR_smprintf("%s" PATH_SEPARATOR "%s",configdir,prefix);
-    if (name == NULL) goto loser;
-
-    certdb = (NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle*)PORT_ZAlloc(sizeof(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle));
-    if (certdb == NULL) 
-    	goto loser;
-
-/* fix when we get the DB in */
-    rv = nsslowcert_OpenCertDB(certdb, readOnly, appName, prefix,
-				sftk_certdb_name_cb, (void *)name, PR_FALSE);
-    if (rv == SECSuccess) {
-	crv = CKR_OK;
-	*certdbPtr = certdb;
-	certdb = NULL;
-    }
-loser: 
-    if (certdb) PR_Free(certdb);
-    if (name) PR_smprintf_free(name);
-    if (appName) PORT_Free(appName);
-    return crv;
-}
-
-static CK_RV
-sftk_OpenKeyDB(const char * configdir, const char *prefix, PRBool readOnly,
-    						NSSLOWKEYDBHandle **keydbPtr)
-{
-    NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *keydb;
-    char * name = NULL;
-    char * appName = NULL;
-
-    if (prefix == NULL) {
-	prefix = "";
-    }
-    configdir = sftk_EvaluateConfigDir(configdir, &appName);
-
-    name = PR_smprintf("%s" PATH_SEPARATOR "%s",configdir,prefix);	
-    if (name == NULL) 
-	return CKR_HOST_MEMORY;
-    keydb = nsslowkey_OpenKeyDB(readOnly, appName, prefix, 
-					sftk_keydb_name_cb, (void *)name);
-    PR_smprintf_free(name);
-    if (appName) PORT_Free(appName);
-    if (keydb == NULL)
-	return CKR_NETSCAPE_KEYDB_FAILED;
-    *keydbPtr = keydb;
-
-    return CKR_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * OK there are now lots of options here, lets go through them all:
- *
- * configdir - base directory where all the cert, key, and module datbases live.
- * certPrefix - prefix added to the beginning of the cert database example: "
- * 			"https-server1-"
- * keyPrefix - prefix added to the beginning of the key database example: "
- * 			"https-server1-"
- * secmodName - name of the security module database (usually "secmod.db").
- * readOnly - Boolean: true if the databases are to be openned read only.
- * nocertdb - Don't open the cert DB and key DB's, just initialize the 
- *			Volatile certdb.
- * nomoddb - Don't open the security module DB, just initialize the 
- *			PKCS #11 module.
- * forceOpen - Continue to force initializations even if the databases cannot
- * 			be opened.
- */
-CK_RV
-sftk_DBInit(const char *configdir, const char *certPrefix, 
-	    const char *keyPrefix, PRBool readOnly, 
-	    PRBool noCertDB, PRBool noKeyDB, PRBool forceOpen,
-	    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle **certdbPtr, NSSLOWKEYDBHandle **keydbPtr)
-{
-    CK_RV crv = CKR_OK;
-
-
-    if (!noCertDB) {
-	crv = sftk_OpenCertDB(configdir, certPrefix, readOnly, certdbPtr);
-	if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	    if (!forceOpen) goto loser;
-	    crv = CKR_OK;
-	}
-    }
-    if (!noKeyDB) {
-
-	crv = sftk_OpenKeyDB(configdir, keyPrefix, readOnly, keydbPtr);
-	if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	    if (!forceOpen) goto loser;
-	    crv = CKR_OK;
-	}
-    }
-
-
-loser:
-    return crv;
-}
-
-
-void
-sftk_DBShutdown(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *certHandle, 
-		NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *keyHandle)
-{
-    if (certHandle) {
-    	nsslowcert_ClosePermCertDB(certHandle);
-	PORT_Free(certHandle);
-    }
-
-    if (keyHandle) {
-    	nsslowkey_CloseKeyDB(keyHandle);
-    }
-}
-
-static int rdbmapflags(int flags);
-static rdbfunc sftk_rdbfunc = NULL;
-static rdbstatusfunc sftk_rdbstatusfunc = NULL;
-
-/* NOTE: SHLIB_SUFFIX is defined on the command line */
-#define RDBLIB SHLIB_PREFIX"rdb."SHLIB_SUFFIX
-
-DB * rdbopen(const char *appName, const char *prefix, 
-			const char *type, int flags, int *status)
-{
-    PRLibrary *lib;
-    DB *db;
-
-    if (sftk_rdbfunc) {
-	db = (*sftk_rdbfunc)(appName,prefix,type,rdbmapflags(flags));
-	if (!db && status && sftk_rdbstatusfunc) {
-	    *status = (*sftk_rdbstatusfunc)();
-	}
-	return db;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * try to open the library.
-     */
-    lib = PR_LoadLibrary(RDBLIB);
-
-    if (!lib) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* get the entry points */
-    sftk_rdbstatusfunc = (rdbstatusfunc) PR_FindSymbol(lib,"rdbstatus");
-    sftk_rdbfunc = (rdbfunc) PR_FindSymbol(lib,"rdbopen");
-    if (sftk_rdbfunc) {
-	db = (*sftk_rdbfunc)(appName,prefix,type,rdbmapflags(flags));
-	if (!db && status && sftk_rdbstatusfunc) {
-	    *status = (*sftk_rdbstatusfunc)();
-	}
-	return db;
-    }
-
-    /* couldn't find the entry point, unload the library and fail */
-    PR_UnloadLibrary(lib);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-/*
- * the following data structures are from rdb.h.
- */
-struct RDBStr {
-    DB	db;
-    int (*xactstart)(DB *db);
-    int (*xactdone)(DB *db, PRBool abort);
-    int version;
-    int (*dbinitcomplete)(DB *db);
-};
-
-#define DB_RDB ((DBTYPE) 0xff)
-#define RDB_RDONLY	1
-#define RDB_RDWR 	2
-#define RDB_CREATE      4
-
-static int
-rdbmapflags(int flags) {
-   switch (flags) {
-   case NO_RDONLY:
-	return RDB_RDONLY;
-   case NO_RDWR:
-	return RDB_RDWR;
-   case NO_CREATE:
-	return RDB_CREATE;
-   default:
-	break;
-   }
-   return 0;
-}
-
-
-PRBool
-db_IsRDB(DB *db)
-{
-    return (PRBool) db->type == DB_RDB;
-}
-
-int
-db_BeginTransaction(DB *db)
-{
-    struct RDBStr *rdb = (struct RDBStr *)db;
-    if (db->type != DB_RDB) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    return rdb->xactstart(db);
-}
-
-int
-db_FinishTransaction(DB *db, PRBool abort)
-{
-    struct RDBStr *rdb = (struct RDBStr *)db;
-    if (db->type != DB_RDB) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    return rdb->xactdone(db, abort);
-}
-
-int
-db_InitComplete(DB *db)
-{
-    struct RDBStr *rdb = (struct RDBStr *)db;
-    if (db->type != DB_RDB) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-    /* we should have addes a version number to the RDBS structure. Since we
-     * didn't, we detect that we have and 'extended' structure if the rdbstatus
-     * func exists */
-    if (!sftk_rdbstatusfunc) {
-	return 0;
-    }
-
-    return rdb->dbinitcomplete(db);
-}
-
-
-
-SECStatus
-db_Copy(DB *dest,DB *src)
-{
-    int ret;
-    DBT key,data;
-    ret = (*src->seq)(src, &key, &data, R_FIRST);
-    if (ret)  {
-	return SECSuccess;
-    }
-
-    do {
-	(void)(*dest->put)(dest,&key,&data, R_NOOVERWRITE);
-    } while ( (*src->seq)(src, &key, &data, R_NEXT) == 0);
-    (void)(*dest->sync)(dest,0);
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/dbmshim.c

@@ -1,664 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-/*
- * Berkeley DB 1.85 Shim code to handle blobs.
- *
- * $Id: dbmshim.c,v 1.11 2005-03-29 18:21:18 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $
- */
-#include "mcom_db.h"
-#include "secitem.h"
-#include "secder.h"
-#include "prprf.h"
-#include "cdbhdl.h"
-
-/* Call to SFTK_FreeSlot below */
-
-#include "pcertt.h"
-#include "secasn1.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-#include "nssb64.h"
-#include "blapi.h"
-#include "sechash.h"
-
-#include "pkcs11i.h"
-
-/*
- *   Blob block:
- *   Byte 0   CERTDB Version           -+                       -+
- *   Byte 1   certDBEntryTypeBlob       |  BLOB_HEAD_LEN         |
- *   Byte 2   flags (always '0');       |                        |
- *   Byte 3   reserved (always '0');   -+                        |
- *   Byte 4   LSB length                | <--BLOB_LENGTH_START   | BLOB_BUF_LEN
- *   Byte 5       .                     |                        |
- *   Byte 6       .                     | BLOB_LENGTH_LEN        |
- *   Byte 7   MSB length                |                        |
- *   Byte 8   blob_filename   -+       -+  <-- BLOB_NAME_START   |
- *   Byte 9       .            | BLOB_NAME_LEN                   |
- *     .          .            |                                 |
- *   Byte 37      .           -+                                -+
- */
-#define DBS_BLOCK_SIZE (16*1024) /* 16 k */
-#define DBS_MAX_ENTRY_SIZE (DBS_BLOCK_SIZE - (2048)) /* 14 k */
-#define DBS_CACHE_SIZE	DBS_BLOCK_SIZE*8
-#define ROUNDDIV(x,y) (x+(y-1))/y
-#define BLOB_HEAD_LEN 4
-#define BLOB_LENGTH_START BLOB_HEAD_LEN
-#define BLOB_LENGTH_LEN 4
-#define BLOB_NAME_START BLOB_LENGTH_START+BLOB_LENGTH_LEN
-#define BLOB_NAME_LEN 1+ROUNDDIV(SHA1_LENGTH,3)*4+1
-#define BLOB_BUF_LEN BLOB_HEAD_LEN+BLOB_LENGTH_LEN+BLOB_NAME_LEN
-
-/* a Shim data structure. This data structure has a db built into it. */
-typedef struct DBSStr DBS;
-
-struct DBSStr {
-    DB db;
-    char *blobdir;
-    int mode;
-    PRBool readOnly;
-    PRFileMap *dbs_mapfile;
-    unsigned char *dbs_addr;
-    PRUint32 dbs_len;
-    char staticBlobArea[BLOB_BUF_LEN];
-};
-    
-    
-
-/*
- * return true if the Datablock contains a blobtype
- */
-static PRBool
-dbs_IsBlob(DBT *blobData)
-{
-    unsigned char *addr = (unsigned char *)blobData->data;
-    if (blobData->size < BLOB_BUF_LEN) {
-	return PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    return addr && ((certDBEntryType) addr[1] == certDBEntryTypeBlob);
-}
-
-/*
- * extract the filename in the blob of the real data set.
- * This value is not malloced (does not need to be freed by the caller.
- */
-static const char *
-dbs_getBlobFileName(DBT *blobData)
-{
-    char *addr = (char *)blobData->data;
-
-    return &addr[BLOB_NAME_START];
-}
-
-/*
- * extract the size of the actual blob from the blob record
- */
-static PRUint32
-dbs_getBlobSize(DBT *blobData)
-{
-    unsigned char *addr = (unsigned char *)blobData->data;
-
-    return (PRUint32)(addr[BLOB_LENGTH_START+3] << 24) | 
-			(addr[BLOB_LENGTH_START+2] << 16) | 
-			(addr[BLOB_LENGTH_START+1] << 8) | 
-			addr[BLOB_LENGTH_START];
-}
-
-
-/* We are using base64 data for the filename, but base64 data can include a
- * '/' which is interpreted as a path separator on  many platforms. Replace it
- * with an inocuous '-'. We don't need to convert back because we never actual
- * decode the filename.
- */
-
-static void
-dbs_replaceSlash(char *cp, int len)
-{
-   while (len--) {
-	if (*cp == '/') *cp = '-';
-	cp++;
-   }
-}
-
-/*
- * create a blob record from a key, data and return it in blobData.
- * NOTE: The data element is static data (keeping with the dbm model).
- */
-static void
-dbs_mkBlob(DBS *dbsp,const DBT *key, const DBT *data, DBT *blobData)
-{
-   unsigned char sha1_data[SHA1_LENGTH];
-   char *b = dbsp->staticBlobArea;
-   PRUint32 length = data->size;
-   SECItem sha1Item;
-
-   b[0] = CERT_DB_FILE_VERSION; /* certdb version number */
-   b[1] = (char) certDBEntryTypeBlob; /* type */
-   b[2] = 0; /* flags */
-   b[3] = 0; /* reserved */
-   b[BLOB_LENGTH_START] = length & 0xff;
-   b[BLOB_LENGTH_START+1] = (length >> 8) & 0xff;
-   b[BLOB_LENGTH_START+2] = (length >> 16) & 0xff;
-   b[BLOB_LENGTH_START+3] = (length >> 24) & 0xff;
-   sha1Item.data = sha1_data;
-   sha1Item.len = SHA1_LENGTH;
-   SHA1_HashBuf(sha1_data,key->data,key->size);
-   b[BLOB_NAME_START]='b'; /* Make sure we start with a alpha */
-   NSSBase64_EncodeItem(NULL,&b[BLOB_NAME_START+1],BLOB_NAME_LEN-1,&sha1Item);
-   b[BLOB_BUF_LEN-1] = 0;
-   dbs_replaceSlash(&b[BLOB_NAME_START+1],BLOB_NAME_LEN-1);
-   blobData->data = b;
-   blobData->size = BLOB_BUF_LEN;
-   return;
-}
-   
-
-/*
- * construct a path to the actual blob. The string returned must be
- * freed by the caller with PR_smprintf_free.
- *
- * Note: this file does lots of consistancy checks on the DBT. The
- * routines that call this depend on these checks, so they don't worry
- * about them (success of this routine implies a good blobdata record).
- */ 
-static char *
-dbs_getBlobFilePath(char *blobdir,DBT *blobData)
-{
-    const char *name;
-
-    if (blobdir == NULL) {
-	PR_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATABASE,0);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (!dbs_IsBlob(blobData)) {
-	PR_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATABASE,0);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    name = dbs_getBlobFileName(blobData);
-    if (!name || *name == 0) {
-	PR_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATABASE,0);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    return  PR_smprintf("%s" PATH_SEPARATOR "%s", blobdir, name);
-}
-
-/*
- * Delete a blob file pointed to by the blob record.
- */
-static void
-dbs_removeBlob(DBS *dbsp, DBT *blobData)
-{
-    char *file;
-
-    file = dbs_getBlobFilePath(dbsp->blobdir, blobData);
-    if (!file) {
-	return;
-    }
-    PR_Delete(file);
-    PR_smprintf_free(file);
-}
-
-/*
- * Directory modes are slightly different, the 'x' bit needs to be on to
- * access them. Copy all the read bits to 'x' bits
- */
-static int
-dbs_DirMode(int mode)
-{
-  int x_bits = (mode >> 2) &  0111;
-  return mode | x_bits;
-}
-
-/*
- * write a data blob to it's file. blobdData is the blob record that will be
- * stored in the database. data is the actual data to go out on disk.
- */
-static int
-dbs_writeBlob(DBS *dbsp, int mode, DBT *blobData, const DBT *data)
-{
-    char *file = NULL;
-    PRFileDesc *filed;
-    PRStatus status;
-    int len;
-    int error = 0;
-
-    file = dbs_getBlobFilePath(dbsp->blobdir, blobData);
-    if (!file) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    if (PR_Access(dbsp->blobdir, PR_ACCESS_EXISTS) != PR_SUCCESS) {
-	status = PR_MkDir(dbsp->blobdir,dbs_DirMode(mode));
-	if (status != PR_SUCCESS) {
-	    goto loser;
-	}
-    }
-    filed = PR_OpenFile(file,PR_CREATE_FILE|PR_TRUNCATE|PR_WRONLY, mode);
-    if (filed == NULL) {
-	error = PR_GetError();
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    len = PR_Write(filed,data->data,data->size);
-    error = PR_GetError();
-    PR_Close(filed);
-    if (len < (int)data->size) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    PR_smprintf_free(file);
-    return 0;
-
-loser:
-    if (file) {
-	PR_Delete(file);
-	PR_smprintf_free(file);
-    }
-    /* don't let close or delete reset the error */
-    PR_SetError(error,0);
-    return -1;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * we need to keep a address map in memory between calls to DBM.
- * remember what we have mapped can close it when we get another dbm
- * call. 
- *
- * NOTE: Not all platforms support mapped files. This code is designed to
- * detect this at runtime. If map files aren't supported the OS will indicate
- * this by failing the PR_Memmap call. In this case we emulate mapped files
- * by just reading in the file into regular memory. We signal this state by
- * making dbs_mapfile NULL and dbs_addr non-NULL.
- */
-
-static void
-dbs_freemap(DBS *dbsp)
-{
-    if (dbsp->dbs_mapfile) {
-	PR_MemUnmap(dbsp->dbs_addr,dbsp->dbs_len);
-	PR_CloseFileMap(dbsp->dbs_mapfile);
-	dbsp->dbs_mapfile = NULL;
-	dbsp->dbs_addr = NULL;
-	dbsp->dbs_len = 0;
-    } else if (dbsp->dbs_addr) {
-	PORT_Free(dbsp->dbs_addr);
-	dbsp->dbs_addr = NULL;
-	dbsp->dbs_len = 0;
-    }
-    return;
-}
-
-static void
-dbs_setmap(DBS *dbsp, PRFileMap *mapfile, unsigned char *addr, PRUint32 len)
-{
-    dbsp->dbs_mapfile = mapfile;
-    dbsp->dbs_addr = addr;
-    dbsp->dbs_len = len;
-}
-
-/*
- * platforms that cannot map the file need to read it into a temp buffer.
- */
-static unsigned char *
-dbs_EmulateMap(PRFileDesc *filed, int len)
-{
-    unsigned char *addr;
-    PRInt32 dataRead;
-
-    addr = PORT_Alloc(len);
-    if (addr == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    dataRead = PR_Read(filed,addr,len);
-    if (dataRead != len) {
-	PORT_Free(addr);
-	if (dataRead > 0) {
-	    /* PR_Read didn't set an error, we need to */
-	    PR_SetError(SEC_ERROR_BAD_DATABASE,0);
-	}
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    return addr;
-}
-
-
-/*
- * pull a database record off the disk
- * data points to the blob record on input and the real record (if we could
- * read it) on output. if there is an error data is not modified.
- */
-static int
-dbs_readBlob(DBS *dbsp, DBT *data)
-{
-    char *file = NULL;
-    PRFileDesc *filed = NULL;
-    PRFileMap *mapfile = NULL;
-    unsigned char *addr = NULL;
-    int error;
-    int len = -1;
-
-    file = dbs_getBlobFilePath(dbsp->blobdir, data);
-    if (!file) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    filed = PR_OpenFile(file,PR_RDONLY,0);
-    PR_smprintf_free(file); file = NULL;
-    if (filed == NULL) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    len = dbs_getBlobSize(data);
-    mapfile = PR_CreateFileMap(filed, len, PR_PROT_READONLY);
-    if (mapfile == NULL) {
-	 /* USE PR_GetError instead of PORT_GetError here
-	  * because we are getting the error from PR_xxx
-	  * function */
-	if (PR_GetError() != PR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED_ERROR) {
-	    goto loser;
-	}
-	addr = dbs_EmulateMap(filed, len);
-    } else {
-	addr = PR_MemMap(mapfile, 0, len);
-    }
-    if (addr == NULL) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    PR_Close(filed);
-    dbs_setmap(dbsp,mapfile,addr,len);
-
-    data->data = addr;
-    data->size = len;
-    return 0;
-
-loser:
-    /* preserve the error code */
-    error = PR_GetError();
-    if (addr) {
-	if (mapfile) {
-	    PORT_Assert(len != -1);
-	    PR_MemUnmap(addr,len);
-	} else {
-	    PORT_Free(addr);
-	}
-    }
-    if (mapfile) {
-	PR_CloseFileMap(mapfile);
-    }
-    if (filed) {
-	PR_Close(filed);
-    }
-    PR_SetError(error,0);
-    return -1;
-}
-
-/*
- * actual DBM shims
- */
-static int
-dbs_get(const DB *dbs, const DBT *key, DBT *data, unsigned int flags)
-{
-    int ret;
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-    
-
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-    
-    ret = (* db->get)(db, key, data, flags);
-    if ((ret == 0) && dbs_IsBlob(data)) {
-	ret = dbs_readBlob(dbsp,data);
-    }
-
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_put(const DB *dbs, DBT *key, const DBT *data, unsigned int flags)
-{
-    DBT blob;
-    int ret = 0;
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-
-    /* If the db is readonly, just pass the data down to rdb and let it fail */
-    if (!dbsp->readOnly) {
-	DBT oldData;
-	int ret1;
-
-	/* make sure the current record is deleted if it's a blob */
-	ret1 = (*db->get)(db,key,&oldData,0);
-        if ((ret1 == 0) && flags == R_NOOVERWRITE) {
-	    /* let DBM return the error to maintain consistancy */
-	    return (* db->put)(db, key, data, flags);
-	}
-	if ((ret1 == 0) && dbs_IsBlob(&oldData)) {
-	    dbs_removeBlob(dbsp, &oldData);
-	}
-
-	if (data->size > DBS_MAX_ENTRY_SIZE) {
-	    dbs_mkBlob(dbsp,key,data,&blob);
-	    ret = dbs_writeBlob(dbsp, dbsp->mode, &blob, data);
-	    data = &blob;
-	}
-    }
-
-    if (ret == 0) {
-	ret = (* db->put)(db, key, data, flags);
-    }
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_sync(const DB *dbs, unsigned int flags)
-{
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-
-    return (* db->sync)(db, flags);
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_del(const DB *dbs, const DBT *key, unsigned int flags)
-{
-    int ret;
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-
-    if (!dbsp->readOnly) {
-	DBT oldData;
-	ret = (*db->get)(db,key,&oldData,0);
-	if ((ret == 0) && dbs_IsBlob(&oldData)) {
-	    dbs_removeBlob(dbsp,&oldData);
-	}
-    }
-
-    return (* db->del)(db, key, flags);
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_seq(const DB *dbs, DBT *key, DBT *data, unsigned int flags)
-{
-    int ret;
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-    
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-    
-    ret = (* db->seq)(db, key, data, flags);
-    if ((ret == 0) && dbs_IsBlob(data)) {
-	/* don't return a blob read as an error so traversals keep going */
-	(void) dbs_readBlob(dbsp,data);
-    }
-
-    return(ret);
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_close(DB *dbs)
-{
-    DBS *dbsp = (DBS *)dbs;
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-    int ret;
-
-    dbs_freemap(dbsp);
-    ret = (* db->close)(db);
-    PORT_Free(dbsp->blobdir);
-    PORT_Free(dbsp);
-    return ret;
-}
-
-static int
-dbs_fd(const DB *dbs)
-{
-    DB *db = (DB *)dbs->internal;
-
-    return (* db->fd)(db);
-}
-
-/*
- * the naming convention we use is
- * change the .xxx into .dir. (for nss it's always .db);
- * if no .extension exists or is equal to .dir, add a .dir 
- * the returned data must be freed.
- */
-#define DIRSUFFIX ".dir"
-static char *
-dbs_mkBlobDirName(const char *dbname)
-{
-    int dbname_len = PORT_Strlen(dbname);
-    int dbname_end = dbname_len;
-    const char *cp;
-    char *blobDir = NULL;
-
-    /* scan back from the end looking for either a directory separator, a '.',
-     * or the end of the string. NOTE: Windows should check for both separators
-     * here. For now this is safe because we know NSS always uses a '.'
-     */
-    for (cp = &dbname[dbname_len]; 
-		(cp > dbname) && (*cp != '.') && (*cp != *PATH_SEPARATOR) ;
-			cp--)
-	/* Empty */ ;
-    if (*cp == '.') {
-	dbname_end = cp - dbname;
-	if (PORT_Strcmp(cp,DIRSUFFIX) == 0) {
-	    dbname_end = dbname_len;
-	}
-    }
-    blobDir = PORT_ZAlloc(dbname_end+sizeof(DIRSUFFIX));
-    if (blobDir == NULL) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    PORT_Memcpy(blobDir,dbname,dbname_end);
-    PORT_Memcpy(&blobDir[dbname_end],DIRSUFFIX,sizeof(DIRSUFFIX));
-    return blobDir;
-}
-
-#define DBM_DEFAULT 0
-static const HASHINFO dbs_hashInfo = {
-	DBS_BLOCK_SIZE,		/* bucket size, must be greater than = to
-				 * or maximum entry size (+ header)
-				 * we allow before blobing */
-	DBM_DEFAULT,		/* Fill Factor */
-	DBM_DEFAULT,		/* number of elements */
-	DBS_CACHE_SIZE,		/* cache size */
-	DBM_DEFAULT,		/* hash function */
-	DBM_DEFAULT,		/* byte order */
-};
-
-/*
- * the open function. NOTE: this is the only exposed function in this file.
- * everything else is called through the function table pointer.
- */
-DB *
-dbsopen(const char *dbname, int flags, int mode, DBTYPE type,
-							 const void *userData)
-{
-    DB *db = NULL,*dbs = NULL;
-    DBS *dbsp = NULL;
-
-    /* NOTE: we are overriding userData with dbs_hashInfo. since all known
-     * callers pass 0, this is ok, otherwise we should merge the two */
-
-    dbsp = (DBS *)PORT_ZAlloc(sizeof(DBS));
-    if (!dbsp) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    dbs = &dbsp->db;
-
-    dbsp->blobdir=dbs_mkBlobDirName(dbname);
-    if (dbsp->blobdir == NULL) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    dbsp->mode = mode;
-    dbsp->readOnly = (PRBool)(flags == NO_RDONLY);
-    dbsp->dbs_mapfile = NULL;
-    dbsp->dbs_addr = NULL;
-    dbsp->dbs_len = 0;
-
-    /* the real dbm call */
-    db = dbopen(dbname, flags, mode, type, &dbs_hashInfo);
-    if (db == NULL) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    dbs->internal = (void *) db;
-    dbs->type = type;
-    dbs->close = dbs_close;
-    dbs->get = dbs_get;
-    dbs->del = dbs_del;
-    dbs->put = dbs_put;
-    dbs->seq = dbs_seq;
-    dbs->sync = dbs_sync;
-    dbs->fd = dbs_fd;
-
-    return dbs;
-loser:
-    if (db) {
-	(*db->close)(db);
-    }
-    if (dbsp && dbsp->blobdir) {
-	PORT_Free(dbsp->blobdir);
-    }
-    if (dbsp) {
-	PORT_Free(dbsp);
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/ecdecode.c

@@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Elliptic Curve Cryptography library.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Sun Microsystems, Inc.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2003
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com> and
- *   Douglas Stebila <douglas@stebila.ca>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-
-#include "blapi.h"
-#include "secoid.h"
-#include "secitem.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-#include "ec.h"
-#include "ecl-curve.h"
-
-#define CHECK_OK(func) if (func == NULL) goto cleanup
-#define CHECK_SEC_OK(func) if (SECSuccess != (rv = func)) goto cleanup
-
-/* Initializes a SECItem from a hexadecimal string */
-static SECItem *
-hexString2SECItem(PRArenaPool *arena, SECItem *item, const char *str)
-{
-    int i = 0;
-    int byteval = 0;
-    int tmp = PORT_Strlen(str);
-
-    if ((tmp % 2) != 0) return NULL;
-    
-    item->data = (unsigned char *) PORT_ArenaAlloc(arena, tmp/2);
-    if (item->data == NULL) return NULL;
-    item->len = tmp/2;
-
-    while (str[i]) {
-        if ((str[i] >= '0') && (str[i] <= '9'))
-	    tmp = str[i] - '0';
-	else if ((str[i] >= 'a') && (str[i] <= 'f'))
-	    tmp = str[i] - 'a' + 10;
-	else if ((str[i] >= 'A') && (str[i] <= 'F'))
-	    tmp = str[i] - 'A' + 10;
-	else
-	    return NULL;
-
-	byteval = byteval * 16 + tmp;
-	if ((i % 2) != 0) {
-	    item->data[i/2] = byteval;
-	    byteval = 0;
-	}
-	i++;
-    }
-
-    return item;
-}
-
-/* Copy all of the fields from srcParams into dstParams
- */
-SECStatus
-EC_CopyParams(PRArenaPool *arena, ECParams *dstParams,
-	      const ECParams *srcParams)
-{
-    SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
-
-    dstParams->arena = arena;
-    dstParams->type = srcParams->type;
-    dstParams->fieldID.size = srcParams->fieldID.size;
-    dstParams->fieldID.type = srcParams->fieldID.type;
-    if (srcParams->fieldID.type == ec_field_GFp) {
-	CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->fieldID.u.prime,
-	    &srcParams->fieldID.u.prime));
-    } else {
-	CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->fieldID.u.poly,
-	    &srcParams->fieldID.u.poly));
-    }
-    dstParams->fieldID.k1 = srcParams->fieldID.k1;
-    dstParams->fieldID.k2 = srcParams->fieldID.k2;
-    dstParams->fieldID.k3 = srcParams->fieldID.k3;
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->curve.a,
-	&srcParams->curve.a));
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->curve.b,
-	&srcParams->curve.b));
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->curve.seed,
-	&srcParams->curve.seed));
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->base,
-	&srcParams->base));
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->order,
-	&srcParams->order));
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->DEREncoding,
-	&srcParams->DEREncoding));
-	dstParams->name = srcParams->name;
-    CHECK_SEC_OK(SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &dstParams->curveOID,
- 	&srcParams->curveOID));
-    dstParams->cofactor = srcParams->cofactor;
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-cleanup:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-SECStatus
-EC_FillParams(PRArenaPool *arena, const SECItem *encodedParams, 
-    ECParams *params)
-{
-    SECOidTag tag;
-    SECItem oid = { siBuffer, NULL, 0};
-    const ECCurveParams *curveParams;
-    char genenc[2 + 2 * 2 * MAX_ECKEY_LEN];
-
-#if EC_DEBUG
-    int i;
-
-    printf("Encoded params in EC_DecodeParams: ");
-    for (i = 0; i < encodedParams->len; i++) {
-	    printf("%02x:", encodedParams->data[i]);
-    }
-    printf("\n");
-#endif
-
-    if ((encodedParams->len != ANSI_X962_CURVE_OID_TOTAL_LEN) &&
-	(encodedParams->len != SECG_CURVE_OID_TOTAL_LEN)) {
-	    PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE);
-	    return SECFailure;
-    };
-
-    oid.len = encodedParams->len - 2;
-    oid.data = encodedParams->data + 2;
-    if ((encodedParams->data[0] != SEC_ASN1_OBJECT_ID) ||
-	((tag = SECOID_FindOIDTag(&oid)) == SEC_OID_UNKNOWN)) { 
-	    PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE);
-	    return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    params->arena = arena;
-    params->cofactor = 0;
-    params->type = ec_params_named;
-    params->name = ECCurve_noName;
-
-    /* For named curves, fill out curveOID */
-    params->curveOID.len = oid.len;
-    params->curveOID.data = (unsigned char *) PORT_ArenaAlloc(arena, oid.len);
-    if (params->curveOID.data == NULL) goto cleanup;
-    memcpy(params->curveOID.data, oid.data, oid.len);
-
-#if EC_DEBUG
-    printf("Curve: %s\n", SECOID_FindOIDTagDescription(tag));
-#endif
-
-    switch (tag) {
-
-#define GF2M_POPULATE \
-	if ((params->name < ECCurve_noName) || \
-	    (params->name > ECCurve_pastLastCurve)) goto cleanup; \
-	CHECK_OK(curveParams); \
-	params->fieldID.size = curveParams->size; \
-	params->fieldID.type = ec_field_GF2m; \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->fieldID.u.poly, \
-	    curveParams->irr)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->curve.a, \
-	    curveParams->curvea)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->curve.b, \
-	    curveParams->curveb)); \
-	genenc[0] = '0'; \
-	genenc[1] = '4'; \
-	genenc[2] = '\0'; \
-	CHECK_OK(strcat(genenc, curveParams->genx)); \
-	CHECK_OK(strcat(genenc, curveParams->geny)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->base, \
-	    genenc)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->order, \
-	    curveParams->order)); \
-	params->cofactor = curveParams->cofactor;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB163V1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb163v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB163V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB163V2:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb163v2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB163V2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB163V3:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb163v3 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB163V3;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB176V1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb176v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB176V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB191V1:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb191v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB191V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB191V2:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb191v2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB191V2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB191V3:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb191v3 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB191V3;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB208W1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb208w1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB208W1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB239V1:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb239v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB239V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB239V2:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb239v2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB239V2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB239V3:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb239v3 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB239V3;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB272W1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb272w1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB272W1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB304W1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb304w1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB304W1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB359V1:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb359v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB359V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2PNB368W1:
-	/* Populate params for c2pnb368w1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_PNB368W1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_C2TNB431R1:
-	/* Populate params for c2tnb431r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_CHAR2_TNB431R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-	
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT113R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect113r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_113R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT113R2:
-	/* Populate params for sect113r2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_113R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT131R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect131r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_131R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT131R2:
-	/* Populate params for sect131r2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_131R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT163K1:
-	/* Populate params for sect163k1
-	 * (the NIST K-163 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_163K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT163R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect163r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_163R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT163R2:
-	/* Populate params for sect163r2
-	 * (the NIST B-163 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_163R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT193R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect193r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_193R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT193R2:
-	/* Populate params for sect193r2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_193R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT233K1:
-	/* Populate params for sect233k1
-	 * (the NIST K-233 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_233K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT233R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect233r1
-	 * (the NIST B-233 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_233R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT239K1:
-	/* Populate params for sect239k1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_239K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT283K1:
-        /* Populate params for sect283k1
-	 * (the NIST K-283 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_283K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT283R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect283r1
-	 * (the NIST B-283 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_283R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT409K1:
-	/* Populate params for sect409k1
-	 * (the NIST K-409 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_409K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT409R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect409r1
-	 * (the NIST B-409 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_409R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT571K1:
-	/* Populate params for sect571k1
-	 * (the NIST K-571 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_571K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECT571R1:
-	/* Populate params for sect571r1
-	 * (the NIST B-571 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_CHAR2_571R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GF2M_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-#define GFP_POPULATE \
-	if ((params->name < ECCurve_noName) || \
-	    (params->name > ECCurve_pastLastCurve)) goto cleanup; \
-	CHECK_OK(curveParams); \
-	params->fieldID.size = curveParams->size; \
-	params->fieldID.type = ec_field_GFp; \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->fieldID.u.prime, \
-	    curveParams->irr)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->curve.a, \
-	    curveParams->curvea)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->curve.b, \
-	    curveParams->curveb)); \
-	genenc[0] = '0'; \
-	genenc[1] = '4'; \
-	genenc[2] = '\0'; \
-	CHECK_OK(strcat(genenc, curveParams->genx)); \
-	CHECK_OK(strcat(genenc, curveParams->geny)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->base, \
-	    genenc)); \
-	CHECK_OK(hexString2SECItem(params->arena, &params->order, \
-	    curveParams->order)); \
-	params->cofactor = curveParams->cofactor;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME192V1:
-	/* Populate params for prime192v1 aka secp192r1 
-	 * (the NIST P-192 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_192V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME192V2:
-	/* Populate params for prime192v2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_192V2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME192V3:
-	/* Populate params for prime192v3 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_192V3;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-	
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME239V1:
-	/* Populate params for prime239v1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_239V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME239V2:
-	/* Populate params for prime239v2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_239V2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME239V3:
-	/* Populate params for prime239v3 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_239V3;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PRIME256V1:
-	/* Populate params for prime256v1 aka secp256r1
-	 * (the NIST P-256 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_X9_62_PRIME_256V1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP112R1:
-        /* Populate params for secp112r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_112R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP112R2:
-        /* Populate params for secp112r2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_112R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP128R1:
-        /* Populate params for secp128r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_128R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP128R2:
-        /* Populate params for secp128r2 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_128R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-	
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP160K1:
-        /* Populate params for secp160k1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_160K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP160R1:
-        /* Populate params for secp160r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_160R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP160R2:
-	/* Populate params for secp160r1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_160R2;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP192K1:
-	/* Populate params for secp192k1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_192K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP224K1:
-	/* Populate params for secp224k1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_224K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP224R1:
-	/* Populate params for secp224r1 
-	 * (the NIST P-224 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_224R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP256K1:
-	/* Populate params for secp256k1 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_256K1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP384R1:
-	/* Populate params for secp384r1
-	 * (the NIST P-384 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_384R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    case SEC_OID_SECG_EC_SECP521R1:
-	/* Populate params for secp521r1 
-	 * (the NIST P-521 curve)
-	 */
-	params->name = ECCurve_SECG_PRIME_521R1;
-	curveParams = ecCurve_map[params->name];
-	GFP_POPULATE
-	break;
-
-    default:
-	break;
-    };
-
-cleanup:
-    if (!params->cofactor) {
-	PORT_SetError(SEC_ERROR_UNSUPPORTED_ELLIPTIC_CURVE);
-#if EC_DEBUG
-	printf("Unrecognized curve, returning NULL params\n");
-#endif
-	return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-SECStatus
-EC_DecodeParams(const SECItem *encodedParams, ECParams **ecparams)
-{
-    PRArenaPool *arena;
-    ECParams *params;
-    SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
-
-    /* Initialize an arena for the ECParams structure */
-    if (!(arena = PORT_NewArena(NSS_FREEBL_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE)))
-	return SECFailure;
-
-    params = (ECParams *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(ECParams));
-    if (!params) {
-	PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);
-	return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    /* Copy the encoded params */
-    SECITEM_AllocItem(arena, &(params->DEREncoding),
-	encodedParams->len);
-    memcpy(params->DEREncoding.data, encodedParams->data, encodedParams->len);
-
-    /* Fill out the rest of the ECParams structure based on 
-     * the encoded params 
-     */
-    rv = EC_FillParams(arena, encodedParams, params);
-    if (rv == SECFailure) {
-	PORT_FreeArena(arena, PR_TRUE);	
-	return SECFailure;
-    } else {
-	*ecparams = params;;
-	return SECSuccess;
-    }
-}
-
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/fipstokn.c

@@ -1,996 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * This file implements PKCS 11 on top of our existing security modules
- *
- * For more information about PKCS 11 See PKCS 11 Token Inteface Standard.
- *   This implementation has two slots:
- *	slot 1 is our generic crypto support. It does not require login
- *   (unless you've enabled FIPS). It supports Public Key ops, and all they
- *   bulk ciphers and hashes. It can also support Private Key ops for imported
- *   Private keys. It does not have any token storage.
- *	slot 2 is our private key support. It requires a login before use. It
- *   can store Private Keys and Certs as token objects. Currently only private
- *   keys and their associated Certificates are saved on the token.
- *
- *   In this implementation, session objects are only visible to the session
- *   that created or generated them.
- */
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "softoken.h"
-#include "lowkeyi.h"
-#include "pcert.h"
-#include "pkcs11.h"
-#include "pkcs11i.h"
-
-
-/*
- * ******************** Password Utilities *******************************
- */
-static PRBool isLoggedIn = PR_FALSE;
-static PRBool fatalError = PR_FALSE;
-
-/* Fips required checks before any useful crypto graphic services */
-static CK_RV sftk_fipsCheck(void) {
-    if (isLoggedIn != PR_TRUE) 
-	return CKR_USER_NOT_LOGGED_IN;
-    if (fatalError) 
-	return CKR_DEVICE_ERROR;
-    return CKR_OK;
-}
-
-
-#define SFTK_FIPSCHECK() \
-    CK_RV rv; \
-    if ((rv = sftk_fipsCheck()) != CKR_OK) return rv;
-
-#define SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK() \
-    if (fatalError) return CKR_DEVICE_ERROR;
-
-
-/* grab an attribute out of a raw template */
-void *
-fc_getAttribute(CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate, 
-				CK_ULONG ulCount, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type)
-{
-    int i;
-
-    for (i=0; i < (int) ulCount; i++) {
-	if (pTemplate[i].type == type) {
-	    return pTemplate[i].pValue;
-	}
-    }
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-
-#define __PASTE(x,y)	x##y
-
-/* ------------- forward declare all the NSC_ functions ------------- */
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) CK_RV __PASTE(NS,name)
-#define CK_NEED_ARG_LIST 1
-
-#include "pkcs11f.h"
-
-/* ------------- forward declare all the FIPS functions ------------- */
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) CK_RV __PASTE(F,name)
-#define CK_NEED_ARG_LIST 1
-
-#include "pkcs11f.h"
-
-/* ------------- build the CK_CRYPTO_TABLE ------------------------- */
-static CK_FUNCTION_LIST sftk_fipsTable = {
-    { 1, 10 },
-
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) __PASTE(F,name),
-
-
-#include "pkcs11f.h"
-
-};
-
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-
-#undef __PASTE
-
-static CK_RV
-fips_login_if_key_object(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject)
-{
-    CK_RV rv;
-    CK_OBJECT_CLASS objClass;
-    CK_ATTRIBUTE class; 
-    class.type = CKA_CLASS;
-    class.pValue = &objClass;
-    class.ulValueLen = sizeof(objClass);
-    rv = NSC_GetAttributeValue(hSession, hObject, &class, 1);
-    if (rv == CKR_OK) {
-	if ((objClass == CKO_PRIVATE_KEY) || (objClass == CKO_SECRET_KEY)) {
-	    rv = sftk_fipsCheck();
-	}
-    }
-    return rv;
-}
-
-
-/**********************************************************************
- *
- *     Start of PKCS 11 functions 
- *
- **********************************************************************/
-/* return the function list */
-CK_RV FC_GetFunctionList(CK_FUNCTION_LIST_PTR *pFunctionList) {
-    *pFunctionList = &sftk_fipsTable;
-    return CKR_OK;
-}
-
-/* sigh global so pkcs11 can read it */
-PRBool nsf_init = PR_FALSE;
-
-/* FC_Initialize initializes the PKCS #11 library. */
-CK_RV FC_Initialize(CK_VOID_PTR pReserved) {
-    CK_RV crv;
-
-    if (nsf_init) {
-	return CKR_CRYPTOKI_ALREADY_INITIALIZED;
-    }
-
-    crv = nsc_CommonInitialize(pReserved, PR_TRUE);
-
-    /* not an 'else' rv can be set by either SFTK_LowInit or SFTK_SlotInit*/
-    if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	fatalError = PR_TRUE;
-	return crv;
-    }
-
-    fatalError = PR_FALSE; /* any error has been reset */
-
-    crv = sftk_fipsPowerUpSelfTest();
-    if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-        nsc_CommonFinalize(NULL, PR_TRUE);
-	fatalError = PR_TRUE;
-	return crv;
-    }
-    nsf_init = PR_TRUE;
-
-    return CKR_OK;
-}
-
-/*FC_Finalize indicates that an application is done with the PKCS #11 library.*/
-CK_RV FC_Finalize (CK_VOID_PTR pReserved) {
-   CK_RV crv;
-   if (!nsf_init) {
-      return CKR_OK;
-   }
-   crv = nsc_CommonFinalize (pReserved, PR_TRUE);
-   nsf_init = (PRBool) !(crv == CKR_OK);
-   return crv;
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetInfo returns general information about PKCS #11. */
-CK_RV  FC_GetInfo(CK_INFO_PTR pInfo) {
-    return NSC_GetInfo(pInfo);
-}
-
-/* FC_GetSlotList obtains a list of slots in the system. */
-CK_RV FC_GetSlotList(CK_BBOOL tokenPresent,
-	 		CK_SLOT_ID_PTR pSlotList, CK_ULONG_PTR pulCount) {
-    return nsc_CommonGetSlotList(tokenPresent,pSlotList,pulCount,
-							 NSC_FIPS_MODULE);
-}
-	
-/* FC_GetSlotInfo obtains information about a particular slot in the system. */
-CK_RV FC_GetSlotInfo(CK_SLOT_ID slotID, CK_SLOT_INFO_PTR pInfo) {
-
-    CK_RV crv;
-
-    crv = NSC_GetSlotInfo(slotID,pInfo);
-    if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	return crv;
-    }
-
-    return CKR_OK;
-}
-
-
-/*FC_GetTokenInfo obtains information about a particular token in the system.*/
- CK_RV FC_GetTokenInfo(CK_SLOT_ID slotID,CK_TOKEN_INFO_PTR pInfo) {
-    CK_RV crv;
-
-    crv = NSC_GetTokenInfo(slotID,pInfo);
-    pInfo->flags |= CKF_RNG | CKF_LOGIN_REQUIRED;
-    return crv;
-
-}
-
-
-
-/*FC_GetMechanismList obtains a list of mechanism types supported by a token.*/
- CK_RV FC_GetMechanismList(CK_SLOT_ID slotID,
-	CK_MECHANISM_TYPE_PTR pMechanismList, CK_ULONG_PTR pusCount) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    if (slotID == FIPS_SLOT_ID) slotID = NETSCAPE_SLOT_ID;
-    /* FIPS Slot supports all functions */
-    return NSC_GetMechanismList(slotID,pMechanismList,pusCount);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetMechanismInfo obtains information about a particular mechanism 
- * possibly supported by a token. */
- CK_RV FC_GetMechanismInfo(CK_SLOT_ID slotID, CK_MECHANISM_TYPE type,
-    					CK_MECHANISM_INFO_PTR pInfo) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    if (slotID == FIPS_SLOT_ID) slotID = NETSCAPE_SLOT_ID;
-    /* FIPS Slot supports all functions */
-    return NSC_GetMechanismInfo(slotID,type,pInfo);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_InitToken initializes a token. */
- CK_RV FC_InitToken(CK_SLOT_ID slotID,CK_CHAR_PTR pPin,
- 				CK_ULONG usPinLen,CK_CHAR_PTR pLabel) {
-    return CKR_HOST_MEMORY; /*is this the right function for not implemented*/
-}
-
-
-/* FC_InitPIN initializes the normal user's PIN. */
- CK_RV FC_InitPIN(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    					CK_CHAR_PTR pPin, CK_ULONG ulPinLen) {
-    return NSC_InitPIN(hSession,pPin,ulPinLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SetPIN modifies the PIN of user that is currently logged in. */
-/* NOTE: This is only valid for the PRIVATE_KEY_SLOT */
- CK_RV FC_SetPIN(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_CHAR_PTR pOldPin,
-    CK_ULONG usOldLen, CK_CHAR_PTR pNewPin, CK_ULONG usNewLen) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    if ((rv = sftk_fipsCheck()) != CKR_OK) return rv;
-    return NSC_SetPIN(hSession,pOldPin,usOldLen,pNewPin,usNewLen);
-}
-
-/* FC_OpenSession opens a session between an application and a token. */
- CK_RV FC_OpenSession(CK_SLOT_ID slotID, CK_FLAGS flags,
-   CK_VOID_PTR pApplication,CK_NOTIFY Notify,CK_SESSION_HANDLE_PTR phSession) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_OpenSession(slotID,flags,pApplication,Notify,phSession);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_CloseSession closes a session between an application and a token. */
- CK_RV FC_CloseSession(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession) {
-    return NSC_CloseSession(hSession);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_CloseAllSessions closes all sessions with a token. */
- CK_RV FC_CloseAllSessions (CK_SLOT_ID slotID) {
-    return NSC_CloseAllSessions (slotID);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetSessionInfo obtains information about the session. */
- CK_RV FC_GetSessionInfo(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-						CK_SESSION_INFO_PTR pInfo) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-
-    rv = NSC_GetSessionInfo(hSession,pInfo);
-    if (rv == CKR_OK) {
-	if ((isLoggedIn) && (pInfo->state == CKS_RO_PUBLIC_SESSION)) {
-		pInfo->state = CKS_RO_USER_FUNCTIONS;
-	}
-	if ((isLoggedIn) && (pInfo->state == CKS_RW_PUBLIC_SESSION)) {
-		pInfo->state = CKS_RW_USER_FUNCTIONS;
-	}
-    }
-    return rv;
-}
-
-/* FC_Login logs a user into a token. */
- CK_RV FC_Login(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_USER_TYPE userType,
-				    CK_CHAR_PTR pPin, CK_ULONG usPinLen) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = NSC_Login(hSession,userType,pPin,usPinLen);
-    if (rv == CKR_OK)
-	isLoggedIn = PR_TRUE;
-    else if (rv == CKR_USER_ALREADY_LOGGED_IN)
-    {
-	isLoggedIn = PR_TRUE;
-
-	/* Provide FIPS PUB 140-1 power-up self-tests on demand. */
-	rv = sftk_fipsPowerUpSelfTest();
-	if (rv == CKR_OK)
-		return CKR_USER_ALREADY_LOGGED_IN;
-	else
-		fatalError = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-    return rv;
-}
-
-/* FC_Logout logs a user out from a token. */
- CK_RV FC_Logout(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
- 
-    rv = NSC_Logout(hSession);
-    isLoggedIn = PR_FALSE;
-    return rv;
-}
-
-
-/* FC_CreateObject creates a new object. */
- CK_RV FC_CreateObject(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-		CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate, CK_ULONG ulCount, 
-					CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phObject) {
-    CK_OBJECT_CLASS * classptr;
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    classptr = (CK_OBJECT_CLASS *)fc_getAttribute(pTemplate,ulCount,CKA_CLASS);
-    if (classptr == NULL) return CKR_TEMPLATE_INCOMPLETE;
-
-    /* FIPS can't create keys from raw key material */
-    if ((*classptr == CKO_SECRET_KEY) || (*classptr == CKO_PRIVATE_KEY)) {
-	return CKR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_INVALID;
-    }
-    return NSC_CreateObject(hSession,pTemplate,ulCount,phObject);
-}
-
-
-
-
-
-/* FC_CopyObject copies an object, creating a new object for the copy. */
- CK_RV FC_CopyObject(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-       CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject, CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate, CK_ULONG usCount,
-					CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phNewObject) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = fips_login_if_key_object(hSession, hObject);
-    if (rv != CKR_OK) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_CopyObject(hSession,hObject,pTemplate,usCount,phNewObject);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DestroyObject destroys an object. */
- CK_RV FC_DestroyObject(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-		 				CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = fips_login_if_key_object(hSession, hObject);
-    if (rv != CKR_OK) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_DestroyObject(hSession,hObject);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetObjectSize gets the size of an object in bytes. */
- CK_RV FC_GetObjectSize(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    			CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject, CK_ULONG_PTR pusSize) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = fips_login_if_key_object(hSession, hObject);
-    if (rv != CKR_OK) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_GetObjectSize(hSession, hObject, pusSize);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetAttributeValue obtains the value of one or more object attributes. */
- CK_RV FC_GetAttributeValue(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
- CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject,CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate,CK_ULONG usCount) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = fips_login_if_key_object(hSession, hObject);
-    if (rv != CKR_OK) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_GetAttributeValue(hSession,hObject,pTemplate,usCount);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SetAttributeValue modifies the value of one or more object attributes */
- CK_RV FC_SetAttributeValue (CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
- CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hObject,CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate,CK_ULONG usCount) {
-    CK_RV rv;
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    rv = fips_login_if_key_object(hSession, hObject);
-    if (rv != CKR_OK) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_SetAttributeValue(hSession,hObject,pTemplate,usCount);
-}
-
-
-
-/* FC_FindObjectsInit initializes a search for token and session objects 
- * that match a template. */
- CK_RV FC_FindObjectsInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    			CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate,CK_ULONG usCount) {
-    /* let publically readable object be found */
-    int i;
-    CK_RV rv;
-    PRBool needLogin = PR_FALSE;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-
-    for (i=0; i < usCount; i++) {
-	CK_OBJECT_CLASS class;
-	if (pTemplate[i].type != CKA_CLASS) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (pTemplate[i].ulValueLen != sizeof(CK_OBJECT_CLASS)) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (pTemplate[i].pValue == NULL) {
-	    continue;
-	}
-	class = *(CK_OBJECT_CLASS *)pTemplate[i].pValue;
-	if ((class == CKO_PRIVATE_KEY) || (class == CKO_SECRET_KEY)) {
-	    needLogin = PR_TRUE;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (needLogin) {
-	if ((rv = sftk_fipsCheck()) != CKR_OK) return rv;
-    }
-    return NSC_FindObjectsInit(hSession,pTemplate,usCount);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_FindObjects continues a search for token and session objects 
- * that match a template, obtaining additional object handles. */
- CK_RV FC_FindObjects(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phObject,CK_ULONG usMaxObjectCount,
-    					CK_ULONG_PTR pusObjectCount) {
-    /* let publically readable object be found */
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_FindObjects(hSession,phObject,usMaxObjectCount,
-    							pusObjectCount);
-}
-
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Encrypt ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_EncryptInit initializes an encryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_EncryptInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-		 CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_EncryptInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-/* FC_Encrypt encrypts single-part data. */
- CK_RV FC_Encrypt (CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR pData,
-    		CK_ULONG usDataLen, CK_BYTE_PTR pEncryptedData,
-					 CK_ULONG_PTR pusEncryptedDataLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_Encrypt(hSession,pData,usDataLen,pEncryptedData,
-							pusEncryptedDataLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_EncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part encryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_EncryptUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pPart, CK_ULONG usPartLen, CK_BYTE_PTR pEncryptedPart,	
-					CK_ULONG_PTR pusEncryptedPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_EncryptUpdate(hSession,pPart,usPartLen,pEncryptedPart,
-						pusEncryptedPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_EncryptFinal finishes a multiple-part encryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_EncryptFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pLastEncryptedPart, CK_ULONG_PTR pusLastEncryptedPartLen) {
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_EncryptFinal(hSession,pLastEncryptedPart,
-						pusLastEncryptedPartLen);
-}
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Decrypt ************************
- */
-
-
-/* FC_DecryptInit initializes a decryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DecryptInit( CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-			 CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DecryptInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-/* FC_Decrypt decrypts encrypted data in a single part. */
- CK_RV FC_Decrypt(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pEncryptedData,CK_ULONG usEncryptedDataLen,CK_BYTE_PTR pData,
-    						CK_ULONG_PTR pusDataLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_Decrypt(hSession,pEncryptedData,usEncryptedDataLen,pData,
-    								pusDataLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DecryptUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DecryptUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pEncryptedPart, CK_ULONG usEncryptedPartLen,
-    				CK_BYTE_PTR pPart, CK_ULONG_PTR pusPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DecryptUpdate(hSession,pEncryptedPart,usEncryptedPartLen,
-    							pPart,pusPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DecryptFinal finishes a multiple-part decryption operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DecryptFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pLastPart, CK_ULONG_PTR pusLastPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DecryptFinal(hSession,pLastPart,pusLastPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Digest (HASH)  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_DigestInit initializes a message-digesting operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DigestInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    					CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_DigestInit(hSession, pMechanism);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_Digest digests data in a single part. */
- CK_RV FC_Digest(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pData, CK_ULONG usDataLen, CK_BYTE_PTR pDigest,
-    						CK_ULONG_PTR pusDigestLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_Digest(hSession,pData,usDataLen,pDigest,pusDigestLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DigestUpdate continues a multiple-part message-digesting operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DigestUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,CK_BYTE_PTR pPart,
-					    CK_ULONG usPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_DigestUpdate(hSession,pPart,usPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DigestFinal finishes a multiple-part message-digesting operation. */
- CK_RV FC_DigestFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,CK_BYTE_PTR pDigest,
-    						CK_ULONG_PTR pusDigestLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_DigestFinal(hSession,pDigest,pusDigestLen);
-}
-
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Sign  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_SignInit initializes a signature (private key encryption) operation,
- * where the signature is (will be) an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature */
- CK_RV FC_SignInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-		 CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_Sign signs (encrypts with private key) data in a single part,
- * where the signature is (will be) an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature */
- CK_RV FC_Sign(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pData,CK_ULONG usDataLen,CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature,
-    					CK_ULONG_PTR pusSignatureLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_Sign(hSession,pData,usDataLen,pSignature,pusSignatureLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SignUpdate continues a multiple-part signature operation,
- * where the signature is (will be) an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature */
- CK_RV FC_SignUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,CK_BYTE_PTR pPart,
-    							CK_ULONG usPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignUpdate(hSession,pPart,usPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SignFinal finishes a multiple-part signature operation, 
- * returning the signature. */
- CK_RV FC_SignFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature,
-					    CK_ULONG_PTR pusSignatureLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignFinal(hSession,pSignature,pusSignatureLen);
-}
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Sign Recover  ************************
- */
-/* FC_SignRecoverInit initializes a signature operation,
- * where the (digest) data can be recovered from the signature. 
- * E.g. encryption with the user's private key */
- CK_RV FC_SignRecoverInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-			 CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism,CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignRecoverInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SignRecover signs data in a single operation
- * where the (digest) data can be recovered from the signature. 
- * E.g. encryption with the user's private key */
- CK_RV FC_SignRecover(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR pData,
-  CK_ULONG usDataLen, CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature, CK_ULONG_PTR pusSignatureLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignRecover(hSession,pData,usDataLen,pSignature,pusSignatureLen);
-}
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     verify  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_VerifyInit initializes a verification operation, 
- * where the signature is an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature (e.g. DSA) */
- CK_RV FC_VerifyInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-			   CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism,CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_VerifyInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_Verify verifies a signature in a single-part operation, 
- * where the signature is an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature */
- CK_RV FC_Verify(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR pData,
-    CK_ULONG usDataLen, CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature, CK_ULONG usSignatureLen) {
-    /* make sure we're legal */
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_Verify(hSession,pData,usDataLen,pSignature,usSignatureLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_VerifyUpdate continues a multiple-part verification operation, 
- * where the signature is an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature */
- CK_RV FC_VerifyUpdate( CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR pPart,
-						CK_ULONG usPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_VerifyUpdate(hSession,pPart,usPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_VerifyFinal finishes a multiple-part verification operation, 
- * checking the signature. */
- CK_RV FC_VerifyFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-			CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature,CK_ULONG usSignatureLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_VerifyFinal(hSession,pSignature,usSignatureLen);
-}
-
-/*
- ************** Crypto Functions:     Verify  Recover ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_VerifyRecoverInit initializes a signature verification operation, 
- * where the data is recovered from the signature. 
- * E.g. Decryption with the user's public key */
- CK_RV FC_VerifyRecoverInit(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-			CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism,CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_VerifyRecoverInit(hSession,pMechanism,hKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_VerifyRecover verifies a signature in a single-part operation, 
- * where the data is recovered from the signature. 
- * E.g. Decryption with the user's public key */
- CK_RV FC_VerifyRecover(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-		 CK_BYTE_PTR pSignature,CK_ULONG usSignatureLen,
-    				CK_BYTE_PTR pData,CK_ULONG_PTR pusDataLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_VerifyRecover(hSession,pSignature,usSignatureLen,pData,
-								pusDataLen);
-}
-
-/*
- **************************** Key Functions:  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_GenerateKey generates a secret key, creating a new key object. */
- CK_RV FC_GenerateKey(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism,CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate,CK_ULONG ulCount,
-    						CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey) {
-    CK_BBOOL *boolptr;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-
-    /* all secret keys must be sensitive, if the upper level code tries to say
-     * otherwise, reject it. */
-    boolptr = (CK_BBOOL *) fc_getAttribute(pTemplate, ulCount, CKA_SENSITIVE);
-    if (boolptr != NULL) {
-	if (!(*boolptr)) {
-	    return CKR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_INVALID;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return NSC_GenerateKey(hSession,pMechanism,pTemplate,ulCount,phKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GenerateKeyPair generates a public-key/private-key pair, 
- * creating new key objects. */
- CK_RV FC_GenerateKeyPair (CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pPublicKeyTemplate,
-    CK_ULONG usPublicKeyAttributeCount, CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pPrivateKeyTemplate,
-    CK_ULONG usPrivateKeyAttributeCount, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phPublicKey,
-					CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phPrivateKey) {
-    CK_BBOOL *boolptr;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-
-    /* all private keys must be sensitive, if the upper level code tries to say
-     * otherwise, reject it. */
-    boolptr = (CK_BBOOL *) fc_getAttribute(pPrivateKeyTemplate, 
-				usPrivateKeyAttributeCount, CKA_SENSITIVE);
-    if (boolptr != NULL) {
-	if (!(*boolptr)) {
-	    return CKR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_INVALID;
-	}
-    }
-    return NSC_GenerateKeyPair (hSession,pMechanism,pPublicKeyTemplate,
-    		usPublicKeyAttributeCount,pPrivateKeyTemplate,
-		usPrivateKeyAttributeCount,phPublicKey,phPrivateKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_WrapKey wraps (i.e., encrypts) a key. */
- CK_RV FC_WrapKey(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hWrappingKey,
-    CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey, CK_BYTE_PTR pWrappedKey,
-					 CK_ULONG_PTR pusWrappedKeyLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_WrapKey(hSession,pMechanism,hWrappingKey,hKey,pWrappedKey,
-							pusWrappedKeyLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_UnwrapKey unwraps (decrypts) a wrapped key, creating a new key object. */
- CK_RV FC_UnwrapKey(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hUnwrappingKey,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR pWrappedKey, CK_ULONG usWrappedKeyLen,
-    CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate, CK_ULONG usAttributeCount,
-						 CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey) {
-    CK_BBOOL *boolptr;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-
-    /* all secret keys must be sensitive, if the upper level code tries to say
-     * otherwise, reject it. */
-    boolptr = (CK_BBOOL *) fc_getAttribute(pTemplate, 
-					usAttributeCount, CKA_SENSITIVE);
-    if (boolptr != NULL) {
-	if (!(*boolptr)) {
-	    return CKR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_INVALID;
-	}
-    }
-    return NSC_UnwrapKey(hSession,pMechanism,hUnwrappingKey,pWrappedKey,
-			usWrappedKeyLen,pTemplate,usAttributeCount,phKey);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DeriveKey derives a key from a base key, creating a new key object. */
- CK_RV FC_DeriveKey( CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-	 CK_MECHANISM_PTR pMechanism, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hBaseKey,
-	 CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR pTemplate, CK_ULONG usAttributeCount, 
-						CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey) {
-    CK_BBOOL *boolptr;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-
-    /* all secret keys must be sensitive, if the upper level code tries to say
-     * otherwise, reject it. */
-    boolptr = (CK_BBOOL *) fc_getAttribute(pTemplate, 
-					usAttributeCount, CKA_SENSITIVE);
-    if (boolptr != NULL) {
-	if (!(*boolptr)) {
-	    return CKR_ATTRIBUTE_VALUE_INVALID;
-	}
-    }
-    return NSC_DeriveKey(hSession,pMechanism,hBaseKey,pTemplate,
-			usAttributeCount, phKey);
-}
-
-/*
- **************************** Radom Functions:  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_SeedRandom mixes additional seed material into the token's random number 
- * generator. */
- CK_RV FC_SeedRandom(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR pSeed,
-    CK_ULONG usSeedLen) {
-    CK_RV crv;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    crv = NSC_SeedRandom(hSession,pSeed,usSeedLen);
-    if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	fatalError = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-    return crv;
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GenerateRandom generates random data. */
- CK_RV FC_GenerateRandom(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-    CK_BYTE_PTR	pRandomData, CK_ULONG usRandomLen) {
-    CK_RV crv;
-
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    crv = NSC_GenerateRandom(hSession,pRandomData,usRandomLen);
-    if (crv != CKR_OK) {
-	fatalError = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-    return crv;
-}
-
-
-/* FC_GetFunctionStatus obtains an updated status of a function running 
- * in parallel with an application. */
- CK_RV FC_GetFunctionStatus(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_GetFunctionStatus(hSession);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_CancelFunction cancels a function running in parallel */
- CK_RV FC_CancelFunction(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_CancelFunction(hSession);
-}
-
-/*
- ****************************  Version 1.1 Functions:  ************************
- */
-
-/* FC_GetOperationState saves the state of the cryptographic 
- *operation in a session. */
-CK_RV FC_GetOperationState(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, 
-	CK_BYTE_PTR  pOperationState, CK_ULONG_PTR pulOperationStateLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_GetOperationState(hSession,pOperationState,pulOperationStateLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_SetOperationState restores the state of the cryptographic operation 
- * in a session. */
-CK_RV FC_SetOperationState(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, 
-	CK_BYTE_PTR  pOperationState, CK_ULONG  ulOperationStateLen,
-        CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hEncryptionKey, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hAuthenticationKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_SetOperationState(hSession,pOperationState,ulOperationStateLen,
-        				hEncryptionKey,hAuthenticationKey);
-}
-
-/* FC_FindObjectsFinal finishes a search for token and session objects. */
-CK_RV FC_FindObjectsFinal(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession) {
-    /* let publically readable object be found */
-    SFTK_FIPSFATALCHECK();
-    return NSC_FindObjectsFinal(hSession);
-}
-
-
-/* Dual-function cryptographic operations */
-
-/* FC_DigestEncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part digesting and encryption 
- * operation. */
-CK_RV FC_DigestEncryptUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR  pPart,
-    CK_ULONG  ulPartLen, CK_BYTE_PTR  pEncryptedPart,
-					 CK_ULONG_PTR pulEncryptedPartLen) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DigestEncryptUpdate(hSession,pPart,ulPartLen,pEncryptedPart,
-					 pulEncryptedPartLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DecryptDigestUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption and digesting 
- * operation. */
-CK_RV FC_DecryptDigestUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,
-     CK_BYTE_PTR  pEncryptedPart, CK_ULONG  ulEncryptedPartLen,
-    				CK_BYTE_PTR  pPart, CK_ULONG_PTR pulPartLen) {
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DecryptDigestUpdate(hSession, pEncryptedPart,ulEncryptedPartLen,
-    				pPart,pulPartLen);
-}
-
-/* FC_SignEncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part signing and encryption 
- * operation. */
-CK_RV FC_SignEncryptUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_BYTE_PTR  pPart,
-	 CK_ULONG  ulPartLen, CK_BYTE_PTR  pEncryptedPart,
-					 CK_ULONG_PTR pulEncryptedPartLen) {
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_SignEncryptUpdate(hSession,pPart,ulPartLen,pEncryptedPart,
-					 pulEncryptedPartLen);
-}
-
-/* FC_DecryptVerifyUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption and verify 
- * operation. */
-CK_RV FC_DecryptVerifyUpdate(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, 
-	CK_BYTE_PTR  pEncryptedData, CK_ULONG  ulEncryptedDataLen, 
-				CK_BYTE_PTR  pData, CK_ULONG_PTR pulDataLen) {
-
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DecryptVerifyUpdate(hSession,pEncryptedData,ulEncryptedDataLen, 
-				pData,pulDataLen);
-}
-
-
-/* FC_DigestKey continues a multi-part message-digesting operation,
- * by digesting the value of a secret key as part of the data already digested.
- */
-CK_RV FC_DigestKey(CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hKey) {
-    SFTK_FIPSCHECK();
-    return NSC_DigestKey(hSession,hKey);
-}
-
-
-CK_RV FC_WaitForSlotEvent(CK_FLAGS flags, CK_SLOT_ID_PTR pSlot,
-							 CK_VOID_PTR pReserved)
-{
-    return NSC_WaitForSlotEvent(flags, pSlot, pReserved);
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/keydbi.h

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * private.h - Private data structures for the software token library
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: keydbi.h,v 1.6 2004-04-27 23:04:38 gerv%gerv.net Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _KEYDBI_H_
-#define _KEYDBI_H_
-
-#include "nspr.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "mcom_db.h"
-
-/*
- * Handle structure for open key databases
- */
-struct NSSLOWKEYDBHandleStr {
-    DB *db;
-    DB *updatedb;		/* used when updating an old version */
-    SECItem *global_salt;	/* password hashing salt for this db */
-    int version;		/* version of the database */
-    char *appname;		/* multiaccess app name */
-    char *dbname;		/* name of the openned DB */
-    PRBool readOnly;		/* is the DB read only */
-};
-
-/*
-** Typedef for callback for traversing key database.
-**      "key" is the key used to index the data in the database (nickname)
-**      "data" is the key data
-**      "pdata" is the user's data 
-*/
-typedef SECStatus (* NSSLOWKEYTraverseKeysFunc)(DBT *key, DBT *data, void *pdata);
-
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-/*
-** Traverse the entire key database, and pass the nicknames and keys to a 
-** user supplied function.
-**      "f" is the user function to call for each key
-**      "udata" is the user's data, which is passed through to "f"
-*/
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_TraverseKeys(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, 
-				NSSLOWKEYTraverseKeysFunc f,
-				void *udata);
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif /* _KEYDBI_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/lowcert.c

@@ -1,625 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-/*
- * Certificate handling code
- *
- * $Id: lowcert.c,v 1.18 2004-04-25 15:03:16 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
- */
-
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "secder.h"
-#include "nssilock.h"
-#include "prmon.h"
-#include "prtime.h"
-#include "lowkeyi.h"
-#include "pcert.h"
-#include "secasn1.h"
-#include "secoid.h"
-
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-extern SECStatus EC_FillParams(PRArenaPool *arena, 
-			       const SECItem *encodedParams,
-			       ECParams *params);
-#endif
-
-static const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowcert_SubjectPublicKeyInfoTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INLINE, offsetof(NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo,algorithm),
-          SECOID_AlgorithmIDTemplate },
-    { SEC_ASN1_BIT_STRING,
-          offsetof(NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo,subjectPublicKey), },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-static const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowcert_RSAPublicKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey,u.rsa.modulus), },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey,u.rsa.publicExponent), },
-    { 0, }
-};
-static const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowcert_DSAPublicKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey,u.dsa.publicValue), },
-    { 0, }
-};
-static const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowcert_DHPublicKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey,u.dh.publicValue), },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-/*
- * See bugzilla bug 125359
- * Since NSS (via PKCS#11) wants to handle big integers as unsigned ints,
- * all of the templates above that en/decode into integers must be converted
- * from ASN.1's signed integer type.  This is done by marking either the
- * source or destination (encoding or decoding, respectively) type as
- * siUnsignedInteger.
- */
-
-static void
-prepare_low_rsa_pub_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk)
-{
-    pubk->u.rsa.modulus.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.rsa.publicExponent.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-static void
-prepare_low_dsa_pub_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk)
-{
-    pubk->u.dsa.publicValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.dsa.params.prime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.dsa.params.subPrime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.dsa.params.base.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-static void
-prepare_low_dh_pub_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk)
-{
-    pubk->u.dh.prime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.dh.base.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    pubk->u.dh.publicValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-/*
- * Allow use of default cert database, so that apps(such as mozilla) don't
- * have to pass the handle all over the place.
- */
-static NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *default_pcert_db_handle = 0;
-
-void
-nsslowcert_SetDefaultCertDB(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle)
-{
-    default_pcert_db_handle = handle;
-    
-    return;
-}
-
-NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *
-nsslowcert_GetDefaultCertDB(void)
-{
-    return(default_pcert_db_handle);
-}
-
-/*
- * simple cert decoder to avoid the cost of asn1 engine
- */ 
-static unsigned char *
-nsslowcert_dataStart(unsigned char *buf, unsigned int length, 
-			unsigned int *data_length, PRBool includeTag,
-                        unsigned char* rettag) {
-    unsigned char tag;
-    unsigned int used_length= 0;
-
-    tag = buf[used_length++];
-
-    if (rettag) {
-        *rettag = tag;
-    }
-
-    /* blow out when we come to the end */
-    if (tag == 0) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    *data_length = buf[used_length++];
-
-    if (*data_length&0x80) {
-	int  len_count = *data_length & 0x7f;
-
-	*data_length = 0;
-
-	while (len_count-- > 0) {
-	    *data_length = (*data_length << 8) | buf[used_length++];
-	} 
-    }
-
-    if (*data_length > (length-used_length) ) {
-	*data_length = length-used_length;
-	return NULL;
-    }
-    if (includeTag) *data_length += used_length;
-
-    return (buf + (includeTag ? 0 : used_length));	
-}
-
-static void SetTimeType(SECItem* item, unsigned char tagtype)
-{
-    switch (tagtype) {
-        case SEC_ASN1_UTC_TIME:
-            item->type = siUTCTime;
-            break;
-
-        case SEC_ASN1_GENERALIZED_TIME:
-            item->type = siGeneralizedTime;
-            break;
-
-        default:
-            PORT_Assert(0);
-            break;
-    }
-}
-
-static int
-nsslowcert_GetValidityFields(unsigned char *buf,int buf_length,
-	SECItem *notBefore, SECItem *notAfter)
-{
-    unsigned char tagtype;
-    notBefore->data = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,
-						&notBefore->len,PR_FALSE, &tagtype);
-    if (notBefore->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    SetTimeType(notBefore, tagtype);
-    buf_length -= (notBefore->data-buf) + notBefore->len;
-    buf = notBefore->data + notBefore->len;
-    notAfter->data = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,
-						&notAfter->len,PR_FALSE, &tagtype);
-    if (notAfter->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    SetTimeType(notAfter, tagtype);
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-static int
-nsslowcert_GetCertFields(unsigned char *cert,int cert_length,
-	SECItem *issuer, SECItem *serial, SECItem *derSN, SECItem *subject,
-	SECItem *valid, SECItem *subjkey)
-{
-    unsigned char *buf;
-    unsigned int buf_length;
-    unsigned char *dummy;
-    unsigned int dummylen;
-
-    /* get past the signature wrap */
-    buf = nsslowcert_dataStart(cert,cert_length,&buf_length,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-    if (buf == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    /* get into the raw cert data */
-    buf = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&buf_length,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-    if (buf == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    /* skip past any optional version number */
-    if ((buf[0] & 0xa0) == 0xa0) {
-	dummy = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&dummylen,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-	if (dummy == NULL) return SECFailure;
-	buf_length -= (dummy-buf) + dummylen;
-	buf = dummy + dummylen;
-    }
-    /* serial number */
-    if (derSN) {
-	derSN->data=nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&derSN->len,PR_TRUE, NULL);
-    }
-    serial->data = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&serial->len,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-    if (serial->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (serial->data-buf) + serial->len;
-    buf = serial->data + serial->len;
-    /* skip the OID */
-    dummy = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&dummylen,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-    if (dummy == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (dummy-buf) + dummylen;
-    buf = dummy + dummylen;
-    /* issuer */
-    issuer->data = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&issuer->len,PR_TRUE, NULL);
-    if (issuer->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (issuer->data-buf) + issuer->len;
-    buf = issuer->data + issuer->len;
-
-    /* only wanted issuer/SN */
-    if (valid == NULL) {
-	return SECSuccess;
-    }
-    /* validity */
-    valid->data = nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&valid->len,PR_FALSE, NULL);
-    if (valid->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (valid->data-buf) + valid->len;
-    buf = valid->data + valid->len;
-    /*subject */
-    subject->data=nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&subject->len,PR_TRUE, NULL);
-    if (subject->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (subject->data-buf) + subject->len;
-    buf = subject->data + subject->len;
-    /* subject  key info */
-    subjkey->data=nsslowcert_dataStart(buf,buf_length,&subjkey->len,PR_TRUE, NULL);
-    if (subjkey->data == NULL) return SECFailure;
-    buf_length -= (subjkey->data-buf) + subjkey->len;
-    buf = subjkey->data + subjkey->len;
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_GetCertTimes(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *c, PRTime *notBefore, PRTime *notAfter)
-{
-    int rv;
-    NSSLOWCERTValidity validity;
-
-    rv = nsslowcert_GetValidityFields(c->validity.data,c->validity.len,
-				&validity.notBefore,&validity.notAfter);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-    
-    /* convert DER not-before time */
-    rv = DER_DecodeTimeChoice(notBefore, &validity.notBefore);
-    if (rv) {
-        return(SECFailure);
-    }
-    
-    /* convert DER not-after time */
-    rv = DER_DecodeTimeChoice(notAfter, &validity.notAfter);
-    if (rv) {
-        return(SECFailure);
-    }
-
-    return(SECSuccess);
-}
-
-/*
- * is certa newer than certb?  If one is expired, pick the other one.
- */
-PRBool
-nsslowcert_IsNewer(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *certa, NSSLOWCERTCertificate *certb)
-{
-    PRTime notBeforeA, notAfterA, notBeforeB, notAfterB, now;
-    SECStatus rv;
-    PRBool newerbefore, newerafter;
-    
-    rv = nsslowcert_GetCertTimes(certa, &notBeforeA, &notAfterA);
-    if ( rv != SECSuccess ) {
-	return(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-    
-    rv = nsslowcert_GetCertTimes(certb, &notBeforeB, &notAfterB);
-    if ( rv != SECSuccess ) {
-	return(PR_TRUE);
-    }
-
-    newerbefore = PR_FALSE;
-    if ( LL_CMP(notBeforeA, >, notBeforeB) ) {
-	newerbefore = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-
-    newerafter = PR_FALSE;
-    if ( LL_CMP(notAfterA, >, notAfterB) ) {
-	newerafter = PR_TRUE;
-    }
-    
-    if ( newerbefore && newerafter ) {
-	return(PR_TRUE);
-    }
-    
-    if ( ( !newerbefore ) && ( !newerafter ) ) {
-	return(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-
-    /* get current time */
-    now = PR_Now();
-
-    if ( newerbefore ) {
-	/* cert A was issued after cert B, but expires sooner */
-	/* if A is expired, then pick B */
-	if ( LL_CMP(notAfterA, <, now ) ) {
-	    return(PR_FALSE);
-	}
-	return(PR_TRUE);
-    } else {
-	/* cert B was issued after cert A, but expires sooner */
-	/* if B is expired, then pick A */
-	if ( LL_CMP(notAfterB, <, now ) ) {
-	    return(PR_TRUE);
-	}
-	return(PR_FALSE);
-    }
-}
-
-#define SOFT_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE 2048
-
-
-static SECStatus
-nsslowcert_KeyFromIssuerAndSN(PRArenaPool *arena, SECItem *issuer, SECItem *sn,
-			SECItem *key)
-{
-    unsigned int len = sn->len + issuer->len;
-
-
-    if (arena) {
-	key->data = (unsigned char*)PORT_ArenaAlloc(arena, len);
-    } else {
-	if (len > key->len) {
-	    key->data = (unsigned char*)PORT_ArenaAlloc(arena, len);
-	}
-    }
-    if ( !key->data ) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    key->len = len;
-    /* copy the serialNumber */
-    PORT_Memcpy(key->data, sn->data, sn->len);
-
-    /* copy the issuer */
-    PORT_Memcpy(&key->data[sn->len], issuer->data, issuer->len);
-
-    return(SECSuccess);
-
-loser:
-    return(SECFailure);
-}
-
-
-
-/*
- * take a DER certificate and decode it into a certificate structure
- */
-NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_DecodeDERCertificate(SECItem *derSignedCert, char *nickname)
-{
-    NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert;
-    int rv;
-
-    /* allocate the certificate structure */
-    cert = nsslowcert_CreateCert();
-    
-    if ( !cert ) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-    
-	/* point to passed in DER data */
-    cert->derCert = *derSignedCert;
-    cert->nickname = NULL;
-    cert->certKey.data = NULL;
-    cert->referenceCount = 1;
-
-    /* decode the certificate info */
-    rv = nsslowcert_GetCertFields(cert->derCert.data, cert->derCert.len,
-	&cert->derIssuer, &cert->serialNumber, &cert->derSN, &cert->derSubject,
-	&cert->validity, &cert->derSubjKeyInfo);
-
-    /* cert->subjectKeyID;	 x509v3 subject key identifier */
-    cert->subjectKeyID.data = NULL;
-    cert->subjectKeyID.len = 0;
-    cert->dbEntry = NULL;
-    cert ->trust = NULL;
-
-    /* generate and save the database key for the cert */
-    cert->certKey.data = cert->certKeySpace;
-    cert->certKey.len = sizeof(cert->certKeySpace);
-    rv = nsslowcert_KeyFromIssuerAndSN(NULL, &cert->derIssuer, 
-					&cert->serialNumber, &cert->certKey);
-    if ( rv ) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    /* set the nickname */
-    if ( nickname == NULL ) {
-	cert->nickname = NULL;
-    } else {
-	/* copy and install the nickname */
-	cert->nickname = pkcs11_copyNickname(nickname,cert->nicknameSpace,
-				sizeof(cert->nicknameSpace));
-    }
-
-#ifdef FIXME
-    /* initialize the subjectKeyID */
-    rv = cert_GetKeyID(cert);
-    if ( rv != SECSuccess ) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    /* set the email address */
-    cert->emailAddr = CERT_GetCertificateEmailAddress(cert);
-    
-#endif
-    
-    cert->referenceCount = 1;
-    
-    return(cert);
-    
-loser:
-    if (cert) {
-	nsslowcert_DestroyCertificate(cert);
-    }
-    
-    return(0);
-}
-
-char *
-nsslowcert_FixupEmailAddr(char *emailAddr)
-{
-    char *retaddr;
-    char *str;
-
-    if ( emailAddr == NULL ) {
-	return(NULL);
-    }
-    
-    /* copy the string */
-    str = retaddr = PORT_Strdup(emailAddr);
-    if ( str == NULL ) {
-	return(NULL);
-    }
-    
-    /* make it lower case */
-    while ( *str ) {
-	*str = tolower( *str );
-	str++;
-    }
-    
-    return(retaddr);
-}
-
-
-/*
- * Generate a database key, based on serial number and issuer, from a
- * DER certificate.
- */
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_KeyFromDERCert(PRArenaPool *arena, SECItem *derCert, SECItem *key)
-{
-    int rv;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertKey certkey;
-
-    PORT_Memset(&certkey, 0, sizeof(NSSLOWCERTCertKey));    
-
-    rv = nsslowcert_GetCertFields(derCert->data, derCert->len,
-	&certkey.derIssuer, &certkey.serialNumber, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
-
-    if ( rv ) {
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    return(nsslowcert_KeyFromIssuerAndSN(arena, &certkey.derIssuer,
-				   &certkey.serialNumber, key));
-loser:
-    return(SECFailure);
-}
-
-NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *
-nsslowcert_ExtractPublicKey(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert)
-{
-    NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo spki;
-    NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk;
-    SECItem os;
-    SECStatus rv;
-    PRArenaPool *arena;
-    SECOidTag tag;
-    SECItem newDerSubjKeyInfo;
-
-    arena = PORT_NewArena (DER_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
-    if (arena == NULL)
-        return NULL;
-
-    pubk = (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *) 
-		PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey));
-    if (pubk == NULL) {
-        PORT_FreeArena (arena, PR_FALSE);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    pubk->arena = arena;
-    PORT_Memset(&spki,0,sizeof(spki));
-
-    /* copy the DER into the arena, since Quick DER returns data that points
-       into the DER input, which may get freed by the caller */
-    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &newDerSubjKeyInfo, &cert->derSubjKeyInfo);
-    if ( rv != SECSuccess ) {
-        PORT_FreeArena (arena, PR_FALSE);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* we haven't bothered decoding the spki struct yet, do it now */
-    rv = SEC_QuickDERDecodeItem(arena, &spki, 
-		nsslowcert_SubjectPublicKeyInfoTemplate, &newDerSubjKeyInfo);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) {
- 	PORT_FreeArena (arena, PR_FALSE);
- 	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    /* Convert bit string length from bits to bytes */
-    os = spki.subjectPublicKey;
-    DER_ConvertBitString (&os);
-
-    tag = SECOID_GetAlgorithmTag(&spki.algorithm);
-    switch ( tag ) {
-      case SEC_OID_X500_RSA_ENCRYPTION:
-      case SEC_OID_PKCS1_RSA_ENCRYPTION:
-        pubk->keyType = NSSLOWKEYRSAKey;
-        prepare_low_rsa_pub_key_for_asn1(pubk);
-        rv = SEC_QuickDERDecodeItem(arena, pubk, 
-				nsslowcert_RSAPublicKeyTemplate, &os);
-        if (rv == SECSuccess)
-            return pubk;
-        break;
-      case SEC_OID_ANSIX9_DSA_SIGNATURE:
-        pubk->keyType = NSSLOWKEYDSAKey;
-        prepare_low_dsa_pub_key_for_asn1(pubk);
-        rv = SEC_QuickDERDecodeItem(arena, pubk,
-				 nsslowcert_DSAPublicKeyTemplate, &os);
-        if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-        break;
-      case SEC_OID_X942_DIFFIE_HELMAN_KEY:
-        pubk->keyType = NSSLOWKEYDHKey;
-        prepare_low_dh_pub_key_for_asn1(pubk);
-        rv = SEC_QuickDERDecodeItem(arena, pubk,
-				 nsslowcert_DHPublicKeyTemplate, &os);
-        if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-        break;
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-      case SEC_OID_ANSIX962_EC_PUBLIC_KEY:
-        pubk->keyType = NSSLOWKEYECKey;
-	/* Since PKCS#11 directly takes the DER encoding of EC params
-	 * and public value, we don't need any decoding here.
-	 */
-        rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.ec.ecParams.DEREncoding, 
-	    &spki.algorithm.parameters);
-        if ( rv != SECSuccess )
-            break;	
-
-	/* Fill out the rest of the ecParams structure 
-	 * based on the encoded params
-	 */
-	if (EC_FillParams(arena, &pubk->u.ec.ecParams.DEREncoding,
-	    &pubk->u.ec.ecParams) != SECSuccess) 
-	    break;
-
-        rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.ec.publicValue, &os);
-	if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-        break;
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-      default:
-        rv = SECFailure;
-        break;
-    }
-
-    nsslowkey_DestroyPublicKey (pubk);
-    return NULL;
-}
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/lowkey.c

@@ -1,492 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-#include "lowkeyi.h"
-#include "secoid.h"
-#include "secitem.h"
-#include "secder.h"
-#include "base64.h"
-#include "secasn1.h"
-#include "pcert.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-extern SECStatus EC_CopyParams(PRArenaPool *arena, 
-			       ECParams *dstParams,
-			       const ECParams *srcParams);
-#endif
-
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_PQGParamsTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(PQGParams) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(PQGParams,prime) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(PQGParams,subPrime) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(PQGParams,base) },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_RSAPrivateKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.version) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.modulus) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.publicExponent) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.privateExponent) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.prime1) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.prime2) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.exponent1) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.exponent2) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.rsa.coefficient) },
-    { 0 }                                                                     
-};                                                                            
-
-
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DSAPrivateKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dsa.publicValue) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dsa.privateValue) },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DSAPrivateKeyExportTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dsa.privateValue) },
-};
-
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DHPrivateKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dh.publicValue) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dh.privateValue) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dh.base) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.dh.prime) },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-
-/* XXX This is just a placeholder for later when we support
- * generic curves and need full-blown support for parsing EC
- * parameters. For now, we only support named curves in which
- * EC params are simply encoded as an object ID and we don't
- * use nsslowkey_ECParamsTemplate.
- */
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_ECParamsTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_CHOICE, offsetof(ECParams,type), NULL, sizeof(ECParams) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_OBJECT_ID, offsetof(ECParams,curveOID), NULL, ec_params_named },
-    { 0, }
-};
-
-
-/* NOTE: The SECG specification allows the private key structure
- * to contain curve parameters but recommends that they be stored
- * in the PrivateKeyAlgorithmIdentifier field of the PrivateKeyInfo
- * instead.
- */
-const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_ECPrivateKeyTemplate[] = {
-    { SEC_ASN1_SEQUENCE, 0, NULL, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_INTEGER, offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.ec.version) },
-    { SEC_ASN1_OCTET_STRING, 
-      offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.ec.privateValue) },
-    /* XXX The following template works for now since we only
-     * support named curves for which the parameters are
-     * encoded as an object ID. When we support generic curves,
-     * we'll need to define nsslowkey_ECParamsTemplate
-     */
-#if 1
-    { SEC_ASN1_OPTIONAL | SEC_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED |
-      SEC_ASN1_EXPLICIT | SEC_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC | 0, 
-      offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.ec.ecParams.curveOID), 
-      SEC_ObjectIDTemplate }, 
-#else
-    { SEC_ASN1_OPTIONAL | SEC_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED |
-      SEC_ASN1_EXPLICIT | SEC_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC | 0, 
-      offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.ec.ecParams), 
-      nsslowkey_ECParamsTemplate }, 
-#endif
-    { SEC_ASN1_OPTIONAL | SEC_ASN1_CONSTRUCTED |
-      SEC_ASN1_EXPLICIT | SEC_ASN1_CONTEXT_SPECIFIC | 1, 
-      offsetof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey,u.ec.publicValue),
-      SEC_BitStringTemplate }, 
-    { 0, }
-};
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-/*
- * See bugzilla bug 125359
- * Since NSS (via PKCS#11) wants to handle big integers as unsigned ints,
- * all of the templates above that en/decode into integers must be converted
- * from ASN.1's signed integer type.  This is done by marking either the
- * source or destination (encoding or decoding, respectively) type as
- * siUnsignedInteger.
- */
-
-void
-prepare_low_rsa_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key)
-{
-    key->u.rsa.modulus.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.publicExponent.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.privateExponent.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.prime1.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.prime2.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.exponent1.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.exponent2.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.rsa.coefficient.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-void
-prepare_low_pqg_params_for_asn1(PQGParams *params)
-{
-    params->prime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    params->subPrime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    params->base.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-void
-prepare_low_dsa_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key)
-{
-    key->u.dsa.publicValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dsa.privateValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dsa.params.prime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dsa.params.subPrime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dsa.params.base.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-void
-prepare_low_dsa_priv_key_export_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key)
-{
-    key->u.dsa.privateValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-void
-prepare_low_dh_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key)
-{
-    key->u.dh.prime.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dh.base.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dh.publicValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.dh.privateValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-void
-prepare_low_ecparams_for_asn1(ECParams *params)
-{
-    params->DEREncoding.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    params->curveOID.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-
-void
-prepare_low_ec_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key)
-{
-    key->u.ec.version.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.ec.ecParams.DEREncoding.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.ec.ecParams.curveOID.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.ec.privateValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-    key->u.ec.publicValue.type = siUnsignedInteger;
-}
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-
-void
-nsslowkey_DestroyPrivateKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privk)
-{
-    if (privk && privk->arena) {
-	PORT_FreeArena(privk->arena, PR_TRUE);
-    }
-}
-
-void
-nsslowkey_DestroyPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk)
-{
-    if (pubk && pubk->arena) {
-	PORT_FreeArena(pubk->arena, PR_FALSE);
-    }
-}
-unsigned
-nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk)
-{
-    unsigned char b0;
-
-    /* interpret modulus length as key strength... in
-     * fortezza that's the public key length */
-
-    switch (pubk->keyType) {
-    case NSSLOWKEYRSAKey:
-    	b0 = pubk->u.rsa.modulus.data[0];
-    	return b0 ? pubk->u.rsa.modulus.len : pubk->u.rsa.modulus.len - 1;
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-unsigned
-nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privk)
-{
-
-    unsigned char b0;
-
-    switch (privk->keyType) {
-    case NSSLOWKEYRSAKey:
-	b0 = privk->u.rsa.modulus.data[0];
-	return b0 ? privk->u.rsa.modulus.len : privk->u.rsa.modulus.len - 1;
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-    return 0;
-}
-
-NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *
-nsslowkey_ConvertToPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privk)
-{
-    NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubk;
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-
-
-    arena = PORT_NewArena (DER_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
-    if (arena == NULL) {
-        PORT_SetError (SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
-        return NULL;
-    }
-
-    switch(privk->keyType) {
-      case NSSLOWKEYRSAKey:
-      case NSSLOWKEYNullKey:
-	pubk = (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena,
-						sizeof (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey));
-	if (pubk != NULL) {
-	    SECStatus rv;
-
-	    pubk->arena = arena;
-	    pubk->keyType = privk->keyType;
-	    if (privk->keyType == NSSLOWKEYNullKey) return pubk;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.rsa.modulus,
-				  &privk->u.rsa.modulus);
-	    if (rv == SECSuccess) {
-		rv = SECITEM_CopyItem (arena, &pubk->u.rsa.publicExponent,
-				       &privk->u.rsa.publicExponent);
-		if (rv == SECSuccess)
-		    return pubk;
-	    }
-	    nsslowkey_DestroyPublicKey (pubk);
-	} else {
-	    PORT_SetError (SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
-	}
-	break;
-      case NSSLOWKEYDSAKey:
-	pubk = (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena,
-						    sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey));
-	if (pubk != NULL) {
-	    SECStatus rv;
-
-	    pubk->arena = arena;
-	    pubk->keyType = privk->keyType;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dsa.publicValue,
-				  &privk->u.dsa.publicValue);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dsa.params.prime,
-				  &privk->u.dsa.params.prime);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dsa.params.subPrime,
-				  &privk->u.dsa.params.subPrime);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dsa.params.base,
-				  &privk->u.dsa.params.base);
-	    if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-	}
-	break;
-      case NSSLOWKEYDHKey:
-	pubk = (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena,
-						    sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey));
-	if (pubk != NULL) {
-	    SECStatus rv;
-
-	    pubk->arena = arena;
-	    pubk->keyType = privk->keyType;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dh.publicValue,
-				  &privk->u.dh.publicValue);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dh.prime,
-				  &privk->u.dh.prime);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.dh.base,
-				  &privk->u.dh.base);
-	    if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-	}
-	break;
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-      case NSSLOWKEYECKey:
-	pubk = (NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena,
-						    sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey));
-	if (pubk != NULL) {
-	    SECStatus rv;
-
-	    pubk->arena = arena;
-	    pubk->keyType = privk->keyType;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(arena, &pubk->u.ec.publicValue,
-				  &privk->u.ec.publicValue);
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    pubk->u.ec.ecParams.arena = arena;
-	    /* Copy the rest of the params */
-	    rv = EC_CopyParams(arena, &(pubk->u.ec.ecParams),
-			       &(privk->u.ec.ecParams));
-	    if (rv == SECSuccess) return pubk;
-	}
-	break;
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-	/* No Fortezza in Low Key implementations (Fortezza keys aren't
-	 * stored in our data base */
-    default:
-	break;
-    }
-
-    PORT_FreeArena (arena, PR_FALSE);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *
-nsslowkey_CopyPrivateKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privKey)
-{
-    NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *returnKey = NULL;
-    SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
-    PLArenaPool *poolp;
-
-    if(!privKey) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    poolp = PORT_NewArena(DER_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE);
-    if(!poolp) {
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    returnKey = (NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey*)PORT_ArenaZAlloc(poolp, sizeof(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey));
-    if(!returnKey) {
-	rv = SECFailure;
-	goto loser;
-    }
-
-    returnKey->keyType = privKey->keyType;
-    returnKey->arena = poolp;
-
-    switch(privKey->keyType) {
-	case NSSLOWKEYRSAKey:
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.modulus), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.modulus));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.version), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.version));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.publicExponent), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.publicExponent));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.privateExponent), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.privateExponent));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.prime1), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.prime1));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.prime2), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.prime2));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.exponent1), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.exponent1));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.exponent2), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.exponent2));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.rsa.coefficient), 
-	    				&(privKey->u.rsa.coefficient));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    break;
-	case NSSLOWKEYDSAKey:
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dsa.publicValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.dsa.publicValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dsa.privateValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.dsa.privateValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    returnKey->u.dsa.params.arena = poolp;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dsa.params.prime),
-					&(privKey->u.dsa.params.prime));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dsa.params.subPrime),
-					&(privKey->u.dsa.params.subPrime));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dsa.params.base),
-					&(privKey->u.dsa.params.base));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    break;
-	case NSSLOWKEYDHKey:
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dh.publicValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.dh.publicValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dh.privateValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.dh.privateValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    returnKey->u.dsa.params.arena = poolp;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dh.prime),
-					&(privKey->u.dh.prime));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.dh.base),
-					&(privKey->u.dh.base));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    break;
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-	case NSSLOWKEYECKey:
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.ec.version),
-	    				&(privKey->u.ec.version));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.ec.publicValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.ec.publicValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    rv = SECITEM_CopyItem(poolp, &(returnKey->u.ec.privateValue),
-	    				&(privKey->u.ec.privateValue));
-	    if(rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    returnKey->u.ec.ecParams.arena = poolp;
-	    /* Copy the rest of the params */
-	    rv = EC_CopyParams(poolp, &(returnKey->u.ec.ecParams),
-			       &(privKey->u.ec.ecParams));
-	    if (rv != SECSuccess) break;
-	    break;
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-	default:
-	    rv = SECFailure;
-    }
-
-loser:
-
-    if(rv != SECSuccess) {
-	PORT_FreeArena(poolp, PR_TRUE);
-	returnKey = NULL;
-    }
-
-    return returnKey;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/lowkeyi.h

@@ -1,274 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: lowkeyi.h,v 1.10 2004-04-27 23:04:38 gerv%gerv.net Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _LOWKEYI_H_
-#define _LOWKEYI_H_
-
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-#include "pcertt.h"
-#include "lowkeyti.h"
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-/*
- * See bugzilla bug 125359
- * Since NSS (via PKCS#11) wants to handle big integers as unsigned ints,
- * all of the templates above that en/decode into integers must be converted
- * from ASN.1's signed integer type.  This is done by marking either the
- * source or destination (encoding or decoding, respectively) type as
- * siUnsignedInteger.
- */
-extern void prepare_low_rsa_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-extern void prepare_low_pqg_params_for_asn1(PQGParams *params);
-extern void prepare_low_dsa_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-extern void prepare_low_dsa_priv_key_export_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-extern void prepare_low_dh_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-extern void prepare_low_ec_priv_key_for_asn1(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-extern void prepare_low_ecparams_for_asn1(ECParams *params);
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-
-typedef char * (* NSSLOWKEYDBNameFunc)(void *arg, int dbVersion);
-    
-/*
-** Open a key database.
-*/
-extern NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *nsslowkey_OpenKeyDB(PRBool readOnly,
-					   const char *domain,
-					   const char *prefix,
-					   NSSLOWKEYDBNameFunc namecb,
-					   void *cbarg);
-
-
-/*
- * Clear out all the keys in the existing database
- */
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_ResetKeyDB(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle);
-
-/*
-** Close the specified key database.
-*/
-extern void nsslowkey_CloseKeyDB(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle);
-
-/*
- * Get the version number of the database
- */
-extern int nsslowkey_GetKeyDBVersion(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle);
-
-/*
-** Support a default key database.
-*/
-extern void nsslowkey_SetDefaultKeyDB(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle);
-extern NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *nsslowkey_GetDefaultKeyDB(void);
-
-/* set the alg id of the key encryption algorithm */
-extern void nsslowkey_SetDefaultKeyDBAlg(SECOidTag alg);
-
-/*
- * given a password and salt, produce a hash of the password
- */
-extern SECItem *nsslowkey_HashPassword(char *pw, SECItem *salt);
-
-/*
- * Derive the actual password value for a key database from the
- * password string value.  The derivation uses global salt value
- * stored in the key database.
- */
-extern SECItem *
-nsslowkey_DeriveKeyDBPassword(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, char *pw);
-
-/*
-** Delete a key from the database
-*/
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_DeleteKey(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, 
-				  SECItem *pubkey);
-
-/*
-** Store a key in the database, indexed by its public key modulus.
-**	"pk" is the private key to store
-**	"f" is a the callback function for getting the password
-**	"arg" is the argument for the callback
-*/
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_StoreKeyByPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, 
-					    NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *pk,
-					    SECItem *pubKeyData,
-					    char *nickname,
-					    SECItem *arg);
-
-/* does the key for this cert exist in the database filed by modulus */
-extern PRBool nsslowkey_KeyForCertExists(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-					 NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert);
-/* does a key with this ID already exist? */
-extern PRBool nsslowkey_KeyForIDExists(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, SECItem *id);
-
-
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_HasKeyDBPassword(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle);
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_SetKeyDBPassword(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-				     SECItem *pwitem);
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_CheckKeyDBPassword(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-					   SECItem *pwitem);
-extern SECStatus nsslowkey_ChangeKeyDBPassword(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-					    SECItem *oldpwitem,
-					    SECItem *newpwitem);
-
-/*
-** Destroy a private key object.
-**	"key" the object
-**	"freeit" if PR_TRUE then free the object as well as its sub-objects
-*/
-extern void nsslowkey_DestroyPrivateKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key);
-
-/*
-** Destroy a public key object.
-**	"key" the object
-**	"freeit" if PR_TRUE then free the object as well as its sub-objects
-*/
-extern void nsslowkey_DestroyPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key);
-
-/*
-** Return the modulus length of "pubKey".
-*/
-extern unsigned int nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *pubKey);
-
-
-/*
-** Return the modulus length of "privKey".
-*/
-extern unsigned int nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privKey);
-
-
-/*
-** Convert a low private key "privateKey" into a public low key
-*/
-extern NSSLOWKEYPublicKey 
-		*nsslowkey_ConvertToPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privateKey);
-
-/*
- * Set the Key Database password.
- *   handle is a handle to the key database
- *   pwitem is the new password
- *   algorithm is the algorithm by which the key database 
- *   	password is to be encrypted.
- * On failure, SECFailure is returned, otherwise SECSuccess is 
- * returned.
- */
-extern SECStatus 
-nsslowkey_SetKeyDBPasswordAlg(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-			SECItem *pwitem, 
-			SECOidTag algorithm);
-
-/* Check the key database password.
- *   handle is a handle to the key database
- *   pwitem is the suspect password
- *   algorithm is the algorithm by which the key database 
- *   	password is to be encrypted.
- * The password is checked against plaintext to see if it is the
- * actual password.  If it is not, SECFailure is returned.
- */
-extern SECStatus 
-nsslowkey_CheckKeyDBPasswordAlg(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-				SECItem *pwitem, 
-				SECOidTag algorithm);
-
-/* Change the key database password and/or algorithm by which
- * the password is stored with.  
- *   handle is a handle to the key database
- *   old_pwitem is the current password
- *   new_pwitem is the new password
- *   old_algorithm is the algorithm by which the key database 
- *   	password is currently encrypted.
- *   new_algorithm is the algorithm with which the new password
- *      is to be encrypted.
- * A return of anything but SECSuccess indicates failure.
- */
-extern SECStatus 
-nsslowkey_ChangeKeyDBPasswordAlg(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-			      SECItem *oldpwitem, SECItem *newpwitem,
-			      SECOidTag old_algorithm);
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowkey_UpdateNickname(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-                           NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privkey,
-                           SECItem *pubKeyData,
-                           char *nickname,
-                           SECItem *arg);
-
-/* Store key by modulus and specify an encryption algorithm to use.
- *   handle is the pointer to the key database,
- *   privkey is the private key to be stored,
- *   f and arg are the function and arguments to the callback
- *       to get a password,
- *   algorithm is the algorithm which the privKey is to be stored.
- * A return of anything but SECSuccess indicates failure.
- */
-extern SECStatus 
-nsslowkey_StoreKeyByPublicKeyAlg(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, 
-			      NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privkey, 
-			      SECItem *pubKeyData,
-			      char *nickname,
-			      SECItem *arg,
-			      SECOidTag algorithm,
-                              PRBool update); 
-
-/* Find key by modulus.  This function is the inverse of store key
- * by modulus.  An attempt to locate the key with "modulus" is 
- * performed.  If the key is found, the private key is returned,
- * else NULL is returned.
- *   modulus is the modulus to locate
- */
-extern NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *
-nsslowkey_FindKeyByPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle, SECItem *modulus, 
-			  SECItem *arg);
-
-extern char *
-nsslowkey_FindKeyNicknameByPublicKey(NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *handle,
-                                        SECItem *modulus, SECItem *pwitem);
-
-
-/* Make a copy of a low private key in it's own arena.
- * a return of NULL indicates an error.
- */
-extern NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *
-nsslowkey_CopyPrivateKey(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *privKey);
-
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif /* _LOWKEYI_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/lowkeyti.h

@@ -1,163 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Vipul Gupta <vipul.gupta@sun.com>, Sun Microsystems Laboratories
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-#ifndef _LOWKEYTI_H_
-#define _LOWKEYTI_H_ 1
-
-#include "blapit.h"
-#include "prtypes.h"
-#include "plarena.h"
-#include "secitem.h"
-#include "secasn1t.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-/*#include "secmodt.h"
-#include "pkcs11t.h" */
-
-
-/*
- * a key in/for the data base
- */
-struct NSSLOWKEYDBKeyStr {
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-    int version;
-    char *nickname;
-    SECItem salt;
-    SECItem derPK;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYDBKeyStr NSSLOWKEYDBKey;
-
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYDBHandleStr NSSLOWKEYDBHandle;
-
-#ifdef NSS_USE_KEY4_DB
-#define NSSLOWKEY_DB_FILE_VERSION 4
-#else
-#define NSSLOWKEY_DB_FILE_VERSION 3
-#endif
-
-#define NSSLOWKEY_VERSION	    0	/* what we *create* */
-
-/*
-** Typedef for callback to get a password "key".
-*/
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_PQGParamsTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_RSAPrivateKeyTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DSAPrivateKeyTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DSAPrivateKeyExportTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DHPrivateKeyTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_DHPrivateKeyExportTemplate[];
-#ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-#define NSSLOWKEY_EC_PRIVATE_KEY_VERSION   1  /* as per SECG 1 C.4 */
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_ECParamsTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_ECPrivateKeyTemplate[];
-#endif /* NSS_ENABLE_ECC */
-
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_PrivateKeyInfoTemplate[];
-extern const SEC_ASN1Template nsslowkey_EncryptedPrivateKeyInfoTemplate[];
-
-/*
- * PKCS #8 attributes
- */
-struct NSSLOWKEYAttributeStr {
-    SECItem attrType;
-    SECItem *attrValue;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYAttributeStr NSSLOWKEYAttribute;
-
-/*
-** A PKCS#8 private key info object
-*/
-struct NSSLOWKEYPrivateKeyInfoStr {
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-    SECItem version;
-    SECAlgorithmID algorithm;
-    SECItem privateKey;
-    NSSLOWKEYAttribute **attributes;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYPrivateKeyInfoStr NSSLOWKEYPrivateKeyInfo;
-#define NSSLOWKEY_PRIVATE_KEY_INFO_VERSION	0	/* what we *create* */
-
-/*
-** A PKCS#8 private key info object
-*/
-struct NSSLOWKEYEncryptedPrivateKeyInfoStr {
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-    SECAlgorithmID algorithm;
-    SECItem encryptedData;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYEncryptedPrivateKeyInfoStr NSSLOWKEYEncryptedPrivateKeyInfo;
-
-
-typedef enum { 
-    NSSLOWKEYNullKey = 0, 
-    NSSLOWKEYRSAKey = 1, 
-    NSSLOWKEYDSAKey = 2, 
-    NSSLOWKEYDHKey = 4,
-    NSSLOWKEYECKey = 5
-} NSSLOWKEYType;
-
-/*
-** An RSA public key object.
-*/
-struct NSSLOWKEYPublicKeyStr {
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-    NSSLOWKEYType keyType ;
-    union {
-        RSAPublicKey rsa;
-	DSAPublicKey dsa;
-	DHPublicKey  dh;
-	ECPublicKey  ec;
-    } u;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYPublicKeyStr NSSLOWKEYPublicKey;
-
-/*
-** Low Level private key object
-** This is only used by the raw Crypto engines (crypto), keydb (keydb),
-** and PKCS #11. Everyone else uses the high level key structure.
-*/
-struct NSSLOWKEYPrivateKeyStr {
-    PLArenaPool *arena;
-    NSSLOWKEYType keyType;
-    union {
-        RSAPrivateKey rsa;
-	DSAPrivateKey dsa;
-	DHPrivateKey  dh;
-	ECPrivateKey  ec;
-    } u;
-};
-typedef struct NSSLOWKEYPrivateKeyStr NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey;
-
-#endif	/* _LOWKEYTI_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/lowpbe.h

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#ifndef _SECPKCS5_H_
-#define _SECPKCS5_H_
-
-#include "plarena.h"
-#include "secitem.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-#include "hasht.h"
-
-typedef SECItem * (* SEC_PKCS5GetPBEPassword)(void *arg);
-
-/* used for V2 PKCS 12 Draft Spec */ 
-typedef enum {
-    pbeBitGenIDNull = 0,
-    pbeBitGenCipherKey = 0x01,
-    pbeBitGenCipherIV = 0x02,
-    pbeBitGenIntegrityKey = 0x03
-} PBEBitGenID;
-
-typedef enum {
-    NSSPKCS5_PBKDF1 = 0,
-    NSSPKCS5_PBKDF2 = 1,
-    NSSPKCS5_PKCS12_V2 = 2
-} NSSPKCS5PBEType;
-
-typedef struct NSSPKCS5PBEParameterStr NSSPKCS5PBEParameter;
-
-struct NSSPKCS5PBEParameterStr {
-    PRArenaPool *poolp;
-    SECItem	salt;		/* octet string */
-    SECItem	iteration;	/* integer */
-
-    /* used locally */
-    int		iter;
-    int 	keyLen;
-    int		ivLen;
-    HASH_HashType hashType;
-    NSSPKCS5PBEType pbeType;
-    PBEBitGenID	keyID;
-    SECOidTag	encAlg;
-    PRBool	is2KeyDES;
-};
-
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-/* Create a PKCS5 Algorithm ID
- * The algorithm ID is set up using the PKCS #5 parameter structure
- *  algorithm is the PBE algorithm ID for the desired algorithm
- *  pbe is a pbe param block with all the info needed to create the 
- *   algorithm id.
- * If an error occurs or the algorithm specified is not supported 
- * or is not a password based encryption algorithm, NULL is returned.
- * Otherwise, a pointer to the algorithm id is returned.
- */
-extern SECAlgorithmID *
-nsspkcs5_CreateAlgorithmID(PRArenaPool *arena, SECOidTag algorithm, 
-						NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *pbe);
-
-/*
- * Convert an Algorithm ID to a PBE Param.
- * NOTE: this does not suppport PKCS 5 v2 because it's only used for the
- * keyDB which only support PKCS 5 v1, PFX, and PKCS 12.
- */
-NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *
-nsspkcs5_AlgidToParam(SECAlgorithmID *algid);
-
-/*
- * Convert an Algorithm ID to a PBE Param.
- * NOTE: this does not suppport PKCS 5 v2 because it's only used for the
- * keyDB which only support PKCS 5 v1, PFX, and PKCS 12.
- */
-NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *
-nsspkcs5_NewParam(SECOidTag alg, SECItem *salt, int iterator);
-
-
-/* Encrypt/Decrypt data using password based encryption.  
- *  algid is the PBE algorithm identifier,
- *  pwitem is the password,
- *  src is the source for encryption/decryption,
- *  encrypt is PR_TRUE for encryption, PR_FALSE for decryption.
- * The key and iv are generated based upon PKCS #5 then the src
- * is either encrypted or decrypted.  If an error occurs, NULL
- * is returned, otherwise the ciphered contents is returned.
- */
-extern SECItem *
-nsspkcs5_CipherData(NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *, SECItem *pwitem,
-		    SECItem *src, PRBool encrypt, PRBool *update);
-
-extern SECItem *
-nsspkcs5_ComputeKeyAndIV(NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *, SECItem *pwitem,
-		    			SECItem *iv, PRBool faulty3DES);
-
-/* Destroys PBE parameter */
-extern void
-nsspkcs5_DestroyPBEParameter(NSSPKCS5PBEParameter *param);
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/manifest.mn

@@ -1,89 +0,0 @@
-# 
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-CORE_DEPTH = ../../..
-
-MODULE = nss
-
-REQUIRES = dbm
-
-LIBRARY_NAME = softokn
-LIBRARY_VERSION = 3
-MAPFILE = $(OBJDIR)/softokn.def
-
-DEFINES += -DSHLIB_SUFFIX=\"$(DLL_SUFFIX)\" -DSHLIB_PREFIX=\"$(DLL_PREFIX)\" -DSOFTOKEN_LIB_NAME=\"$(notdir $(SHARED_LIBRARY))\"
-
-
-EXPORTS = \
-	pkcs11.h \
-	pkcs11f.h \
-	pkcs11p.h \
-	pkcs11t.h \
-	pkcs11n.h \
-	pkcs11u.h \
-	$(NULL)
-
-PRIVATE_EXPORTS = \
-	pk11pars.h \
-	$(NULL)
-
-CSRCS = \
-	alghmac.c \
-	dbinit.c \
-	dbmshim.c \
-	ecdecode.c \
-	fipstest.c \
-	fipstokn.c \
-	keydb.c    \
-	lowcert.c  \
-	lowkey.c   \
-	lowpbe.c   \
-	padbuf.c   \
-	pcertdb.c \
-	pk11db.c \
-	pkcs11.c   \
-	pkcs11c.c  \
-	pkcs11u.c  \
-	rawhash.c \
-	rsawrapr.c  \
-	softkver.c  \
-	tlsprf.c   \
-	$(NULL)
-
-ifdef NSS_ENABLE_ECC
-DEFINES += -DNSS_ENABLE_ECC
-endif
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/padbuf.c

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-#include "blapit.h"
-#include "secport.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-
-/*
- * Prepare a buffer for DES encryption, growing to the appropriate boundary,
- * filling with the appropriate padding.
- *
- * NOTE: If arena is non-NULL, we re-allocate from there, otherwise
- * we assume (and use) XP memory (re)allocation.
- */
-unsigned char *
-DES_PadBuffer(PRArenaPool *arena, unsigned char *inbuf, unsigned int inlen,
-	      unsigned int *outlen)
-{
-    unsigned char *outbuf;
-    unsigned int   des_len;
-    unsigned int   i;
-    unsigned char  des_pad_len;
-
-    /*
-     * We need from 1 to DES_KEY_LENGTH bytes -- we *always* grow.
-     * The extra bytes contain the value of the length of the padding:
-     * if we have 2 bytes of padding, then the padding is "0x02, 0x02".
-     */
-    des_len = (inlen + DES_KEY_LENGTH) & ~(DES_KEY_LENGTH - 1);
-
-    if (arena != NULL) {
-	outbuf = (unsigned char*)PORT_ArenaGrow (arena, inbuf, inlen, des_len);
-    } else {
-	outbuf = (unsigned char*)PORT_Realloc (inbuf, des_len);
-    }
-
-    if (outbuf == NULL) {
-	PORT_SetError (SEC_ERROR_NO_MEMORY);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    des_pad_len = des_len - inlen;
-    for (i = inlen; i < des_len; i++)
-	outbuf[i] = des_pad_len;
-
-    *outlen = des_len;
-    return outbuf;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pcert.h

@@ -1,246 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#ifndef _PCERTDB_H_
-#define _PCERTDB_H_
-
-#include "plarena.h"
-#include "prlong.h"
-#include "pcertt.h"
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-/*
-** Add a DER encoded certificate to the permanent database.
-**	"derCert" is the DER encoded certificate.
-**	"nickname" is the nickname to use for the cert
-**	"trust" is the trust parameters for the cert
-*/
-SECStatus nsslowcert_AddPermCert(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, 
-			NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert,
-				char *nickname, NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust);
-SECStatus nsslowcert_AddPermNickname(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *dbhandle,
-				NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert, char *nickname);
-
-SECStatus nsslowcert_DeletePermCertificate(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert);
-
-typedef SECStatus (PR_CALLBACK * PermCertCallback)(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert,
-                                                   SECItem *k, void *pdata);
-/*
-** Traverse the entire permanent database, and pass the certs off to a
-** user supplied function.
-**	"certfunc" is the user function to call for each certificate
-**	"udata" is the user's data, which is passed through to "certfunc"
-*/
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_TraversePermCerts(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-		      PermCertCallback certfunc,
-		      void *udata );
-
-PRBool
-nsslowcert_CertDBKeyConflict(SECItem *derCert, NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle);
-
-certDBEntryRevocation *
-nsslowcert_FindCrlByKey(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-					 SECItem *crlKey, PRBool isKRL);
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_DeletePermCRL(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,SECItem *derName,
-								PRBool isKRL);
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_AddCrl(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, SECItem *derCrl ,
-				SECItem *derKey, char *url, PRBool isKRL);
-
-NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *nsslowcert_GetDefaultCertDB();
-NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *nsslowcert_ExtractPublicKey(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *);
-
-NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_NewTempCertificate(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, SECItem *derCert,
-                        char *nickname, PRBool isperm, PRBool copyDER);
-NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_DupCertificate(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert);
-void nsslowcert_DestroyCertificate(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert);
-void nsslowcert_DestroyTrust(NSSLOWCERTTrust *Trust);
-
-/*
- * Lookup a certificate in the databases without locking
- *	"certKey" is the database key to look for
- *
- * XXX - this should be internal, but pkcs 11 needs to call it during a
- * traversal.
- */
-NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_FindCertByKey(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, SECItem *certKey);
-
-/*
- * Lookup trust for a certificate in the databases without locking
- *	"certKey" is the database key to look for
- *
- * XXX - this should be internal, but pkcs 11 needs to call it during a
- * traversal.
- */
-NSSLOWCERTTrust *
-nsslowcert_FindTrustByKey(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, SECItem *certKey);
-
-/*
-** Generate a certificate key from the issuer and serialnumber, then look it
-** up in the database.  Return the cert if found.
-**	"issuerAndSN" is the issuer and serial number to look for
-*/
-extern NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_FindCertByIssuerAndSN (NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, NSSLOWCERTIssuerAndSN *issuerAndSN);
-
-/*
-** Generate a certificate key from the issuer and serialnumber, then look it
-** up in the database.  Return the cert if found.
-**	"issuerAndSN" is the issuer and serial number to look for
-*/
-extern NSSLOWCERTTrust *
-nsslowcert_FindTrustByIssuerAndSN (NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, NSSLOWCERTIssuerAndSN *issuerAndSN);
-
-/*
-** Find a certificate in the database by a DER encoded certificate
-**	"derCert" is the DER encoded certificate
-*/
-extern NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_FindCertByDERCert(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, SECItem *derCert);
-
-/* convert an email address to lower case */
-char *nsslowcert_FixupEmailAddr(char *emailAddr);
-
-/*
-** Decode a DER encoded certificate into an NSSLOWCERTCertificate structure
-**      "derSignedCert" is the DER encoded signed certificate
-**      "copyDER" is true if the DER should be copied, false if the
-**              existing copy should be referenced
-**      "nickname" is the nickname to use in the database.  If it is NULL
-**              then a temporary nickname is generated.
-*/
-extern NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_DecodeDERCertificate (SECItem *derSignedCert, char *nickname);
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_KeyFromDERCert(PRArenaPool *arena, SECItem *derCert, SECItem *key);
-
-certDBEntrySMime *
-nsslowcert_ReadDBSMimeEntry(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *certHandle,
-							 char *emailAddr);
-void
-nsslowcert_DestroyDBEntry(certDBEntry *entry);
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_OpenCertDB(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, PRBool readOnly,
-		const char *domain, const char *prefix,
-                NSSLOWCERTDBNameFunc namecb, void *cbarg, PRBool openVolatile);
-
-void
-nsslowcert_ClosePermCertDB(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle);
-
-/*
- * is certa newer than certb?  If one is expired, pick the other one.
- */
-PRBool
-nsslowcert_IsNewer(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *certa, NSSLOWCERTCertificate *certb);
-
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_TraverseDBEntries(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-		      certDBEntryType type,
-		      SECStatus (* callback)(SECItem *data, SECItem *key,
-					    certDBEntryType type, void *pdata),
-		      void *udata );
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_TraversePermCertsForSubject(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-				 SECItem *derSubject,
-				 NSSLOWCERTCertCallback cb, void *cbarg);
-int
-nsslowcert_NumPermCertsForSubject(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-							 SECItem *derSubject);
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_TraversePermCertsForNickname(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle,
-	 	char *nickname, NSSLOWCERTCertCallback cb, void *cbarg);
-
-int
-nsslowcert_NumPermCertsForNickname(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, 
-							char *nickname);
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_GetCertTrust(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert,
-					 NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust);
-
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_SaveSMimeProfile(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *dbhandle, char *emailAddr, 
-	SECItem *derSubject, SECItem *emailProfile, SECItem *profileTime);
-
-/*
- * Change the trust attributes of a certificate and make them permanent
- * in the database.
- */
-SECStatus
-nsslowcert_ChangeCertTrust(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, 
-	  	NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert, NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust);
-
-PRBool
-nsslowcert_needDBVerify(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle);
-
-void
-nsslowcert_setDBVerify(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *handle, PRBool value);
-
-PRBool
-nsslowcert_hasTrust(NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust);
-
-void
-nsslowcert_DestroyFreeLists(void);
-
-void
-nsslowcert_DestroyGlobalLocks(void);
-
-void
-pkcs11_freeNickname(char *nickname, char *space);
-
-char *
-pkcs11_copyNickname(char *nickname, char *space, int spaceLen);
-
-void
-pkcs11_freeStaticData(unsigned char *data, unsigned char *space);
-
-unsigned char *
-pkcs11_copyStaticData(unsigned char *data, int datalen, unsigned char *space,
-						int spaceLen);
-NSSLOWCERTCertificate *
-nsslowcert_CreateCert(void);
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
- #endif /* _PCERTDB_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pcertt.h

@@ -1,446 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * certt.h - public data structures for the certificate library
- *
- * $Id: pcertt.h,v 1.13 2004-04-25 15:03:16 gerv%gerv.net Exp $
- */
-#ifndef _PCERTT_H_
-#define _PCERTT_H_
-
-#include "prclist.h"
-#include "pkcs11t.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-#include "plarena.h"
-#include "prcvar.h"
-#include "nssilock.h"
-#include "prio.h"
-#include "prmon.h"
-
-/* Non-opaque objects */
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandleStr               NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTCertKeyStr                    NSSLOWCERTCertKey;
-
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTTrustStr                      NSSLOWCERTTrust;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTCertTrustStr                  NSSLOWCERTCertTrust;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTCertificateStr                NSSLOWCERTCertificate;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTCertificateListStr            NSSLOWCERTCertificateList;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTIssuerAndSNStr                NSSLOWCERTIssuerAndSN;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTSignedDataStr                 NSSLOWCERTSignedData;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfoStr       NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo;
-typedef struct NSSLOWCERTValidityStr                   NSSLOWCERTValidity;
-
-/*
-** An X.509 validity object
-*/
-struct NSSLOWCERTValidityStr {
-    PRArenaPool *arena;
-    SECItem notBefore;
-    SECItem notAfter;
-};
-
-/*
- * A serial number and issuer name, which is used as a database key
- */
-struct NSSLOWCERTCertKeyStr {
-    SECItem serialNumber;
-    SECItem derIssuer;
-};
-
-/*
-** A signed data object. Used to implement the "signed" macro used
-** in the X.500 specs.
-*/
-struct NSSLOWCERTSignedDataStr {
-    SECItem data;
-    SECAlgorithmID signatureAlgorithm;
-    SECItem signature;
-};
-
-/*
-** An X.509 subject-public-key-info object
-*/
-struct NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfoStr {
-    PRArenaPool *arena;
-    SECAlgorithmID algorithm;
-    SECItem subjectPublicKey;
-};
-
-typedef struct _certDBEntryCert certDBEntryCert;
-typedef struct _certDBEntryRevocation certDBEntryRevocation;
-
-struct NSSLOWCERTCertTrustStr {
-    unsigned int sslFlags;
-    unsigned int emailFlags;
-    unsigned int objectSigningFlags;
-};
-
-/*
-** PKCS11 Trust representation
-*/
-struct NSSLOWCERTTrustStr {
-    NSSLOWCERTTrust *next;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *dbhandle;
-    SECItem dbKey;			/* database key for this cert */
-    certDBEntryCert *dbEntry;		/* database entry struct */
-    NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust;
-    SECItem *derCert;			/* original DER for the cert */
-    unsigned char dbKeySpace[512];
-};
-
-/*
-** An X.509 certificate object (the unsigned form)
-*/
-struct NSSLOWCERTCertificateStr {
-    /* the arena is used to allocate any data structures that have the same
-     * lifetime as the cert.  This is all stuff that hangs off of the cert
-     * structure, and is all freed at the same time.  I is used when the
-     * cert is decoded, destroyed, and at some times when it changes
-     * state
-     */
-    NSSLOWCERTCertificate *next;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *dbhandle;
-
-    SECItem derCert;			/* original DER for the cert */
-    SECItem derIssuer;			/* DER for issuer name */
-    SECItem derSN;
-    SECItem serialNumber;
-    SECItem derSubject;			/* DER for subject name */
-    SECItem derSubjKeyInfo;
-    NSSLOWCERTSubjectPublicKeyInfo *subjectPublicKeyInfo;
-    SECItem certKey;			/* database key for this cert */
-    SECItem validity;
-    certDBEntryCert *dbEntry;		/* database entry struct */
-    SECItem subjectKeyID;	/* x509v3 subject key identifier */
-    char *nickname;
-    char *emailAddr;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertTrust *trust;
-
-    /* the reference count is modified whenever someone looks up, dups
-     * or destroys a certificate
-     */
-    int referenceCount;
-
-    char nicknameSpace[200];
-    unsigned char certKeySpace[512];
-};
-
-#define SEC_CERTIFICATE_VERSION_1		0	/* default created */
-#define SEC_CERTIFICATE_VERSION_2		1	/* v2 */
-#define SEC_CERTIFICATE_VERSION_3		2	/* v3 extensions */
-
-#define SEC_CRL_VERSION_1		0	/* default */
-#define SEC_CRL_VERSION_2		1	/* v2 extensions */
-
-struct NSSLOWCERTIssuerAndSNStr {
-    SECItem derIssuer;
-    SECItem serialNumber;
-};
-
-typedef SECStatus (* NSSLOWCERTCertCallback)(NSSLOWCERTCertificate *cert, void *arg);
-
-/* This is the typedef for the callback passed to nsslowcert_OpenCertDB() */
-/* callback to return database name based on version number */
-typedef char * (*NSSLOWCERTDBNameFunc)(void *arg, int dbVersion);
-
-/* XXX Lisa thinks the template declarations belong in cert.h, not here? */
-
-#include "secasn1t.h"	/* way down here because I expect template stuff to
-			 * move out of here anyway */
-
-/*
- * Certificate Database related definitions and data structures
- */
-
-/* version number of certificate database */
-#define CERT_DB_FILE_VERSION		8
-#define CERT_DB_V7_FILE_VERSION		7
-#define CERT_DB_CONTENT_VERSION		2
-
-#define SEC_DB_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN		3
-#define SEC_DB_KEY_HEADER_LEN		1
-
-/* All database entries have this form:
- * 	
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		version
- *	1		type
- *	2		flags
- */
-
-/* database entry types */
-typedef enum {
-    certDBEntryTypeVersion = 0,
-    certDBEntryTypeCert = 1,
-    certDBEntryTypeNickname = 2,
-    certDBEntryTypeSubject = 3,
-    certDBEntryTypeRevocation = 4,
-    certDBEntryTypeKeyRevocation = 5,
-    certDBEntryTypeSMimeProfile = 6,
-    certDBEntryTypeContentVersion = 7,
-    certDBEntryTypeBlob = 8
-} certDBEntryType;
-
-typedef struct {
-    certDBEntryType type;
-    unsigned int version;
-    unsigned int flags;
-    PRArenaPool *arena;
-} certDBEntryCommon;
-
-/*
- * Certificate entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		sslFlags-msb
- *	1		sslFlags-lsb
- *	2		emailFlags-msb
- *	3		emailFlags-lsb
- *	4		objectSigningFlags-msb
- *	5		objectSigningFlags-lsb
- *	6		derCert-len-msb
- *	7		derCert-len-lsb
- *	8		nickname-len-msb
- *	9		nickname-len-lsb
- *	...		derCert
- *	...		nickname
- *
- * NOTE: the nickname string as stored in the database is null terminated,
- *		in other words, the last byte of the db entry is always 0
- *		if a nickname is present.
- * NOTE: if nickname is not present, then nickname-len-msb and
- *		nickname-len-lsb will both be zero.
- */
-struct _certDBEntryCert {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    certDBEntryCert *next;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertTrust trust;
-    SECItem derCert;
-    char *nickname;
-    char nicknameSpace[200];
-    unsigned char derCertSpace[2048];
-};
-
-/*
- * Certificate Nickname entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		subjectname-len-msb
- *	1	        subjectname-len-lsb
- *	2...		subjectname
- *
- * The database key for this type of entry is a nickname string
- * The "subjectname" value is the DER encoded DN of the identity
- *   that matches this nickname.
- */
-typedef struct {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    char *nickname;
-    SECItem subjectName;
-} certDBEntryNickname;
-
-#define DB_NICKNAME_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN 2
-
-/*
- * Certificate Subject entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		ncerts-msb
- *	1		ncerts-lsb
- *	2		nickname-msb
- *	3		nickname-lsb
- *	4		emailAddr-msb
- *	5		emailAddr-lsb
- *	...		nickname
- *	...		emailAddr
- *	...+2*i		certkey-len-msb
- *	...+1+2*i       certkey-len-lsb
- *	...+2*ncerts+2*i keyid-len-msb
- *	...+1+2*ncerts+2*i keyid-len-lsb
- *	...		certkeys
- *	...		keyids
- *
- * The database key for this type of entry is the DER encoded subject name
- * The "certkey" value is an array of  certificate database lookup keys that
- *   points to the database entries for the certificates that matche
- *   this subject.
- *
- */
-typedef struct _certDBEntrySubject {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    SECItem derSubject;
-    unsigned int ncerts;
-    char *nickname;
-    SECItem *certKeys;
-    SECItem *keyIDs;
-    char **emailAddrs;
-    unsigned int nemailAddrs;
-} certDBEntrySubject;
-
-#define DB_SUBJECT_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN 6
-
-/*
- * Certificate SMIME profile entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		subjectname-len-msb
- *	1	        subjectname-len-lsb
- *	2		smimeoptions-len-msb
- *	3		smimeoptions-len-lsb
- *	4		options-date-len-msb
- *	5		options-date-len-lsb
- *	6...		subjectname
- *	...		smimeoptions
- *	...		options-date
- *
- * The database key for this type of entry is the email address string
- * The "subjectname" value is the DER encoded DN of the identity
- *   that matches this nickname.
- * The "smimeoptions" value is a string that represents the algorithm
- *   capabilities on the remote user.
- * The "options-date" is the date that the smime options value was created.
- *   This is generally the signing time of the signed message that contained
- *   the options.  It is a UTCTime value.
- */
-typedef struct {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    char *emailAddr;
-    SECItem subjectName;
-    SECItem smimeOptions;
-    SECItem optionsDate;
-} certDBEntrySMime;
-
-#define DB_SMIME_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN 6
-
-/*
- * Crl/krl entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		derCert-len-msb
- *	1		derCert-len-lsb
- *	2		url-len-msb
- *	3		url-len-lsb
- *	...		derCert
- *	...		url
- *
- * NOTE: the url string as stored in the database is null terminated,
- *		in other words, the last byte of the db entry is always 0
- *		if a nickname is present. 
- * NOTE: if url is not present, then url-len-msb and
- *		url-len-lsb will both be zero.
- */
-#define DB_CRL_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN	4
-struct _certDBEntryRevocation {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    SECItem	derCrl;
-    char	*url;	/* where to load the crl from */
-};
-
-/*
- * Database Version Entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	only the low level header...
- *
- * The database key for this type of entry is the string "Version"
- */
-typedef struct {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-} certDBEntryVersion;
-
-#define SEC_DB_VERSION_KEY "Version"
-#define SEC_DB_VERSION_KEY_LEN sizeof(SEC_DB_VERSION_KEY)
-
-/*
- * Database Content Version Entry:
- *
- *	byte offset	field
- *	-----------	-----
- *	0		contentVersion
- *
- * The database key for this type of entry is the string "ContentVersion"
- */
-typedef struct {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    char contentVersion;
-} certDBEntryContentVersion;
-
-#define SEC_DB_CONTENT_VERSION_KEY "ContentVersion"
-#define SEC_DB_CONTENT_VERSION_KEY_LEN sizeof(SEC_DB_CONTENT_VERSION_KEY)
-
-typedef union {
-    certDBEntryCommon common;
-    certDBEntryVersion version;
-    certDBEntryCert cert;
-    certDBEntryNickname nickname;
-    certDBEntrySubject subject;
-    certDBEntryRevocation revocation;
-} certDBEntry;
-
-/* length of the fixed part of a database entry */
-#define DBCERT_V4_HEADER_LEN	7
-#define DB_CERT_V5_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN	7
-#define DB_CERT_V6_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN	7
-#define DB_CERT_ENTRY_HEADER_LEN	10
-
-/* common flags for all types of certificates */
-#define CERTDB_VALID_PEER	(1<<0)
-#define CERTDB_TRUSTED		(1<<1)
-#define CERTDB_SEND_WARN	(1<<2)
-#define CERTDB_VALID_CA		(1<<3)
-#define CERTDB_TRUSTED_CA	(1<<4) /* trusted for issuing server certs */
-#define CERTDB_NS_TRUSTED_CA	(1<<5)
-#define CERTDB_USER		(1<<6)
-#define CERTDB_TRUSTED_CLIENT_CA (1<<7) /* trusted for issuing client certs */
-#define CERTDB_INVISIBLE_CA	(1<<8) /* don't show in UI */
-#define CERTDB_GOVT_APPROVED_CA	(1<<9) /* can do strong crypto in export ver */
-#define CERTDB_NOT_TRUSTED	(1<<10) /* explicitly don't trust this cert */
-#define CERTDB_TRUSTED_UNKNOWN	(1<<11) /* accept trust from another source */
-
-/* bits not affected by the CKO_NETSCAPE_TRUST object */
-#define CERTDB_PRESERVE_TRUST_BITS (CERTDB_USER | CERTDB_VALID_PEER | \
-        CERTDB_NS_TRUSTED_CA | CERTDB_VALID_CA | CERTDB_INVISIBLE_CA | \
-                                        CERTDB_GOVT_APPROVED_CA)
-
-#endif /* _PCERTT_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pk11pars.h

@@ -1,862 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * The following handles the loading, unloading and management of
- * various PCKS #11 modules
- */
-
-
-/*
- * this header file contains routines for parsing PKCS #11 module spec
- * strings. It contains 'C' code and should only be included in one module.
- * Currently it is included in both softoken and the wrapper.
- */
-#include <ctype.h>
-#include "pkcs11.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "prprf.h"
-#include "secmodt.h"
-#include "pk11init.h"
-
-#define SECMOD_ARG_LIBRARY_PARAMETER "library="
-#define SECMOD_ARG_NAME_PARAMETER "name="
-#define SECMOD_ARG_MODULE_PARAMETER "parameters="
-#define SECMOD_ARG_NSS_PARAMETER "NSS="
-#define SECMOD_ARG_FORTEZZA_FLAG "FORTEZZA"
-#define SECMOD_ARG_ESCAPE '\\'
-
-struct secmodargSlotFlagTable {
-    char *name;
-    int len;
-    unsigned long value;
-};
-
-#define SFTK_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ORDER 0
-#define SFTK_DEFAULT_TRUST_ORDER 50
-
-
-#define SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(arg,flag) \
-{ #arg , sizeof(#arg)-1, flag }
-static struct secmodargSlotFlagTable secmod_argSlotFlagTable[] = {
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(RSA,SECMOD_RSA_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(DSA,SECMOD_RSA_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(RC2,SECMOD_RC4_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(RC4,SECMOD_RC2_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(DES,SECMOD_DES_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(DH,SECMOD_DH_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(FORTEZZA,SECMOD_FORTEZZA_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(RC5,SECMOD_RC5_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(SHA1,SECMOD_SHA1_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(MD5,SECMOD_MD5_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(MD2,SECMOD_MD2_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(SSL,SECMOD_SSL_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(TLS,SECMOD_TLS_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(AES,SECMOD_AES_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(PublicCerts,SECMOD_FRIENDLY_FLAG),
-	SECMOD_ARG_ENTRY(RANDOM,SECMOD_RANDOM_FLAG),
-};
-
-#define SECMOD_HANDLE_STRING_ARG(param,target,value,command) \
-    if (PORT_Strncasecmp(param,value,sizeof(value)-1) == 0) { \
-	param += sizeof(value)-1; \
-	target = secmod_argFetchValue(param,&next); \
-	param += next; \
-	command ;\
-    } else  
-
-#define SECMOD_HANDLE_FINAL_ARG(param) \
-    { param = secmod_argSkipParameter(param); } param = secmod_argStrip(param);
-	
-
-static int secmod_argSlotFlagTableSize = 
-	sizeof(secmod_argSlotFlagTable)/sizeof(secmod_argSlotFlagTable[0]);
-
-
-static PRBool secmod_argGetPair(char c) {
-    switch (c) {
-    case '\'': return c;
-    case '\"': return c;
-    case '<': return '>';
-    case '{': return '}';
-    case '[': return ']';
-    case '(': return ')';
-    default: break;
-    }
-    return ' ';
-}
-
-static PRBool secmod_argIsBlank(char c) {
-   return isspace(c);
-}
-
-static PRBool secmod_argIsEscape(char c) {
-    return c == '\\';
-}
-
-static PRBool secmod_argIsQuote(char c) {
-    switch (c) {
-    case '\'':
-    case '\"':
-    case '<':
-    case '{': /* } end curly to keep vi bracket matching working */
-    case '(': /* ) */
-    case '[': /* ] */ return PR_TRUE;
-    default: break;
-    }
-    return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-static PRBool secmod_argHasChar(char *v, char c)
-{
-   for ( ;*v; v++) {
-	if (*v == c) return PR_TRUE;
-   }
-   return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-static PRBool secmod_argHasBlanks(char *v)
-{
-   for ( ;*v; v++) {
-	if (secmod_argIsBlank(*v)) return PR_TRUE;
-   }
-   return PR_FALSE;
-}
-
-static char *secmod_argStrip(char *c) {
-   while (*c && secmod_argIsBlank(*c)) c++;
-   return c;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_argFindEnd(char *string) {
-    char endChar = ' ';
-    PRBool lastEscape = PR_FALSE;
-
-    if (secmod_argIsQuote(*string)) {
-	endChar = secmod_argGetPair(*string);
-	string++;
-    }
-
-    for (;*string; string++) {
-	if (lastEscape) {
-	    lastEscape = PR_FALSE;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	if (secmod_argIsEscape(*string) && !lastEscape) {
-	    lastEscape = PR_TRUE;
-	    continue;
-	} 
-	if ((endChar == ' ') && secmod_argIsBlank(*string)) break;
-	if (*string == endChar) {
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-
-    return string;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_argFetchValue(char *string, int *pcount)
-{
-    char *end = secmod_argFindEnd(string);
-    char *retString, *copyString;
-    PRBool lastEscape = PR_FALSE;
-
-    *pcount = (end - string)+1;
-
-    if (*pcount == 0) return NULL;
-
-    copyString = retString = (char *)PORT_Alloc(*pcount);
-    if (retString == NULL) return NULL;
-
-    if (secmod_argIsQuote(*string)) string++;
-    for (; string < end; string++) {
-	if (secmod_argIsEscape(*string) && !lastEscape) {
-	    lastEscape = PR_TRUE;
-	    continue;
-	}
-	lastEscape = PR_FALSE;
-	*copyString++ = *string;
-    }
-    *copyString = 0;
-    return retString;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_argSkipParameter(char *string) 
-{
-     char *end;
-     /* look for the end of the <name>= */
-     for (;*string; string++) {
-	if (*string == '=') { string++; break; }
-	if (secmod_argIsBlank(*string)) return(string); 
-     }
-
-     end = secmod_argFindEnd(string);
-     if (*end) end++;
-     return end;
-}
-
-
-static SECStatus
-secmod_argParseModuleSpec(char *modulespec, char **lib, char **mod, 
-					char **parameters, char **nss)
-{
-    int next;
-    modulespec = secmod_argStrip(modulespec);
-
-    *lib = *mod = *parameters = *nss = 0;
-
-    while (*modulespec) {
-	SECMOD_HANDLE_STRING_ARG(modulespec,*lib,SECMOD_ARG_LIBRARY_PARAMETER,;)
-	SECMOD_HANDLE_STRING_ARG(modulespec,*mod,SECMOD_ARG_NAME_PARAMETER,;)
-	SECMOD_HANDLE_STRING_ARG(modulespec,*parameters,
-						SECMOD_ARG_MODULE_PARAMETER,;)
-	SECMOD_HANDLE_STRING_ARG(modulespec,*nss,SECMOD_ARG_NSS_PARAMETER,;)
-	SECMOD_HANDLE_FINAL_ARG(modulespec)
-   }
-   return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-
-static char *
-secmod_argGetParamValue(char *paramName,char *parameters)
-{
-    char searchValue[256];
-    int paramLen = strlen(paramName);
-    char *returnValue = NULL;
-    int next;
-
-    if ((parameters == NULL) || (*parameters == 0)) return NULL;
-
-    PORT_Assert(paramLen+2 < sizeof(searchValue));
-
-    PORT_Strcpy(searchValue,paramName);
-    PORT_Strcat(searchValue,"=");
-    while (*parameters) {
-	if (PORT_Strncasecmp(parameters,searchValue,paramLen+1) == 0) {
-	    parameters += paramLen+1;
-	    returnValue = secmod_argFetchValue(parameters,&next);
-	    break;
-	} else {
-	    parameters = secmod_argSkipParameter(parameters);
-	}
-	parameters = secmod_argStrip(parameters);
-   }
-   return returnValue;
-}
-    
-
-static char *
-secmod_argNextFlag(char *flags)
-{
-    for (; *flags ; flags++) {
-	if (*flags == ',') {
-	    flags++;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    return flags;
-}
-
-static PRBool
-secmod_argHasFlag(char *label, char *flag, char *parameters)
-{
-    char *flags,*index;
-    int len = strlen(flag);
-    PRBool found = PR_FALSE;
-
-    flags = secmod_argGetParamValue(label,parameters);
-    if (flags == NULL) return PR_FALSE;
-
-    for (index=flags; *index; index=secmod_argNextFlag(index)) {
-	if (PORT_Strncasecmp(index,flag,len) == 0) {
-	    found=PR_TRUE;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    PORT_Free(flags);
-    return found;
-}
-
-static void
-secmod_argSetNewCipherFlags(unsigned long *newCiphers,char *cipherList)
-{
-    newCiphers[0] = newCiphers[1] = 0;
-    if ((cipherList == NULL) || (*cipherList == 0)) return;
-
-    for (;*cipherList; cipherList=secmod_argNextFlag(cipherList)) {
-	if (PORT_Strncasecmp(cipherList,SECMOD_ARG_FORTEZZA_FLAG,
-				sizeof(SECMOD_ARG_FORTEZZA_FLAG)-1) == 0) {
-	    newCiphers[0] |= SECMOD_FORTEZZA_FLAG;
-	} 
-
-	/* add additional flags here as necessary */
-	/* direct bit mapping escape */
-	if (*cipherList == 0) {
-	   if (cipherList[1] == 'l') {
-		newCiphers[1] |= atoi(&cipherList[2]);
-	   } else {
-		newCiphers[0] |= atoi(&cipherList[2]);
-	   }
-	}
-    }
-}
-
-
-/*
- * decode a number. handle octal (leading '0'), hex (leading '0x') or decimal
- */
-static long
-secmod_argDecodeNumber(char *num)
-{
-    int	radix = 10;
-    unsigned long value = 0;
-    long retValue = 0;
-    int sign = 1;
-    int digit;
-
-    if (num == NULL) return retValue;
-
-    num = secmod_argStrip(num);
-
-    if (*num == '-') {
-	sign = -1;
-	num++;
-    }
-
-    if (*num == '0') {
-	radix = 8;
-	num++;
-	if ((*num == 'x') || (*num == 'X')) {
-	    radix = 16;
-	    num++;
-	}
-    }
-
-   
-    for ( ;*num; num++ ) {
-	if (isdigit(*num)) {
-	    digit = *num - '0';
-	} else if ((*num >= 'a') && (*num <= 'f'))  {
-	    digit = *num - 'a' + 10;
-	} else if ((*num >= 'A') && (*num <= 'F'))  {
-	    digit = *num - 'A' + 10;
-	} else {
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (digit >= radix) break;
-	value = value*radix + digit;
-    }
-
-    retValue = ((int) value) * sign;
-    return retValue;
-}
-
-static long
-secmod_argReadLong(char *label,char *params, long defValue, PRBool *isdefault)
-{
-    char *value;
-    long retValue;
-    if (isdefault) *isdefault = PR_FALSE; 
-
-    value = secmod_argGetParamValue(label,params);
-    if (value == NULL) {
-	if (isdefault) *isdefault = PR_TRUE;
-	return defValue;
-    }
-    retValue = secmod_argDecodeNumber(value);
-    if (value) PORT_Free(value);
-
-    return retValue;
-}
-
-
-static unsigned long
-secmod_argSlotFlags(char *label,char *params)
-{
-    char *flags,*index;
-    unsigned long retValue = 0;
-    int i;
-    PRBool all = PR_FALSE;
-
-    flags = secmod_argGetParamValue(label,params);
-    if (flags == NULL) return 0;
-
-    if (PORT_Strcasecmp(flags,"all") == 0) all = PR_TRUE;
-
-    for (index=flags; *index; index=secmod_argNextFlag(index)) {
-	for (i=0; i < secmod_argSlotFlagTableSize; i++) {
-	    if (all || (PORT_Strncasecmp(index, secmod_argSlotFlagTable[i].name,
-				secmod_argSlotFlagTable[i].len) == 0)) {
-		retValue |= secmod_argSlotFlagTable[i].value;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    PORT_Free(flags);
-    return retValue;
-}
-
-
-static void
-secmod_argDecodeSingleSlotInfo(char *name, char *params, 
-                               PK11PreSlotInfo *slotInfo)
-{
-    char *askpw;
-
-    slotInfo->slotID=secmod_argDecodeNumber(name);
-    slotInfo->defaultFlags=secmod_argSlotFlags("slotFlags",params);
-    slotInfo->timeout=secmod_argReadLong("timeout",params, 0, NULL);
-
-    askpw = secmod_argGetParamValue("askpw",params);
-    slotInfo->askpw = 0;
-
-    if (askpw) {
-	if (PORT_Strcasecmp(askpw,"every") == 0) {
-    	    slotInfo->askpw = -1;
-	} else if (PORT_Strcasecmp(askpw,"timeout") == 0) {
-    	    slotInfo->askpw = 1;
-	} 
-	PORT_Free(askpw);
-	slotInfo->defaultFlags |= PK11_OWN_PW_DEFAULTS;
-    }
-    slotInfo->hasRootCerts = secmod_argHasFlag("rootFlags", "hasRootCerts", 
-                                               params);
-    slotInfo->hasRootTrust = secmod_argHasFlag("rootFlags", "hasRootTrust", 
-                                               params);
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_argGetName(char *inString, int *next) 
-{
-    char *name=NULL;
-    char *string;
-    int len;
-
-    /* look for the end of the <name>= */
-    for (string = inString;*string; string++) {
-	if (*string == '=') { break; }
-	if (secmod_argIsBlank(*string)) break;
-    }
-
-    len = string - inString;
-
-    *next = len; 
-    if (*string == '=') (*next) += 1;
-    if (len > 0) {
-	name = PORT_Alloc(len+1);
-	PORT_Strncpy(name,inString,len);
-	name[len] = 0;
-    }
-    return name;
-}
-
-static PK11PreSlotInfo *
-secmod_argParseSlotInfo(PRArenaPool *arena, char *slotParams, int *retCount)
-{
-    char *slotIndex;
-    PK11PreSlotInfo *slotInfo = NULL;
-    int i=0,count = 0,next;
-
-    *retCount = 0;
-    if ((slotParams == NULL) || (*slotParams == 0))  return NULL;
-
-    /* first count the number of slots */
-    for (slotIndex = secmod_argStrip(slotParams); *slotIndex; 
-	 slotIndex = secmod_argStrip(secmod_argSkipParameter(slotIndex))) {
-	count++;
-    }
-
-    /* get the data structures */
-    if (arena) {
-	slotInfo = (PK11PreSlotInfo *) 
-			PORT_ArenaAlloc(arena,count*sizeof(PK11PreSlotInfo));
-	PORT_Memset(slotInfo,0,count*sizeof(PK11PreSlotInfo));
-    } else {
-	slotInfo = (PK11PreSlotInfo *) 
-			PORT_ZAlloc(count*sizeof(PK11PreSlotInfo));
-    }
-    if (slotInfo == NULL) return NULL;
-
-    for (slotIndex = secmod_argStrip(slotParams), i = 0; 
-					*slotIndex && i < count ; ) {
-	char *name;
-	name = secmod_argGetName(slotIndex,&next);
-	slotIndex += next;
-
-	if (!secmod_argIsBlank(*slotIndex)) {
-	    char *args = secmod_argFetchValue(slotIndex,&next);
-	    slotIndex += next;
-	    if (args) {
-		secmod_argDecodeSingleSlotInfo(name,args,&slotInfo[i]);
-		i++;
-		PORT_Free(args);
-	    }
-	}
-	if (name) PORT_Free(name);
-	slotIndex = secmod_argStrip(slotIndex);
-    }
-    *retCount = i;
-    return slotInfo;
-}
-
-static char *secmod_nullString = "";
-
-static char *
-secmod_formatValue(PRArenaPool *arena, char *value, char quote)
-{
-    char *vp,*vp2,*retval;
-    int size = 0, escapes = 0;
-
-    for (vp=value; *vp ;vp++) {
-	if ((*vp == quote) || (*vp == SECMOD_ARG_ESCAPE)) escapes++;
-	size++;
-    }
-    if (arena) {
-	retval = PORT_ArenaZAlloc(arena,size+escapes+1);
-    } else {
-	retval = PORT_ZAlloc(size+escapes+1);
-    }
-    if (retval == NULL) return NULL;
-    vp2 = retval;
-    for (vp=value; *vp; vp++) {
-	if ((*vp == quote) || (*vp == SECMOD_ARG_ESCAPE)) 
-				*vp2++ = SECMOD_ARG_ESCAPE;
-	*vp2++ = *vp;
-    }
-    return retval;
-}
-    
-static char *secmod_formatPair(char *name,char *value, char quote)
-{
-    char openQuote = quote;
-    char closeQuote = secmod_argGetPair(quote);
-    char *newValue = NULL;
-    char *returnValue;
-    PRBool need_quote = PR_FALSE;
-
-    if (!value || (*value == 0)) return secmod_nullString;
-
-    if (secmod_argHasBlanks(value) || secmod_argIsQuote(value[0]))
-							 need_quote=PR_TRUE;
-
-    if ((need_quote && secmod_argHasChar(value,closeQuote))
-				 || secmod_argHasChar(value,SECMOD_ARG_ESCAPE)) {
-	value = newValue = secmod_formatValue(NULL, value,quote);
-	if (newValue == NULL) return secmod_nullString;
-    }
-    if (need_quote) {
-    	returnValue = PR_smprintf("%s=%c%s%c",name,openQuote,value,closeQuote);
-    } else {
-    	returnValue = PR_smprintf("%s=%s",name,value);
-    }
-    if (returnValue == NULL) returnValue = secmod_nullString;
-
-    if (newValue) PORT_Free(newValue);
-
-    return returnValue;
-}
-
-static char *secmod_formatIntPair(char *name, unsigned long value, 
-                                  unsigned long def)
-{
-    char *returnValue;
-
-    if (value == def) return secmod_nullString;
-
-    returnValue = PR_smprintf("%s=%d",name,value);
-
-    return returnValue;
-}
-
-static void
-secmod_freePair(char *pair)
-{
-    if (pair && pair != secmod_nullString) {
-	PR_smprintf_free(pair);
-    }
-}
-
-#define MAX_FLAG_SIZE  sizeof("internal")+sizeof("FIPS")+sizeof("moduleDB")+\
-				sizeof("moduleDBOnly")+sizeof("critical")
-static char *
-secmod_mkNSSFlags(PRBool internal, PRBool isFIPS,
-		PRBool isModuleDB, PRBool isModuleDBOnly, PRBool isCritical)
-{
-    char *flags = (char *)PORT_ZAlloc(MAX_FLAG_SIZE);
-    PRBool first = PR_TRUE;
-
-    PORT_Memset(flags,0,MAX_FLAG_SIZE);
-    if (internal) {
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"internal");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    if (isFIPS) {
-	if (!first) PORT_Strcat(flags,",");
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"FIPS");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    if (isModuleDB) {
-	if (!first) PORT_Strcat(flags,",");
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"moduleDB");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    if (isModuleDBOnly) {
-	if (!first) PORT_Strcat(flags,",");
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"moduleDBOnly");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    if (isCritical) {
-	if (!first) PORT_Strcat(flags,",");
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"critical");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    return flags;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkCipherFlags(unsigned long ssl0, unsigned long ssl1)
-{
-    char *cipher = NULL;
-    int i;
-
-    for (i=0; i < sizeof(ssl0)*8; i++) {
-	if (ssl0 & (1<<i)) {
-	    char *string;
-	    if ((1<<i) == SECMOD_FORTEZZA_FLAG) {
-		string = PR_smprintf("%s","FORTEZZA");
-	    } else {
-		string = PR_smprintf("0h0x%08x",1<<i);
-	    }
-	    if (cipher) {
-		char *tmp;
-		tmp = PR_smprintf("%s,%s",cipher,string);
-		PR_smprintf_free(cipher);
-		PR_smprintf_free(string);
-		cipher = tmp;
-	    } else {
-		cipher = string;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-    for (i=0; i < sizeof(ssl0)*8; i++) {
-	if (ssl1 & (1<<i)) {
-	    if (cipher) {
-		char *tmp;
-		tmp = PR_smprintf("%s,0l0x%08x",cipher,1<<i);
-		PR_smprintf_free(cipher);
-		cipher = tmp;
-	    } else {
-		cipher = PR_smprintf("0l0x%08x",1<<i);
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return cipher;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkSlotFlags(unsigned long defaultFlags)
-{
-    char *flags=NULL;
-    int i,j;
-
-    for (i=0; i < sizeof(defaultFlags)*8; i++) {
-	if (defaultFlags & (1<<i)) {
-	    char *string = NULL;
-
-	    for (j=0; j < secmod_argSlotFlagTableSize; j++) {
-		if (secmod_argSlotFlagTable[j].value == ( 1UL << i )) {
-		    string = secmod_argSlotFlagTable[j].name;
-		    break;
-		}
-	    }
-	    if (string) {
-		if (flags) {
-		    char *tmp;
-		    tmp = PR_smprintf("%s,%s",flags,string);
-		    PR_smprintf_free(flags);
-		    flags = tmp;
-		} else {
-		    flags = PR_smprintf("%s",string);
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-    return flags;
-}
-
-#define SECMOD_MAX_ROOT_FLAG_SIZE  sizeof("hasRootCerts")+sizeof("hasRootTrust")
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkRootFlags(PRBool hasRootCerts, PRBool hasRootTrust)
-{
-    char *flags= (char *)PORT_ZAlloc(SECMOD_MAX_ROOT_FLAG_SIZE);
-    PRBool first = PR_TRUE;
-
-    PORT_Memset(flags,0,SECMOD_MAX_ROOT_FLAG_SIZE);
-    if (hasRootCerts) {
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"hasRootCerts");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    if (hasRootTrust) {
-	if (!first) PORT_Strcat(flags,",");
-	PORT_Strcat(flags,"hasRootTrust");
-	first = PR_FALSE;
-    }
-    return flags;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkSlotString(unsigned long slotID, unsigned long defaultFlags,
-		  unsigned long timeout, unsigned char askpw_in,
-		  PRBool hasRootCerts, PRBool hasRootTrust) {
-    char *askpw,*flags,*rootFlags,*slotString;
-    char *flagPair,*rootFlagsPair;
-	
-    switch (askpw_in) {
-    case 0xff:
-	askpw = "every";
-	break;
-    case 1:
-	askpw = "timeout";
-	break;
-    default:
-	askpw = "any";
-	break;
-    }
-    flags = secmod_mkSlotFlags(defaultFlags);
-    rootFlags = secmod_mkRootFlags(hasRootCerts,hasRootTrust);
-    flagPair=secmod_formatPair("slotFlags",flags,'\'');
-    rootFlagsPair=secmod_formatPair("rootFlags",rootFlags,'\'');
-    if (flags) PR_smprintf_free(flags);
-    if (rootFlags) PORT_Free(rootFlags);
-    if (defaultFlags & PK11_OWN_PW_DEFAULTS) {
-    	slotString = PR_smprintf("0x%08lx=[%s askpw=%s timeout=%d %s]",
-				(PRUint32)slotID,flagPair,askpw,timeout,
-				rootFlagsPair);
-    } else {
-    	slotString = PR_smprintf("0x%08lx=[%s %s]",
-				(PRUint32)slotID,flagPair,rootFlagsPair);
-    }
-    secmod_freePair(flagPair);
-    secmod_freePair(rootFlagsPair);
-    return slotString;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkNSS(char **slotStrings, int slotCount, PRBool internal, PRBool isFIPS,
-	  PRBool isModuleDB,  PRBool isModuleDBOnly, PRBool isCritical, 
-	  unsigned long trustOrder, unsigned long cipherOrder,
-				unsigned long ssl0, unsigned long ssl1) {
-    int slotLen, i;
-    char *slotParams, *ciphers, *nss, *nssFlags, *tmp;
-    char *trustOrderPair,*cipherOrderPair,*slotPair,*cipherPair,*flagPair;
-
-
-    /* now let's build up the string
-     * first the slot infos
-     */
-    slotLen=0;
-    for (i=0; i < (int)slotCount; i++) {
-	slotLen += PORT_Strlen(slotStrings[i])+1;
-    }
-    slotLen += 1; /* space for the final NULL */
-
-    slotParams = (char *)PORT_ZAlloc(slotLen);
-    PORT_Memset(slotParams,0,slotLen);
-    for (i=0; i < (int)slotCount; i++) {
-	PORT_Strcat(slotParams,slotStrings[i]);
-	PORT_Strcat(slotParams," ");
-	PR_smprintf_free(slotStrings[i]);
-	slotStrings[i]=NULL;
-    }
-    
-    /*
-     * now the NSS structure
-     */
-    nssFlags = secmod_mkNSSFlags(internal,isFIPS,isModuleDB,isModuleDBOnly,
-							isCritical); 
-	/* for now only the internal module is critical */
-    ciphers = secmod_mkCipherFlags(ssl0, ssl1);
-
-    trustOrderPair=secmod_formatIntPair("trustOrder",trustOrder,
-					SFTK_DEFAULT_TRUST_ORDER);
-    cipherOrderPair=secmod_formatIntPair("cipherOrder",cipherOrder,
-					SFTK_DEFAULT_CIPHER_ORDER);
-    slotPair=secmod_formatPair("slotParams",slotParams,'{'); /* } */
-    if (slotParams) PORT_Free(slotParams);
-    cipherPair=secmod_formatPair("ciphers",ciphers,'\'');
-    if (ciphers) PR_smprintf_free(ciphers);
-    flagPair=secmod_formatPair("Flags",nssFlags,'\'');
-    if (nssFlags) PORT_Free(nssFlags);
-    nss = PR_smprintf("%s %s %s %s %s",trustOrderPair,
-			cipherOrderPair,slotPair,cipherPair,flagPair);
-    secmod_freePair(trustOrderPair);
-    secmod_freePair(cipherOrderPair);
-    secmod_freePair(slotPair);
-    secmod_freePair(cipherPair);
-    secmod_freePair(flagPair);
-    tmp = secmod_argStrip(nss);
-    if (*tmp == '\0') {
-	PR_smprintf_free(nss);
-	nss = NULL;
-    }
-    return nss;
-}
-
-static char *
-secmod_mkNewModuleSpec(char *dllName, char *commonName, char *parameters, 
-								char *NSS) {
-    char *moduleSpec;
-    char *lib,*name,*param,*nss;
-
-    /*
-     * now the final spec
-     */
-    lib = secmod_formatPair("library",dllName,'\"');
-    name = secmod_formatPair("name",commonName,'\"');
-    param = secmod_formatPair("parameters",parameters,'\"');
-    nss = secmod_formatPair("NSS",NSS,'\"');
-    moduleSpec = PR_smprintf("%s %s %s %s", lib,name,param,nss);
-    secmod_freePair(lib);
-    secmod_freePair(name);
-    secmod_freePair(param);
-    secmod_freePair(nss);
-    return (moduleSpec);
-}
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11.h

@@ -1,323 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   RSA Labs
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 1994-1999 RSA Security Inc. Licence to copy this document
- * is granted provided that it is identified as "RSA Security In.c Public-Key
- * Cryptography Standards (PKCS)" in all material mentioning or referencing
- * this document.
- *
- * The latest version of this header can be found at:
- *    http://www.rsalabs.com/pkcs/pkcs-11/index.html
- */
-#ifndef _PKCS11_H_
-#define _PKCS11_H_ 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Before including this file (pkcs11.h) (or pkcs11t.h by
- * itself), 6 platform-specific macros must be defined.  These
- * macros are described below, and typical definitions for them
- * are also given.  Be advised that these definitions can depend
- * on both the platform and the compiler used (and possibly also
- * on whether a PKCS #11 library is linked statically or
- * dynamically).
- *
- * In addition to defining these 6 macros, the packing convention
- * for PKCS #11 structures should be set.  The PKCS #11
- * convention on packing is that structures should be 1-byte
- * aligned.
- *
- * In a Win32 environment, this might be done by using the
- * following preprocessor directive before including pkcs11.h
- * or pkcs11t.h:
- *
- * #pragma pack(push, cryptoki, 1)
- *
- * and using the following preprocessor directive after including
- * pkcs11.h or pkcs11t.h:
- *
- * #pragma pack(pop, cryptoki)
- *
- * In a Win16 environment, this might be done by using the
- * following preprocessor directive before including pkcs11.h
- * or pkcs11t.h:
- *
- * #pragma pack(1)
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, you're on your own here.  You might
- * not need to do anything.
- *
- *
- * Now for the macros:
- *
- *
- * 1. CK_PTR: The indirection string for making a pointer to an
- * object.  It can be used like this:
- *
- * typedef CK_BYTE CK_PTR CK_BYTE_PTR;
- *
- * In a Win32 environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_PTR *
- *
- * In a Win16 environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_PTR far *
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_PTR *
- *
- *
- * 2. CK_DEFINE_FUNCTION(returnType, name): A macro which makes
- * an exportable PKCS #11 library function definition out of a
- * return type and a function name.  It should be used in the
- * following fashion to define the exposed PKCS #11 functions in
- * a PKCS #11 library:
- *
- * CK_DEFINE_FUNCTION(CK_RV, C_Initialize)(
- *   CK_VOID_PTR pReserved
- * )
- * {
- *   ...
- * }
- *
- * For defining a function in a Win32 PKCS #11 .dll, it might be
- * defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DEFINE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __declspec(dllexport) name
- *
- * For defining a function in a Win16 PKCS #11 .dll, it might be
- * defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DEFINE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __export _far _pascal name
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DEFINE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType name
- *
- *
- * 3. CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(returnType, name): A macro which makes
- * an importable PKCS #11 library function declaration out of a
- * return type and a function name.  It should be used in the
- * following fashion:
- *
- * extern CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(CK_RV, C_Initialize)(
- *   CK_VOID_PTR pReserved
- * );
- *
- * For declaring a function in a Win32 PKCS #11 .dll, it might
- * be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __declspec(dllimport) name
- *
- * For declaring a function in a Win16 PKCS #11 .dll, it might
- * be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __export _far _pascal name
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType name
- *
- *
- * 4. CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(returnType, name): A macro
- * which makes a PKCS #11 API function pointer declaration or
- * function pointer type declaration out of a return type and a
- * function name.  It should be used in the following fashion:
- *
- * // Define funcPtr to be a pointer to a PKCS #11 API function
- * // taking arguments args and returning CK_RV.
- * CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(CK_RV, funcPtr)(args);
- *
- * or
- *
- * // Define funcPtrType to be the type of a pointer to a
- * // PKCS #11 API function taking arguments args and returning
- * // CK_RV, and then define funcPtr to be a variable of type
- * // funcPtrType.
- * typedef CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(CK_RV, funcPtrType)(args);
- * funcPtrType funcPtr;
- *
- * For accessing functions in a Win32 PKCS #11 .dll, in might be
- * defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __declspec(dllimport) (* name)
- *
- * For accessing functions in a Win16 PKCS #11 .dll, it might be
- * defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType __export _far _pascal (* name)
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType (* name)
- *
- *
- * 5. CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(returnType, name): A macro which makes
- * a function pointer type for an application callback out of
- * a return type for the callback and a name for the callback.
- * It should be used in the following fashion:
- *
- * CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(CK_RV, myCallback)(args);
- *
- * to declare a function pointer, myCallback, to a callback
- * which takes arguments args and returns a CK_RV.  It can also
- * be used like this:
- *
- * typedef CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(CK_RV, myCallbackType)(args);
- * myCallbackType myCallback;
- *
- * In a Win32 environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType (* name)
- *
- * In a Win16 environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType _far _pascal (* name)
- *
- * In a UNIX environment, it might be defined by
- *
- * #define CK_CALLBACK_FUNCTION(returnType, name) \
- *   returnType (* name)
- *
- *
- * 6. NULL_PTR: This macro is the value of a NULL pointer.
- *
- * In any ANSI/ISO C environment (and in many others as well),
- * this should be defined by
- *
- * #ifndef NULL_PTR
- * #define NULL_PTR 0
- * #endif
- */
-
-
-/* All the various PKCS #11 types and #define'd values are in the
- * file pkcs11t.h. */
-#include "pkcs11t.h"
-
-#define __PASTE(x,y)      x##y
-
-
-/* packing defines */
-#include "pkcs11p.h"
-/* ==============================================================
- * Define the "extern" form of all the entry points.
- * ==============================================================
- */
-
-#define CK_NEED_ARG_LIST  1
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) \
-  CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION(CK_RV, name)
-
-/* pkcs11f.h has all the information about the PKCS #11
- * function prototypes. */
-#include "pkcs11f.h"
-
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-
-/* ==============================================================
- * Define the typedef form of all the entry points.  That is, for
- * each PKCS #11 function C_XXX, define a type CK_C_XXX which is
- * a pointer to that kind of function.
- * ==============================================================
- */
-
-#define CK_NEED_ARG_LIST  1
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) \
-  typedef CK_DECLARE_FUNCTION_POINTER(CK_RV, __PASTE(CK_,name))
-
-/* pkcs11f.h has all the information about the PKCS #11
- * function prototypes. */
-#include "pkcs11f.h"
-
-#undef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-
-/* ==============================================================
- * Define structed vector of entry points.  A CK_FUNCTION_LIST
- * contains a CK_VERSION indicating a library's PKCS #11 version
- * and then a whole slew of function pointers to the routines in
- * the library.  This type was declared, but not defined, in
- * pkcs11t.h.
- * ==============================================================
- */
-
-#define CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(name) \
-  __PASTE(CK_,name) name;
-  
-struct CK_FUNCTION_LIST {
-
-  CK_VERSION    version;  /* PKCS #11 version */
-
-/* Pile all the function pointers into the CK_FUNCTION_LIST. */
-/* pkcs11f.h has all the information about the PKCS #11
- * function prototypes. */
-#include "pkcs11f.h" 
-
-};
-
-#undef CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO
-
-
-#undef __PASTE
-
-/* unpack */
-#include "pkcs11u.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11f.h

@@ -1,937 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 1994-1999 RSA Security Inc. Licence to copy this document
- * is granted provided that it is identified as "RSA Security In.c Public-Key
- * Cryptography Standards (PKCS)" in all material mentioning or referencing
- * this document.
- */
-/* This function contains pretty much everything about all the */
-/* PKCS #11  function prototypes.  Because this information is */
-/* used for more than just declaring function prototypes, the */
-/* order of the functions appearing herein is important, and */
-/* should not be altered. */
-
-
-
-/* General-purpose */
-
-/* C_Initialize initializes the PKCS #11 library. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Initialize)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_VOID_PTR   pInitArgs  /* if this is not NULL_PTR, it gets
-                            * cast to CK_C_INITIALIZE_ARGS_PTR
-                            * and dereferenced */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Finalize indicates that an application is done with the
- * PKCS #11 library. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Finalize)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_VOID_PTR   pReserved  /* reserved.  Should be NULL_PTR */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetInfo returns general information about PKCS #11. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetInfo)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_INFO_PTR   pInfo  /* location that receives information */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetFunctionList returns the function list. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetFunctionList)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_FUNCTION_LIST_PTR_PTR ppFunctionList  /* receives pointer to
-                                            * function list */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Slot and token management */
-
-/* C_GetSlotList obtains a list of slots in the system. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetSlotList)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_BBOOL       tokenPresent,  /* only slots with tokens? */
-  CK_SLOT_ID_PTR pSlotList,     /* receives array of slot IDs */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR   pulCount       /* receives number of slots */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetSlotInfo obtains information about a particular slot in
- * the system. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetSlotInfo)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID       slotID,  /* the ID of the slot */
-  CK_SLOT_INFO_PTR pInfo    /* receives the slot information */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetTokenInfo obtains information about a particular token
- * in the system. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetTokenInfo)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID        slotID,  /* ID of the token's slot */
-  CK_TOKEN_INFO_PTR pInfo    /* receives the token information */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetMechanismList obtains a list of mechanism types
- * supported by a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetMechanismList)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID            slotID,          /* ID of token's slot */
-  CK_MECHANISM_TYPE_PTR pMechanismList,  /* gets mech. array */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR          pulCount         /* gets # of mechs. */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetMechanismInfo obtains information about a particular
- * mechanism possibly supported by a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetMechanismInfo)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID            slotID,  /* ID of the token's slot */
-  CK_MECHANISM_TYPE     type,    /* type of mechanism */
-  CK_MECHANISM_INFO_PTR pInfo    /* receives mechanism info */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_InitToken initializes a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_InitToken)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-/* pLabel changed from CK_CHAR_PTR to CK_UTF8CHAR_PTR for v2.10 */
-  CK_SLOT_ID         slotID,    /* ID of the token's slot */
-  CK_CHAR_PTR        pPin,      /* the SO's initial PIN */
-  CK_ULONG           ulPinLen,  /* length in bytes of the PIN */
-  CK_UTF8CHAR_PTR    pLabel     /* 32-byte token label (blank padded) */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_InitPIN initializes the normal user's PIN. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_InitPIN)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_CHAR_PTR       pPin,      /* the normal user's PIN */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPinLen   /* length in bytes of the PIN */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SetPIN modifies the PIN of the user who is logged in. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SetPIN)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_CHAR_PTR       pOldPin,   /* the old PIN */
-  CK_ULONG          ulOldLen,  /* length of the old PIN */
-  CK_CHAR_PTR       pNewPin,   /* the new PIN */
-  CK_ULONG          ulNewLen   /* length of the new PIN */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Session management */
-
-/* C_OpenSession opens a session between an application and a
- * token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_OpenSession)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID            slotID,        /* the slot's ID */
-  CK_FLAGS              flags,         /* from CK_SESSION_INFO */
-  CK_VOID_PTR           pApplication,  /* passed to callback */
-  CK_NOTIFY             Notify,        /* callback function */
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE_PTR phSession      /* gets session handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_CloseSession closes a session between an application and a
- * token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_CloseSession)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession  /* the session's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_CloseAllSessions closes all sessions with a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_CloseAllSessions)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SLOT_ID     slotID  /* the token's slot */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetSessionInfo obtains information about the session. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetSessionInfo)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE   hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_SESSION_INFO_PTR pInfo      /* receives session info */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetOperationState obtains the state of the cryptographic operation
- * in a session. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetOperationState)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,             /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pOperationState,      /* gets state */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulOperationStateLen  /* gets state length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SetOperationState restores the state of the cryptographic
- * operation in a session. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SetOperationState)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR      pOperationState,      /* holds state */
-  CK_ULONG         ulOperationStateLen,  /* holds state length */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hEncryptionKey,       /* en/decryption key */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE hAuthenticationKey    /* sign/verify key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Login logs a user into a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Login)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_USER_TYPE      userType,  /* the user type */
-  CK_CHAR_PTR       pPin,      /* the user's PIN */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPinLen   /* the length of the PIN */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Logout logs a user out from a token. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Logout)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession  /* the session's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Object management */
-
-/* C_CreateObject creates a new object. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_CreateObject)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR  pTemplate,   /* the object's template */
-  CK_ULONG          ulCount,     /* attributes in template */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phObject  /* gets new object's handle. */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_CopyObject copies an object, creating a new object for the
- * copy. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_CopyObject)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE     hObject,     /* the object's handle */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pTemplate,   /* template for new object */
-  CK_ULONG             ulCount,     /* attributes in template */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phNewObject  /* receives handle of copy */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DestroyObject destroys an object. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DestroyObject)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hObject    /* the object's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetObjectSize gets the size of an object in bytes. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetObjectSize)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hObject,   /* the object's handle */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulSize    /* receives size of object */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GetAttributeValue obtains the value of one or more object
- * attributes. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetAttributeValue)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,   /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hObject,    /* the object's handle */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR  pTemplate,  /* specifies attrs; gets vals */
-  CK_ULONG          ulCount     /* attributes in template */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SetAttributeValue modifies the value of one or more object
- * attributes */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SetAttributeValue)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,   /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hObject,    /* the object's handle */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR  pTemplate,  /* specifies attrs and values */
-  CK_ULONG          ulCount     /* attributes in template */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_FindObjectsInit initializes a search for token and session
- * objects that match a template. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_FindObjectsInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,   /* the session's handle */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR  pTemplate,  /* attribute values to match */
-  CK_ULONG          ulCount     /* attrs in search template */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_FindObjects continues a search for token and session
- * objects that match a template, obtaining additional object
- * handles. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_FindObjects)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
- CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,          /* session's handle */
- CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phObject,          /* gets obj. handles */
- CK_ULONG             ulMaxObjectCount,  /* max handles to get */
- CK_ULONG_PTR         pulObjectCount     /* actual # returned */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_FindObjectsFinal finishes a search for token and session
- * objects. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_FindObjectsFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession  /* the session's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Encryption and decryption */
-
-/* C_EncryptInit initializes an encryption operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_EncryptInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,  /* the encryption mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey         /* handle of encryption key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Encrypt encrypts single-part data. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Encrypt)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,               /* the plaintext data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulDataLen,           /* bytes of plaintext */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedData,      /* gets ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulEncryptedDataLen  /* gets c-text size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_EncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part encryption
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_EncryptUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,           /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,              /* the plaintext data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen,          /* plaintext data len */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,     /* gets ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulEncryptedPartLen /* gets c-text size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_EncryptFinal finishes a multiple-part encryption
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_EncryptFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,                /* session handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pLastEncryptedPart,      /* last c-text */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulLastEncryptedPartLen  /* gets last size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DecryptInit initializes a decryption operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DecryptInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,  /* the decryption mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey         /* handle of decryption key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Decrypt decrypts encrypted data in a single part. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Decrypt)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,           /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedData,     /* ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG          ulEncryptedDataLen, /* ciphertext length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,              /* gets plaintext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulDataLen          /* gets p-text size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DecryptUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DecryptUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,      /* encrypted data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulEncryptedPartLen,  /* input length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,               /* gets plaintext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulPartLen           /* p-text size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DecryptFinal finishes a multiple-part decryption
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DecryptFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,       /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pLastPart,      /* gets plaintext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulLastPartLen  /* p-text size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Message digesting */
-
-/* C_DigestInit initializes a message-digesting operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DigestInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,   /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism  /* the digesting mechanism */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Digest digests data in a single part. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Digest)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,     /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,        /* data to be digested */
-  CK_ULONG          ulDataLen,    /* bytes of data to digest */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pDigest,      /* gets the message digest */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulDigestLen  /* gets digest length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DigestUpdate continues a multiple-part message-digesting
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DigestUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,     /* data to be digested */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen  /* bytes of data to be digested */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DigestKey continues a multi-part message-digesting
- * operation, by digesting the value of a secret key as part of
- * the data already digested. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DigestKey)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey       /* secret key to digest */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DigestFinal finishes a multiple-part message-digesting
- * operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DigestFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,     /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pDigest,      /* gets the message digest */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulDigestLen  /* gets byte count of digest */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Signing and MACing */
-
-/* C_SignInit initializes a signature (private key encryption)
- * operation, where the signature is (will be) an appendix to
- * the data, and plaintext cannot be recovered from the
- *signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,  /* the signature mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey         /* handle of signature key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Sign signs (encrypts with private key) data in a single
- * part, where the signature is (will be) an appendix to the
- * data, and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Sign)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,        /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,           /* the data to sign */
-  CK_ULONG          ulDataLen,       /* count of bytes to sign */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,      /* gets the signature */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulSignatureLen  /* gets signature length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SignUpdate continues a multiple-part signature operation,
- * where the signature is (will be) an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,     /* the data to sign */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen  /* count of bytes to sign */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SignFinal finishes a multiple-part signature operation, 
- * returning the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,        /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,      /* gets the signature */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulSignatureLen  /* gets signature length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SignRecoverInit initializes a signature operation, where
- * the data can be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignRecoverInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,   /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism, /* the signature mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey        /* handle of the signature key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SignRecover signs data in a single operation, where the
- * data can be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignRecover)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,        /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,           /* the data to sign */
-  CK_ULONG          ulDataLen,       /* count of bytes to sign */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,      /* gets the signature */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulSignatureLen  /* gets signature length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Verifying signatures and MACs */
-
-/* C_VerifyInit initializes a verification operation, where the
- * signature is an appendix to the data, and plaintext cannot
- *  cannot be recovered from the signature (e.g. DSA). */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_VerifyInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,  /* the verification mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey         /* verification key */ 
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_Verify verifies a signature in a single-part operation, 
- * where the signature is an appendix to the data, and plaintext
- * cannot be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_Verify)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,       /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,          /* signed data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulDataLen,      /* length of signed data */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,     /* signature */
-  CK_ULONG          ulSignatureLen  /* signature length*/
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_VerifyUpdate continues a multiple-part verification
- * operation, where the signature is an appendix to the data, 
- * and plaintext cannot be recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_VerifyUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,     /* signed data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen  /* length of signed data */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_VerifyFinal finishes a multiple-part verification
- * operation, checking the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_VerifyFinal)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,       /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,     /* signature to verify */
-  CK_ULONG          ulSignatureLen  /* signature length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_VerifyRecoverInit initializes a signature verification
- * operation, where the data is recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_VerifyRecoverInit)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,  /* the verification mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey         /* verification key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_VerifyRecover verifies a signature in a single-part
- * operation, where the data is recovered from the signature. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_VerifyRecover)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,        /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSignature,      /* signature to verify */
-  CK_ULONG          ulSignatureLen,  /* signature length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pData,           /* gets signed data */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulDataLen       /* gets signed data len */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Dual-function cryptographic operations */
-
-/* C_DigestEncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part digesting
- * and encryption operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DigestEncryptUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,               /* the plaintext data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen,           /* plaintext length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,      /* gets ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulEncryptedPartLen  /* gets c-text length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DecryptDigestUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption and
- * digesting operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DecryptDigestUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,      /* ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG          ulEncryptedPartLen,  /* ciphertext length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,               /* gets plaintext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulPartLen           /* gets plaintext len */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_SignEncryptUpdate continues a multiple-part signing and
- * encryption operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SignEncryptUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,               /* the plaintext data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulPartLen,           /* plaintext length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,      /* gets ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulEncryptedPartLen  /* gets c-text length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DecryptVerifyUpdate continues a multiple-part decryption and
- * verify operation. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DecryptVerifyUpdate)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,            /* session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pEncryptedPart,      /* ciphertext */
-  CK_ULONG          ulEncryptedPartLen,  /* ciphertext length */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pPart,               /* gets plaintext */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulPartLen           /* gets p-text length */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Key management */
-
-/* C_GenerateKey generates a secret key, creating a new key
- * object. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GenerateKey)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR     pMechanism,  /* key generation mech. */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pTemplate,   /* template for new key */
-  CK_ULONG             ulCount,     /* # of attrs in template */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey        /* gets handle of new key */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GenerateKeyPair generates a public-key/private-key pair, 
- * creating new key objects. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GenerateKeyPair)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,                    /* session
-                                                     * handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR     pMechanism,                  /* key-gen
-                                                     * mech. */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pPublicKeyTemplate,          /* template
-                                                     * for pub.
-                                                     * key */
-  CK_ULONG             ulPublicKeyAttributeCount,   /* # pub.
-                                                     * attrs. */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pPrivateKeyTemplate,         /* template
-                                                     * for priv.
-                                                     * key */
-  CK_ULONG             ulPrivateKeyAttributeCount,  /* # priv.
-                                                     * attrs. */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phPublicKey,                 /* gets pub.
-                                                     * key
-                                                     * handle */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phPrivateKey                 /* gets
-                                                     * priv. key
-                                                     * handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_WrapKey wraps (i.e., encrypts) a key. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_WrapKey)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,        /* the session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR  pMechanism,      /* the wrapping mechanism */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hWrappingKey,    /* wrapping key */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE  hKey,            /* key to be wrapped */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pWrappedKey,     /* gets wrapped key */
-  CK_ULONG_PTR      pulWrappedKeyLen /* gets wrapped key size */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_UnwrapKey unwraps (decrypts) a wrapped key, creating a new
- * key object. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_UnwrapKey)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,          /* session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR     pMechanism,        /* unwrapping mech. */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE     hUnwrappingKey,    /* unwrapping key */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR          pWrappedKey,       /* the wrapped key */
-  CK_ULONG             ulWrappedKeyLen,   /* wrapped key len */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pTemplate,         /* new key template */
-  CK_ULONG             ulAttributeCount,  /* template length */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey              /* gets new handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_DeriveKey derives a key from a base key, creating a new key
- * object. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_DeriveKey)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE    hSession,          /* session's handle */
-  CK_MECHANISM_PTR     pMechanism,        /* key deriv. mech. */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE     hBaseKey,          /* base key */
-  CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR     pTemplate,         /* new key template */
-  CK_ULONG             ulAttributeCount,  /* template length */
-  CK_OBJECT_HANDLE_PTR phKey              /* gets new handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Random number generation */
-
-/* C_SeedRandom mixes additional seed material into the token's
- * random number generator. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_SeedRandom)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,  /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       pSeed,     /* the seed material */
-  CK_ULONG          ulSeedLen  /* length of seed material */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_GenerateRandom generates random data. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GenerateRandom)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession,    /* the session's handle */
-  CK_BYTE_PTR       RandomData,  /* receives the random data */
-  CK_ULONG          ulRandomLen  /* # of bytes to generate */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Parallel function management */
-
-/* C_GetFunctionStatus is a legacy function; it obtains an
- * updated status of a function running in parallel with an
- * application. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_GetFunctionStatus)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession  /* the session's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-/* C_CancelFunction is a legacy function; it cancels a function
- * running in parallel. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_CancelFunction)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_SESSION_HANDLE hSession  /* the session's handle */
-);
-#endif
-
-
-
-/* Functions added in for PKCS #11 Version 2.01 or later */
-
-/* C_WaitForSlotEvent waits for a slot event (token insertion,
- * removal, etc.) to occur. */
-CK_PKCS11_FUNCTION_INFO(C_WaitForSlotEvent)
-#ifdef CK_NEED_ARG_LIST
-(
-  CK_FLAGS flags,        /* blocking/nonblocking flag */
-  CK_SLOT_ID_PTR pSlot,  /* location that receives the slot ID */
-  CK_VOID_PTR pRserved   /* reserved.  Should be NULL_PTR */
-);
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11i.h

@@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * Internal data structures and functions used by pkcs11.c
- */
-#ifndef _PKCS11I_H_
-#define _PKCS11I_H_ 1
-
-#include "nssilock.h"
-#include "seccomon.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-#include "lowkeyti.h"
-#include "pkcs11t.h"
-#include "pcertt.h"
-
-
-/* 
- * Configuration Defines 
- *
- * The following defines affect the space verse speed trade offs of
- * the PKCS #11 module. For the most part the current settings are optimized
- * for web servers, where we want faster speed and lower lock contention at
- * the expense of space.
- */
-
-/* 
- * The attribute allocation strategy is static allocation:
- *   Attributes are pre-allocated as part of the session object and used from
- *   the object array.
- */
-#define MAX_OBJS_ATTRS 45	/* number of attributes to preallocate in
-				 * the object (must me the absolute max) */
-#define ATTR_SPACE 50  		/* Maximum size of attribute data before extra
-				 * data needs to be allocated. This is set to
-				 * enough space to hold an SSL MASTER secret */
-
-#define NSC_STRICT      PR_FALSE  /* forces the code to do strict template
-				   * matching when doing C_FindObject on token
-				   * objects. This will slow down search in
-				   * NSS. */
-/* default search block allocations and increments */
-#define NSC_CERT_BLOCK_SIZE     50
-#define NSC_SEARCH_BLOCK_SIZE   5 
-#define NSC_SLOT_LIST_BLOCK_SIZE 10
-
-#define NSC_FIPS_MODULE 1
-#define NSC_NON_FIPS_MODULE 0
-
-/* these are data base storage hashes, not cryptographic hashes.. The define
- * the effective size of the various object hash tables */
-/* clients care more about memory usage than lookup performance on
- * cyrptographic objects. Clients also have less objects around to play with 
- *
- * we eventually should make this configurable at runtime! Especially now that
- * NSS is a shared library.
- */
-#define SPACE_ATTRIBUTE_HASH_SIZE 32 
-#define SPACE_TOKEN_OBJECT_HASH_SIZE 32
-#define SPACE_SESSION_HASH_SIZE 32
-#define TIME_ATTRIBUTE_HASH_SIZE 32
-#define TIME_TOKEN_OBJECT_HASH_SIZE 1024
-#define TIME_SESSION_HASH_SIZE 1024
-#define MAX_OBJECT_LIST_SIZE 800  
-				  /* how many objects to keep on the free list
-				   * before we start freeing them */
-#define MAX_KEY_LEN 256
-
-#define MULTIACCESS "multiaccess:"
-
-/*
- * LOG2_BUCKETS_PER_SESSION_LOCK must be a prime number.
- * With SESSION_HASH_SIZE=1024, LOG2 can be 9, 5, 1, or 0.
- * With SESSION_HASH_SIZE=4096, LOG2 can be 11, 9, 5, 1, or 0.
- *
- * HASH_SIZE   LOG2_BUCKETS_PER   BUCKETS_PER_LOCK  NUMBER_OF_BUCKETS
- * 1024        9                  512               2
- * 1024        5                  32                32
- * 1024        1                  2                 512
- * 1024        0                  1                 1024
- * 4096        11                 2048              2
- * 4096        9                  512               8
- * 4096        5                  32                128
- * 4096        1                  2                 2048
- * 4096        0                  1                 4096
- */
-#define LOG2_BUCKETS_PER_SESSION_LOCK 1
-#define BUCKETS_PER_SESSION_LOCK (1 << (LOG2_BUCKETS_PER_SESSION_LOCK))
-/* NOSPREAD sessionID to hash table index macro has been slower. */
-
-/* define typedefs, double as forward declarations as well */
-typedef struct SFTKAttributeStr SFTKAttribute;
-typedef struct SFTKObjectListStr SFTKObjectList;
-typedef struct SFTKObjectFreeListStr SFTKObjectFreeList;
-typedef struct SFTKObjectListElementStr SFTKObjectListElement;
-typedef struct SFTKObjectStr SFTKObject;
-typedef struct SFTKSessionObjectStr SFTKSessionObject;
-typedef struct SFTKTokenObjectStr SFTKTokenObject;
-typedef struct SFTKSessionStr SFTKSession;
-typedef struct SFTKSlotStr SFTKSlot;
-typedef struct SFTKSessionContextStr SFTKSessionContext;
-typedef struct SFTKSearchResultsStr SFTKSearchResults;
-typedef struct SFTKHashVerifyInfoStr SFTKHashVerifyInfo;
-typedef struct SFTKHashSignInfoStr SFTKHashSignInfo;
-typedef struct SFTKSSLMACInfoStr SFTKSSLMACInfo;
-
-/* define function pointer typdefs for pointer tables */
-typedef void (*SFTKDestroy)(void *, PRBool);
-typedef void (*SFTKBegin)(void *);
-typedef SECStatus (*SFTKCipher)(void *,void *,unsigned int *,unsigned int,
-					void *, unsigned int);
-typedef SECStatus (*SFTKVerify)(void *,void *,unsigned int,void *,unsigned int);
-typedef void (*SFTKHash)(void *,void *,unsigned int);
-typedef void (*SFTKEnd)(void *,void *,unsigned int *,unsigned int);
-typedef void (*SFTKFree)(void *);
-
-/* Value to tell if an attribute is modifiable or not.
- *    NEVER: attribute is only set on creation.
- *    ONCOPY: attribute is set on creation and can only be changed on copy.
- *    SENSITIVE: attribute can only be changed to TRUE.
- *    ALWAYS: attribute can always be changed.
- */
-typedef enum {
-	SFTK_NEVER = 0,
-	SFTK_ONCOPY = 1,
-	SFTK_SENSITIVE = 2,
-	SFTK_ALWAYS = 3
-} SFTKModifyType;
-
-/*
- * Free Status Enum... tell us more information when we think we're
- * deleting an object.
- */
-typedef enum {
-	SFTK_DestroyFailure,
-	SFTK_Destroyed,
-	SFTK_Busy
-} SFTKFreeStatus;
-
-/*
- * attribute values of an object.
- */
-struct SFTKAttributeStr {
-    SFTKAttribute  	*next;
-    SFTKAttribute  	*prev;
-    PRBool		freeAttr;
-    PRBool		freeData;
-    /*must be called handle to make sftkqueue_find work */
-    CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE	handle;
-    CK_ATTRIBUTE 	attrib;
-    unsigned char space[ATTR_SPACE];
-};
-
-
-/*
- * doubly link list of objects
- */
-struct SFTKObjectListStr {
-    SFTKObjectList *next;
-    SFTKObjectList *prev;
-    SFTKObject	   *parent;
-};
-
-struct SFTKObjectFreeListStr {
-    SFTKObject	*head;
-    PZLock	*lock;
-    int		count;
-};
-
-/*
- * PKCS 11 crypto object structure
- */
-struct SFTKObjectStr {
-    SFTKObject *next;
-    SFTKObject	*prev;
-    CK_OBJECT_CLASS 	objclass;
-    CK_OBJECT_HANDLE	handle;
-    int 		refCount;
-    PZLock 		*refLock;
-    SFTKSlot	   	*slot;
-    void 		*objectInfo;
-    SFTKFree 		infoFree;
-};
-
-struct SFTKTokenObjectStr {
-    SFTKObject  obj;
-    SECItem	dbKey;
-};
-
-struct SFTKSessionObjectStr {
-    SFTKObject	   obj;
-    SFTKObjectList sessionList;
-    PZLock		*attributeLock;
-    SFTKSession   	*session;
-    PRBool		wasDerived;
-    int nextAttr;
-    SFTKAttribute	attrList[MAX_OBJS_ATTRS];
-    PRBool		optimizeSpace;
-    unsigned int	hashSize;
-    SFTKAttribute 	*head[1];
-};
-
-/*
- * struct to deal with a temparary list of objects
- */
-struct SFTKObjectListElementStr {
-    SFTKObjectListElement	*next;
-    SFTKObject 			*object;
-};
-
-/*
- * Area to hold Search results
- */
-struct SFTKSearchResultsStr {
-    CK_OBJECT_HANDLE	*handles;
-    int			size;
-    int			index;
-    int			array_size;
-};
-
-
-/* 
- * the universal crypto/hash/sign/verify context structure
- */
-typedef enum {
-    SFTK_ENCRYPT,
-    SFTK_DECRYPT,
-    SFTK_HASH,
-    SFTK_SIGN,
-    SFTK_SIGN_RECOVER,
-    SFTK_VERIFY,
-    SFTK_VERIFY_RECOVER
-} SFTKContextType;
-
-
-#define SFTK_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE 16
-/* currently SHA512 is the biggest hash length */
-#define SFTK_MAX_MAC_LENGTH 64
-#define SFTK_INVALID_MAC_SIZE 0xffffffff
-
-struct SFTKSessionContextStr {
-    SFTKContextType	type;
-    PRBool		multi; 		/* is multipart */
-    PRBool		doPad; 		/* use PKCS padding for block ciphers */
-    unsigned int	blockSize; 	/* blocksize for padding */
-    unsigned int	padDataLength; 	/* length of the valid data in padbuf */
-    unsigned char	padBuf[SFTK_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
-    unsigned char	macBuf[SFTK_MAX_BLOCK_SIZE];
-    CK_ULONG		macSize;	/* size of a general block cipher mac*/
-    void		*cipherInfo;
-    void		*hashInfo;
-    unsigned int	cipherInfoLen;
-    CK_MECHANISM_TYPE	currentMech;
-    SFTKCipher		update;
-    SFTKHash		hashUpdate;
-    SFTKEnd		end;
-    SFTKDestroy		destroy;
-    SFTKDestroy		hashdestroy;
-    SFTKVerify		verify;
-    unsigned int	maxLen;
-    SFTKObject		*key;
-};
-
-/*
- * Sessions (have objects)
- */
-struct SFTKSessionStr {
-    SFTKSession        *next;
-    SFTKSession        *prev;
-    CK_SESSION_HANDLE	handle;
-    int			refCount;
-    PZLock		*objectLock;
-    int			objectIDCount;
-    CK_SESSION_INFO	info;
-    CK_NOTIFY		notify;
-    CK_VOID_PTR		appData;
-    SFTKSlot		*slot;
-    SFTKSearchResults	*search;
-    SFTKSessionContext	*enc_context;
-    SFTKSessionContext	*hash_context;
-    SFTKSessionContext	*sign_context;
-    SFTKObjectList	*objects[1];
-};
-
-/*
- * slots (have sessions and objects)
- *
- * The array of sessionLock's protect the session hash table (head[])
- * as well as the reference count of session objects in that bucket
- * (head[]->refCount),  objectLock protects all elements of the token
- * object hash table (tokObjects[], tokenIDCount, and tokenHashTable),
- * and slotLock protects the remaining protected elements:
- * password, isLoggedIn, ssoLoggedIn, and sessionCount
- */
-struct SFTKSlotStr {
-    CK_SLOT_ID		slotID;
-    PZLock		*slotLock;
-    PZLock		**sessionLock;
-    unsigned int	numSessionLocks;
-    unsigned long	sessionLockMask;
-    PZLock		*objectLock;
-    SECItem		*password;
-    PRBool		hasTokens;
-    PRBool		isLoggedIn;
-    PRBool		ssoLoggedIn;
-    PRBool		needLogin;
-    PRBool		DB_loaded;
-    PRBool		readOnly;
-    PRBool		optimizeSpace;
-    NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *certDB;
-    NSSLOWKEYDBHandle	*keyDB;
-    int			minimumPinLen;
-    PRInt32		sessionIDCount;  /* atomically incremented */
-    int			sessionIDConflict;  /* not protected by a lock */
-    int			sessionCount;
-    PRInt32             rwSessionCount; /* set by atomic operations */
-    int			tokenIDCount;
-    int			index;
-    PLHashTable		*tokenHashTable;
-    SFTKObject		**tokObjects;
-    unsigned int	tokObjHashSize;
-    SFTKSession		**head;
-    unsigned int	sessHashSize;
-    char		tokDescription[33];
-    char		slotDescription[64];
-};
-
-/*
- * special joint operations Contexts
- */
-struct SFTKHashVerifyInfoStr {
-    SECOidTag   	hashOid;
-    NSSLOWKEYPublicKey	*key;
-};
-
-struct SFTKHashSignInfoStr {
-    SECOidTag   	hashOid;
-    NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey	*key;
-};
-
-/* context for the Final SSLMAC message */
-struct SFTKSSLMACInfoStr {
-    void 		*hashContext;
-    SFTKBegin		begin;
-    SFTKHash		update;
-    SFTKEnd		end;
-    CK_ULONG		macSize;
-    int			padSize;
-    unsigned char	key[MAX_KEY_LEN];
-    unsigned int	keySize;
-};
-
-/*
- * session handle modifiers
- */
-#define SFTK_SESSION_SLOT_MASK	0xff000000L
-
-/*
- * object handle modifiers
- */
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_MASK		0x80000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_MAGIC	0x80000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_MASK	0x70000000L
-/* keydb (high bit == 0) */
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_PRIV	0x10000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_PUB	0x20000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_KEY	0x30000000L
-/* certdb (high bit == 1) */
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_TRUST	0x40000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_CRL	0x50000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_SMIME	0x60000000L
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_CERT	0x70000000L
-
-#define SFTK_TOKEN_KRL_HANDLE	(SFTK_TOKEN_MAGIC|SFTK_TOKEN_TYPE_CRL|1)
-/* how big a password/pin we can deal with */
-#define SFTK_MAX_PIN	255
-
-/* slot ID's */
-#define NETSCAPE_SLOT_ID 1
-#define PRIVATE_KEY_SLOT_ID 2
-#define FIPS_SLOT_ID 3
-
-/* slot helper macros */
-#define sftk_SlotFromSession(sp) ((sp)->slot)
-#define sftk_isToken(id) (((id) & SFTK_TOKEN_MASK) == SFTK_TOKEN_MAGIC)
-
-/* the session hash multiplier (see bug 201081) */
-#define SHMULTIPLIER 1791398085
-
-/* queueing helper macros */
-#define sftk_hash(value,size) \
-	((PRUint32)((value) * SHMULTIPLIER) & (size-1))
-#define sftkqueue_add(element,id,head,hash_size) \
-	{ int tmp = sftk_hash(id,hash_size); \
-	(element)->next = (head)[tmp]; \
-	(element)->prev = NULL; \
-	if ((head)[tmp]) (head)[tmp]->prev = (element); \
-	(head)[tmp] = (element); }
-#define sftkqueue_find(element,id,head,hash_size) \
-	for( (element) = (head)[sftk_hash(id,hash_size)]; (element) != NULL; \
-					 (element) = (element)->next) { \
-	    if ((element)->handle == (id)) { break; } }
-#define sftkqueue_is_queued(element,id,head,hash_size) \
-	( ((element)->next) || ((element)->prev) || \
-	 ((head)[sftk_hash(id,hash_size)] == (element)) )
-#define sftkqueue_delete(element,id,head,hash_size) \
-	if ((element)->next) (element)->next->prev = (element)->prev; \
-	if ((element)->prev) (element)->prev->next = (element)->next; \
-	   else (head)[sftk_hash(id,hash_size)] = ((element)->next); \
-	(element)->next = NULL; \
-	(element)->prev = NULL; \
-
-#define sftkqueue_init_element(element) \
-    (element)->prev = NULL;
-
-#define sftkqueue_add2(element, id, index, head) \
-    {                                            \
-	(element)->next = (head)[index];         \
-	if ((head)[index])                       \
-	    (head)[index]->prev = (element);     \
-	(head)[index] = (element);               \
-    }
-
-#define sftkqueue_find2(element, id, index, head) \
-    for ( (element) = (head)[index];              \
-          (element) != NULL;                      \
-          (element) = (element)->next) {          \
-	if ((element)->handle == (id)) { break; } \
-    }
-
-#define sftkqueue_delete2(element, id, index, head) \
-	if ((element)->next) (element)->next->prev = (element)->prev; \
-	if ((element)->prev) (element)->prev->next = (element)->next; \
-	   else (head)[index] = ((element)->next);
-
-#define sftkqueue_clear_deleted_element(element) \
-	(element)->next = NULL; \
-	(element)->prev = NULL; \
-
-
-/* sessionID (handle) is used to determine session lock bucket */
-#ifdef NOSPREAD
-/* NOSPREAD:	(ID>>L2LPB) & (perbucket-1) */
-#define SFTK_SESSION_LOCK(slot,handle) \
-    ((slot)->sessionLock[((handle) >> LOG2_BUCKETS_PER_SESSION_LOCK) \
-        & (slot)->sessionLockMask])
-#else
-/* SPREAD:	ID & (perbucket-1) */
-#define SFTK_SESSION_LOCK(slot,handle) \
-    ((slot)->sessionLock[(handle) & (slot)->sessionLockMask])
-#endif
-
-/* expand an attribute & secitem structures out */
-#define sftk_attr_expand(ap) (ap)->type,(ap)->pValue,(ap)->ulValueLen
-#define sftk_item_expand(ip) (ip)->data,(ip)->len
-
-typedef struct sftk_token_parametersStr {
-    CK_SLOT_ID slotID;
-    char *configdir;
-    char *certPrefix;
-    char *keyPrefix;
-    char *tokdes;
-    char *slotdes;
-    int minPW; 
-    PRBool readOnly;
-    PRBool noCertDB;
-    PRBool noKeyDB;
-    PRBool forceOpen;
-    PRBool pwRequired;
-    PRBool optimizeSpace;
-} sftk_token_parameters;
-
-typedef struct sftk_parametersStr {
-    char *configdir;
-    char *secmodName;
-    char *man;
-    char *libdes; 
-    PRBool readOnly;
-    PRBool noModDB;
-    PRBool noCertDB;
-    PRBool forceOpen;
-    PRBool pwRequired;
-    PRBool optimizeSpace;
-    sftk_token_parameters *tokens;
-    int token_count;
-} sftk_parameters;
-
-
-/* machine dependent path stuff used by dbinit.c and pk11db.c */
-#ifdef macintosh
-#define PATH_SEPARATOR ":"
-#define SECMOD_DB "Security Modules"
-#define CERT_DB_FMT "%sCertificates%s"
-#define KEY_DB_FMT "%sKey Database%s"
-#else
-#define PATH_SEPARATOR "/"
-#define SECMOD_DB "secmod.db"
-#define CERT_DB_FMT "%scert%s.db"
-#define KEY_DB_FMT "%skey%s.db"
-#endif
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-extern int nsf_init;
-extern CK_RV nsc_CommonInitialize(CK_VOID_PTR pReserved, PRBool isFIPS);
-extern CK_RV nsc_CommonFinalize(CK_VOID_PTR pReserved, PRBool isFIPS);
-extern CK_RV nsc_CommonGetSlotList(CK_BBOOL tokPresent, 
-	CK_SLOT_ID_PTR pSlotList, CK_ULONG_PTR pulCount, int moduleIndex);
-/* shared functions between PKCS11.c and SFTKFIPS.c */
-extern CK_RV SFTK_SlotInit(char *configdir,sftk_token_parameters *params, 
-							int moduleIndex);
-
-/* internal utility functions used by pkcs11.c */
-extern SFTKAttribute *sftk_FindAttribute(SFTKObject *object,
-					 CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern void sftk_FreeAttribute(SFTKAttribute *attribute);
-extern CK_RV sftk_AddAttributeType(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type,
-				   void *valPtr,
-				  CK_ULONG length);
-extern CK_RV sftk_Attribute2SecItem(PLArenaPool *arena, SECItem *item,
-				    SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern unsigned int sftk_GetLengthInBits(unsigned char *buf,
-							 unsigned int bufLen);
-extern CK_RV sftk_ConstrainAttribute(SFTKObject *object, 
-	CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type, int minLength, int maxLength, int minMultiple);
-extern PRBool sftk_hasAttribute(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern PRBool sftk_isTrue(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern void sftk_DeleteAttributeType(SFTKObject *object,
-				     CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern CK_RV sftk_Attribute2SecItem(PLArenaPool *arena, SECItem *item,
-				    SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern CK_RV sftk_Attribute2SSecItem(PLArenaPool *arena, SECItem *item,
-				     SFTKObject *object,
-				     CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern SFTKModifyType sftk_modifyType(CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type,
-				      CK_OBJECT_CLASS inClass);
-extern PRBool sftk_isSensitive(CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type, CK_OBJECT_CLASS inClass);
-extern char *sftk_getString(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern void sftk_nullAttribute(SFTKObject *object,CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type);
-extern CK_RV sftk_GetULongAttribute(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type,
-                                                         CK_ULONG *longData);
-extern CK_RV sftk_forceAttribute(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type,
-				 void *value, unsigned int len);
-extern CK_RV sftk_defaultAttribute(SFTKObject *object, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE type,
-				   void *value, unsigned int len);
-extern unsigned int sftk_MapTrust(CK_TRUST trust, PRBool clientAuth);
-
-extern SFTKObject *sftk_NewObject(SFTKSlot *slot);
-extern CK_RV sftk_CopyObject(SFTKObject *destObject, SFTKObject *srcObject);
-extern SFTKFreeStatus sftk_FreeObject(SFTKObject *object);
-extern CK_RV sftk_DeleteObject(SFTKSession *session, SFTKObject *object);
-extern void sftk_ReferenceObject(SFTKObject *object);
-extern SFTKObject *sftk_ObjectFromHandle(CK_OBJECT_HANDLE handle,
-					 SFTKSession *session);
-extern void sftk_AddSlotObject(SFTKSlot *slot, SFTKObject *object);
-extern void sftk_AddObject(SFTKSession *session, SFTKObject *object);
-
-extern CK_RV sftk_searchObjectList(SFTKSearchResults *search,
-				   SFTKObject **head, unsigned int size,
-				   PZLock *lock, CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR inTemplate,
-				   int count, PRBool isLoggedIn);
-extern SFTKObjectListElement *sftk_FreeObjectListElement(
-					     SFTKObjectListElement *objectList);
-extern void sftk_FreeObjectList(SFTKObjectListElement *objectList);
-extern void sftk_FreeSearch(SFTKSearchResults *search);
-extern CK_RV sftk_handleObject(SFTKObject *object, SFTKSession *session);
-
-extern SFTKSlot *sftk_SlotFromID(CK_SLOT_ID slotID);
-extern SFTKSlot *sftk_SlotFromSessionHandle(CK_SESSION_HANDLE handle);
-extern SFTKSession *sftk_SessionFromHandle(CK_SESSION_HANDLE handle);
-extern void sftk_FreeSession(SFTKSession *session);
-extern SFTKSession *sftk_NewSession(CK_SLOT_ID slotID, CK_NOTIFY notify,
-				    CK_VOID_PTR pApplication, CK_FLAGS flags);
-extern void sftk_update_state(SFTKSlot *slot,SFTKSession *session);
-extern void sftk_update_all_states(SFTKSlot *slot);
-extern void sftk_FreeContext(SFTKSessionContext *context);
-extern void sftk_InitFreeLists(void);
-extern void sftk_CleanupFreeLists(void);
-
-extern NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *sftk_GetPubKey(SFTKObject *object,
-					  CK_KEY_TYPE key_type, CK_RV *crvp);
-extern NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *sftk_GetPrivKey(SFTKObject *object,
-					    CK_KEY_TYPE key_type, CK_RV *crvp);
-extern void sftk_FormatDESKey(unsigned char *key, int length);
-extern PRBool sftk_CheckDESKey(unsigned char *key);
-extern PRBool sftk_IsWeakKey(unsigned char *key,CK_KEY_TYPE key_type);
-
-extern CK_RV secmod_parseParameters(char *param, sftk_parameters *parsed,
-								PRBool isFIPS);
-extern void secmod_freeParams(sftk_parameters *params);
-extern char *secmod_getSecmodName(char *params, char **domain, 
-						char **filename, PRBool *rw);
-extern char ** secmod_ReadPermDB(const char *domain, const char *filename, 
-			const char *dbname, char *params, PRBool rw);
-extern SECStatus secmod_DeletePermDB(const char *domain, const char *filename,
-			const char *dbname, char *args, PRBool rw);
-extern SECStatus secmod_AddPermDB(const char *domain, const char *filename,
-			const char *dbname, char *module, PRBool rw);
-extern SECStatus secmod_ReleasePermDBData(const char *domain, 
-	const char *filename, const char *dbname, char **specList, PRBool rw);
-/* mechanism allows this operation */
-extern CK_RV sftk_MechAllowsOperation(CK_MECHANISM_TYPE type, CK_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE op);
-/*
- * OK there are now lots of options here, lets go through them all:
- *
- * configdir - base directory where all the cert, key, and module datbases live.
- * certPrefix - prefix added to the beginning of the cert database example: "
- *                      "https-server1-"
- * keyPrefix - prefix added to the beginning of the key database example: "
- *                      "https-server1-"
- * secmodName - name of the security module database (usually "secmod.db").
- * readOnly - Boolean: true if the databases are to be openned read only.
- * nocertdb - Don't open the cert DB and key DB's, just initialize the
- *                      Volatile certdb.
- * nomoddb - Don't open the security module DB, just initialize the
- *                      PKCS #11 module.
- * forceOpen - Continue to force initializations even if the databases cannot
- *                      be opened.
- */
-CK_RV sftk_DBInit(const char *configdir, const char *certPrefix,
-	 	const char *keyPrefix, PRBool readOnly, PRBool noCertDB, 
-		PRBool noKeyDB, PRBool forceOpen, 
-		NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle **certDB, NSSLOWKEYDBHandle **keyDB);
-
-void sftk_DBShutdown(NSSLOWCERTCertDBHandle *certHandle, 
-		     NSSLOWKEYDBHandle *keyHandle);
-
-const char *sftk_EvaluateConfigDir(const char *configdir, char **domain);
-
-/*
- * narrow objects
- */
-SFTKSessionObject * sftk_narrowToSessionObject(SFTKObject *);
-SFTKTokenObject * sftk_narrowToTokenObject(SFTKObject *);
-
-/*
- * token object utilities
- */
-void sftk_addHandle(SFTKSearchResults *search, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE handle);
-PRBool sftk_poisonHandle(SFTKSlot *slot, SECItem *dbkey, 
-						CK_OBJECT_HANDLE handle);
-PRBool sftk_tokenMatch(SFTKSlot *slot, SECItem *dbKey, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE class,
-                                        CK_ATTRIBUTE_PTR theTemplate,int count);
-CK_OBJECT_HANDLE sftk_mkHandle(SFTKSlot *slot, 
-					SECItem *dbKey, CK_OBJECT_HANDLE class);
-SFTKObject * sftk_NewTokenObject(SFTKSlot *slot, SECItem *dbKey, 
-						CK_OBJECT_HANDLE handle);
-SFTKTokenObject *sftk_convertSessionToToken(SFTKObject *so);
-
-/****************************************
- * implement TLS Pseudo Random Function (PRF)
- */
-
-extern SECStatus
-sftk_PRF(const SECItem *secret, const char *label, SECItem *seed, 
-         SECItem *result, PRBool isFIPS);
-
-extern CK_RV
-sftk_TLSPRFInit(SFTKSessionContext *context, 
-		  SFTKObject *        key, 
-		  CK_KEY_TYPE         key_type);
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif /* _PKCS11I_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11n.h

@@ -1,236 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *   Dr Stephen Henson <stephen.henson@gemplus.com>
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#ifndef _PKCS11N_H_
-#define _PKCS11N_H_
-
-#ifdef DEBUG
-static const char CKT_CVS_ID[] = "@(#) $RCSfile: pkcs11n.h,v $ $Revision: 1.12 $ $Date: 2005-01-20 02:25:50 $";
-#endif /* DEBUG */
-
-/*
- * pkcs11n.h
- *
- * This file contains the NSS-specific type definitions for Cryptoki
- * (PKCS#11).
- */
-
-/*
- * NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE
- *
- * Cryptoki reserves the high half of all the number spaces for
- * vendor-defined use.  I'd like to keep all of our Netscape-
- * specific values together, but not in the oh-so-obvious
- * 0x80000001, 0x80000002, etc. area.  So I've picked an offset,
- * and constructed values for the beginnings of our spaces.
- *
- * Note that some "historical" Netscape values don't fall within
- * this range.
- */
-#define NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE 0x4E534350 /* NSCP */
-
-/*
- * Netscape-defined object classes
- * 
- */
-#define CKO_NETSCAPE (CKO_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-#define CKO_NETSCAPE_CRL                (CKO_NETSCAPE + 1)
-#define CKO_NETSCAPE_SMIME              (CKO_NETSCAPE + 2)
-#define CKO_NETSCAPE_TRUST              (CKO_NETSCAPE + 3)
-#define CKO_NETSCAPE_BUILTIN_ROOT_LIST  (CKO_NETSCAPE + 4)
-
-/*
- * Netscape-defined key types
- *
- */
-#define CKK_NETSCAPE (CKK_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-#define CKK_NETSCAPE_PKCS8              (CKK_NETSCAPE + 1)
-/*
- * Netscape-defined certificate types
- *
- */
-#define CKC_NETSCAPE (CKC_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-/*
- * Netscape-defined object attributes
- *
- */
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE (CKA_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_URL                (CKA_NETSCAPE +  1)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_EMAIL              (CKA_NETSCAPE +  2)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_SMIME_INFO         (CKA_NETSCAPE +  3)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_SMIME_TIMESTAMP    (CKA_NETSCAPE +  4)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PKCS8_SALT         (CKA_NETSCAPE +  5)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PASSWORD_CHECK     (CKA_NETSCAPE +  6)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_EXPIRES            (CKA_NETSCAPE +  7)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_KRL                (CKA_NETSCAPE +  8)
-
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PQG_COUNTER        (CKA_NETSCAPE +  20)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PQG_SEED           (CKA_NETSCAPE +  21)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PQG_H              (CKA_NETSCAPE +  22)
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_PQG_SEED_BITS      (CKA_NETSCAPE +  23)
-
-/*
- * Trust attributes:
- *
- * If trust goes standard, these probably will too.  So I'll
- * put them all in one place.
- */
-
-#define CKA_TRUST (CKA_NETSCAPE + 0x2000)
-
-/* "Usage" key information */
-#define CKA_TRUST_DIGITAL_SIGNATURE     (CKA_TRUST +  1)
-#define CKA_TRUST_NON_REPUDIATION       (CKA_TRUST +  2)
-#define CKA_TRUST_KEY_ENCIPHERMENT      (CKA_TRUST +  3)
-#define CKA_TRUST_DATA_ENCIPHERMENT     (CKA_TRUST +  4)
-#define CKA_TRUST_KEY_AGREEMENT         (CKA_TRUST +  5)
-#define CKA_TRUST_KEY_CERT_SIGN         (CKA_TRUST +  6)
-#define CKA_TRUST_CRL_SIGN              (CKA_TRUST +  7)
-
-/* "Purpose" trust information */
-#define CKA_TRUST_SERVER_AUTH           (CKA_TRUST +  8)
-#define CKA_TRUST_CLIENT_AUTH           (CKA_TRUST +  9)
-#define CKA_TRUST_CODE_SIGNING          (CKA_TRUST + 10)
-#define CKA_TRUST_EMAIL_PROTECTION      (CKA_TRUST + 11)
-#define CKA_TRUST_IPSEC_END_SYSTEM      (CKA_TRUST + 12)
-#define CKA_TRUST_IPSEC_TUNNEL          (CKA_TRUST + 13)
-#define CKA_TRUST_IPSEC_USER            (CKA_TRUST + 14)
-#define CKA_TRUST_TIME_STAMPING         (CKA_TRUST + 15)
-#define CKA_TRUST_STEP_UP_APPROVED      (CKA_TRUST + 16)
-
-#define CKA_CERT_SHA1_HASH	        (CKA_TRUST + 100)
-#define CKA_CERT_MD5_HASH		(CKA_TRUST + 101)
-
-/* Netscape trust stuff */
-/* XXX fgmr new ones here-- step-up, etc. */
-
-/* HISTORICAL: define used to pass in the database key for DSA private keys */
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_DB                 0xD5A0DB00L
-#define CKA_NETSCAPE_TRUST              0x80000001L
-
-/*
- * Netscape-defined crypto mechanisms
- *
- */
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE (CKM_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_AES_KEY_WRAP      (CKM_NETSCAPE + 1)
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_AES_KEY_WRAP_PAD  (CKM_NETSCAPE + 2)
-
-/*
- * HISTORICAL:
- * Do not attempt to use these. They are only used by NETSCAPE's internal
- * PKCS #11 interface. Most of these are place holders for other mechanism
- * and will change in the future.
- */
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_DES_CBC           0x80000002L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_TRIPLE_DES_CBC    0x80000003L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_40_BIT_RC2_CBC    0x80000004L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_128_BIT_RC2_CBC   0x80000005L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_40_BIT_RC4        0x80000006L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_128_BIT_RC4       0x80000007L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_FAULTY_3DES_CBC   0x80000008L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_SHA1_HMAC_KEY_GEN      0x80000009L
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_MD5_HMAC_KEY_GEN       0x8000000aL
-#define CKM_NETSCAPE_PBE_MD2_HMAC_KEY_GEN       0x8000000bL
-
-#define CKM_TLS_PRF_GENERAL                     0x80000373L
-
-/*
- * Netscape-defined return values
- *
- */
-#define CKR_NETSCAPE (CKM_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-#define CKR_NETSCAPE_CERTDB_FAILED      (CKR_NETSCAPE + 1)
-#define CKR_NETSCAPE_KEYDB_FAILED       (CKR_NETSCAPE + 2)
-
-/*
- * Trust info
- *
- * This isn't part of the Cryptoki standard (yet), so I'm putting
- * all the definitions here.  Some of this would move to nssckt.h
- * if trust info were made part of the standard.  In view of this
- * possibility, I'm putting my (Netscape) values in the netscape
- * vendor space, like everything else.
- */
-
-typedef CK_ULONG          CK_TRUST;
-
-/* The following trust types are defined: */
-#define CKT_VENDOR_DEFINED     0x80000000
-
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE (CKT_VENDOR_DEFINED|NSSCK_VENDOR_NETSCAPE)
-
-/* If trust goes standard, these'll probably drop out of vendor space. */
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_TRUSTED            (CKT_NETSCAPE + 1)
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_TRUSTED_DELEGATOR  (CKT_NETSCAPE + 2)
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_UNTRUSTED          (CKT_NETSCAPE + 3)
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_MUST_VERIFY        (CKT_NETSCAPE + 4)
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_TRUST_UNKNOWN      (CKT_NETSCAPE + 5) /* default */
-
-/* 
- * These may well remain Netscape-specific; I'm only using them
- * to cache resolution data.
- */
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_VALID              (CKT_NETSCAPE + 10)
-#define CKT_NETSCAPE_VALID_DELEGATOR    (CKT_NETSCAPE + 11)
-
-
-/*
- * These are not really PKCS #11 values specifically. They are the 'loadable'
- * module spec NSS uses. The are available for others to use as well, but not
- * part of the formal PKCS #11 spec.
- *
- * The function 'FIND' returns an array of PKCS #11 initialization strings
- * The function 'ADD' takes a PKCS #11 initialization string and stores it.
- * The function 'DEL' takes a 'name= library=' value and deletes the associated
- *  string.
- * The function 'RELEASE' frees the array returned by 'FIND'
- */
-#define SECMOD_MODULE_DB_FUNCTION_FIND  0
-#define SECMOD_MODULE_DB_FUNCTION_ADD   1
-#define SECMOD_MODULE_DB_FUNCTION_DEL   2
-#define SECMOD_MODULE_DB_FUNCTION_RELEASE 3 
-typedef char ** (PR_CALLBACK *SECMODModuleDBFunc)(unsigned long function,
-                                        char *parameters, void *moduleSpec);
-
-#endif /* _PKCS11N_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11p.h

@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 1994-1999 RSA Security Inc. Licence to copy this document
- * is granted provided that it is identified as "RSA Security Inc. Public-Key
- * Cryptography Standards (PKCS)" in all material mentioning or referencing
- * this document.
- */
-/* these data types are platform/implementation dependent. */
-/*
- * Packing was removed from the shipped RSA header files, even
- * though it's still needed. put in a central file to help merging..
- */
-
-#if defined(_WIN32)
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning(disable:4103)
-#endif
-#pragma pack(push, cryptoki, 1)
-#endif
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/pkcs11u.h

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/*
- * Copyright (C) 1994-1999 RSA Security Inc. Licence to copy this document
- * is granted provided that it is identified as "RSA Security Inc. Public-Key
- * Cryptography Standards (PKCS)" in all material mentioning or referencing
- * this document.
- */
-/*
- * reset any packing set by pkcs11p.h
- */
-
-#if defined (_WIN32)
-#ifdef _MSC_VER
-#pragma warning(disable:4103)
-#endif
-#pragma pack(pop, cryptoki)
-#endif
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/rawhash.c

@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#include "nspr.h"
-#include "sechash.h"
-#include "blapi.h"	/* below the line */
-
-
-static void *
-null_hash_new_context(void)
-{
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static void *
-null_hash_clone_context(void *v)
-{
-    PORT_Assert(v == NULL);
-    return NULL;
-}
-
-static void
-null_hash_begin(void *v)
-{
-}
-
-static void
-null_hash_update(void *v, const unsigned char *input, unsigned int length)
-{
-}
-
-static void
-null_hash_end(void *v, unsigned char *output, unsigned int *outLen,
-	      unsigned int maxOut)
-{
-    *outLen = 0;
-}
-
-static void
-null_hash_destroy_context(void *v, PRBool b)
-{
-    PORT_Assert(v == NULL);
-}
-
-
-const SECHashObject SECRawHashObjects[] = {
-  { 0,
-    (void * (*)(void)) null_hash_new_context,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) null_hash_destroy_context,
-    (void (*)(void *)) null_hash_begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) null_hash_update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *,
-	      unsigned int)) null_hash_end
-  },
-  { MD2_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) MD2_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) MD2_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) MD2_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) MD2_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) MD2_End
-  },
-  { MD5_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) MD5_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) MD5_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) MD5_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) MD5_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) MD5_End
-  },
-  { SHA1_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) SHA1_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) SHA1_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) SHA1_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) SHA1_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) SHA1_End
-  },
-  { SHA256_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) SHA256_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) SHA256_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) SHA256_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) SHA256_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) SHA256_End
-  },
-  { SHA384_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) SHA384_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) SHA384_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) SHA384_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) SHA384_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) SHA384_End
-  },
-  { SHA512_LENGTH,
-    (void * (*)(void)) SHA512_NewContext,
-    (void * (*)(void *)) null_hash_clone_context,
-    (void (*)(void *, PRBool)) SHA512_DestroyContext,
-    (void (*)(void *)) SHA512_Begin,
-    (void (*)(void *, const unsigned char *, unsigned int)) SHA512_Update,
-    (void (*)(void *, unsigned char *, unsigned int *, unsigned int)) SHA512_End
-  },
-};
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/rsawrapr.c

@@ -1,879 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * PKCS#1 encoding and decoding functions.
- * This file is believed to contain no code licensed from other parties.
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: rsawrapr.c,v 1.8 2005-04-04 09:27:42 julien.pierre.bugs%sun.com Exp $ */
-
-#include "blapi.h"
-#include "softoken.h"
-#include "sechash.h"
-
-#include "lowkeyi.h"
-#include "secerr.h"
-
-#define RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN		8
-#define RSA_BLOCK_FIRST_OCTET		0x00
-#define RSA_BLOCK_PRIVATE0_PAD_OCTET	0x00
-#define RSA_BLOCK_PRIVATE_PAD_OCTET	0xff
-#define RSA_BLOCK_AFTER_PAD_OCTET	0x00
-
-#define OAEP_SALT_LEN		8
-#define OAEP_PAD_LEN		8
-#define OAEP_PAD_OCTET		0x00
-
-#define FLAT_BUFSIZE 512	/* bytes to hold flattened SHA1Context. */
-
-static SHA1Context *
-SHA1_CloneContext(SHA1Context *original)
-{
-    SHA1Context *  clone	= NULL;
-    unsigned char *pBuf;
-    int            sha1ContextSize = SHA1_FlattenSize(original);
-    SECStatus      frv;
-    unsigned char  buf[FLAT_BUFSIZE];
-
-    PORT_Assert(sizeof buf >= sha1ContextSize);
-    if (sizeof buf >= sha1ContextSize) {
-    	pBuf = buf;
-    } else {
-        pBuf = PORT_Alloc(sha1ContextSize);
-	if (!pBuf)
-	    goto done;
-    }
-
-    frv = SHA1_Flatten(original, pBuf);
-    if (frv == SECSuccess) {
-	clone = SHA1_Resurrect(pBuf, NULL);
-	memset(pBuf, 0, sha1ContextSize);
-    }
-done:
-    if (pBuf != buf)
-    	PORT_Free(pBuf);
-    return clone;
-}
-
-/*
- * Modify data by XORing it with a special hash of salt.
- */
-static SECStatus
-oaep_xor_with_h1(unsigned char *data, unsigned int datalen,
-		 unsigned char *salt, unsigned int saltlen)
-{
-    SHA1Context *sha1cx;
-    unsigned char *dp, *dataend;
-    unsigned char end_octet;
-
-    sha1cx = SHA1_NewContext();
-    if (sha1cx == NULL) {
-	return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * Get a hash of salt started; we will use it several times,
-     * adding in a different end octet (x00, x01, x02, ...).
-     */
-    SHA1_Begin (sha1cx);
-    SHA1_Update (sha1cx, salt, saltlen);
-    end_octet = 0;
-
-    dp = data;
-    dataend = data + datalen;
-
-    while (dp < dataend) {
-	SHA1Context *sha1cx_h1;
-	unsigned int sha1len, sha1off;
-	unsigned char sha1[SHA1_LENGTH];
-
-	/*
-	 * Create hash of (salt || end_octet)
-	 */
-	sha1cx_h1 = SHA1_CloneContext (sha1cx);
-	SHA1_Update (sha1cx_h1, &end_octet, 1);
-	SHA1_End (sha1cx_h1, sha1, &sha1len, sizeof(sha1));
-	SHA1_DestroyContext (sha1cx_h1, PR_TRUE);
-	PORT_Assert (sha1len == SHA1_LENGTH);
-
-	/*
-	 * XOR that hash with the data.
-	 * When we have fewer than SHA1_LENGTH octets of data
-	 * left to xor, use just the low-order ones of the hash.
-	 */
-	sha1off = 0;
-	if ((dataend - dp) < SHA1_LENGTH)
-	    sha1off = SHA1_LENGTH - (dataend - dp);
-	while (sha1off < SHA1_LENGTH)
-	    *dp++ ^= sha1[sha1off++];
-
-	/*
-	 * Bump for next hash chunk.
-	 */
-	end_octet++;
-    }
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-/*
- * Modify salt by XORing it with a special hash of data.
- */
-static SECStatus
-oaep_xor_with_h2(unsigned char *salt, unsigned int saltlen,
-		 unsigned char *data, unsigned int datalen)
-{
-    unsigned char sha1[SHA1_LENGTH];
-    unsigned char *psalt, *psha1, *saltend;
-    SECStatus rv;
-
-    /*
-     * Create a hash of data.
-     */
-    rv = SHA1_HashBuf (sha1, data, datalen);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) {
-	return rv;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * XOR the low-order octets of that hash with salt.
-     */
-    PORT_Assert (saltlen <= SHA1_LENGTH);
-    saltend = salt + saltlen;
-    psalt = salt;
-    psha1 = sha1 + SHA1_LENGTH - saltlen;
-    while (psalt < saltend) {
-	*psalt++ ^= *psha1++;
-    }
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-/*
- * Format one block of data for public/private key encryption using
- * the rules defined in PKCS #1.
- */
-static unsigned char *
-rsa_FormatOneBlock(unsigned modulusLen, RSA_BlockType blockType,
-		   SECItem *data)
-{
-    unsigned char *block;
-    unsigned char *bp;
-    int padLen;
-    int i;
-
-    block = (unsigned char *) PORT_Alloc(modulusLen);
-    if (block == NULL)
-	return NULL;
-
-    bp = block;
-
-    /*
-     * All RSA blocks start with two octets:
-     *	0x00 || BlockType
-     */
-    *bp++ = RSA_BLOCK_FIRST_OCTET;
-    *bp++ = (unsigned char) blockType;
-
-    switch (blockType) {
-
-      /*
-       * Blocks intended for private-key operation.
-       */
-      case RSA_BlockPrivate0: /* essentially unused */
-      case RSA_BlockPrivate:	 /* preferred method */
-	/*
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Pad || 0x00 || ActualData
-	 *   1      1   padLen    1      data->len
-	 * Pad is either all 0x00 or all 0xff bytes, depending on blockType.
-	 */
-	padLen = modulusLen - data->len - 3;
-	PORT_Assert (padLen >= RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN);
-	if (padLen < RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN) {
-	    PORT_Free (block);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	PORT_Memset (bp,
-		   blockType == RSA_BlockPrivate0
-			? RSA_BLOCK_PRIVATE0_PAD_OCTET
-			: RSA_BLOCK_PRIVATE_PAD_OCTET,
-		   padLen);
-	bp += padLen;
-	*bp++ = RSA_BLOCK_AFTER_PAD_OCTET;
-	PORT_Memcpy (bp, data->data, data->len);
-	break;
-
-      /*
-       * Blocks intended for public-key operation.
-       */
-      case RSA_BlockPublic:
-
-	/*
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Pad || 0x00 || ActualData
-	 *   1      1   padLen    1      data->len
-	 * Pad is all non-zero random bytes.
-	 */
-	padLen = modulusLen - data->len - 3;
-	PORT_Assert (padLen >= RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN);
-	if (padLen < RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN) {
-	    PORT_Free (block);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-	for (i = 0; i < padLen; i++) {
-	    /* Pad with non-zero random data. */
-	    do {
-		RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(bp + i, 1);
-	    } while (bp[i] == RSA_BLOCK_AFTER_PAD_OCTET);
-	}
-	bp += padLen;
-	*bp++ = RSA_BLOCK_AFTER_PAD_OCTET;
-	PORT_Memcpy (bp, data->data, data->len);
-
-	break;
-
-      /*
-       * Blocks intended for public-key operation, using
-       * Optimal Asymmetric Encryption Padding (OAEP).
-       */
-      case RSA_BlockOAEP:
-	/*
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Modified2(Salt) || Modified1(PaddedData)
-	 *   1      1     OAEP_SALT_LEN     OAEP_PAD_LEN + data->len [+ N]
-	 *
-	 * where:
-	 *   PaddedData is "Pad1 || ActualData [|| Pad2]"
-	 *   Salt is random data.
-	 *   Pad1 is all zeros.
-	 *   Pad2, if present, is random data.
-	 *   (The "modified" fields are all the same length as the original
-	 * unmodified values; they are just xor'd with other values.)
-	 *
-	 *   Modified1 is an XOR of PaddedData with a special octet
-	 * string constructed of iterated hashing of Salt (see below).
-	 *   Modified2 is an XOR of Salt with the low-order octets of
-	 * the hash of Modified1 (see farther below ;-).
-	 *
-	 * Whew!
-	 */
-
-
-	/*
-	 * Salt
-	 */
-	RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(bp, OAEP_SALT_LEN);
-	bp += OAEP_SALT_LEN;
-
-	/*
-	 * Pad1
-	 */
-	PORT_Memset (bp, OAEP_PAD_OCTET, OAEP_PAD_LEN);
-	bp += OAEP_PAD_LEN;
-
-	/*
-	 * Data
-	 */
-	PORT_Memcpy (bp, data->data, data->len);
-	bp += data->len;
-
-	/*
-	 * Pad2
-	 */
-	if (bp < (block + modulusLen))
-	    RNG_GenerateGlobalRandomBytes(bp, block - bp + modulusLen);
-
-	/*
-	 * Now we have the following:
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Salt || PaddedData
-	 * (From this point on, "Pad1 || Data [|| Pad2]" is treated
-	 * as the one entity PaddedData.)
-	 *
-	 * We need to turn PaddedData into Modified1.
-	 */
-	if (oaep_xor_with_h1(block + 2 + OAEP_SALT_LEN,
-			     modulusLen - 2 - OAEP_SALT_LEN,
-			     block + 2, OAEP_SALT_LEN) != SECSuccess) {
-	    PORT_Free (block);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-
-	/*
-	 * Now we have:
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Salt || Modified1(PaddedData)
-	 *
-	 * The remaining task is to turn Salt into Modified2.
-	 */
-	if (oaep_xor_with_h2(block + 2, OAEP_SALT_LEN,
-			     block + 2 + OAEP_SALT_LEN,
-			     modulusLen - 2 - OAEP_SALT_LEN) != SECSuccess) {
-	    PORT_Free (block);
-	    return NULL;
-	}
-
-	break;
-
-      default:
-	PORT_Assert (0);
-	PORT_Free (block);
-	return NULL;
-    }
-
-    return block;
-}
-
-static SECStatus
-rsa_FormatBlock(SECItem *result, unsigned modulusLen,
-		RSA_BlockType blockType, SECItem *data)
-{
-    /*
-     * XXX For now assume that the data length fits in a single
-     * XXX encryption block; the ASSERTs below force this.
-     * XXX To fix it, each case will have to loop over chunks whose
-     * XXX lengths satisfy the assertions, until all data is handled.
-     * XXX (Unless RSA has more to say about how to handle data
-     * XXX which does not fit in a single encryption block?)
-     * XXX And I do not know what the result is supposed to be,
-     * XXX so the interface to this function may need to change
-     * XXX to allow for returning multiple blocks, if they are
-     * XXX not wanted simply concatenated one after the other.
-     */
-
-    switch (blockType) {
-      case RSA_BlockPrivate0:
-      case RSA_BlockPrivate:
-      case RSA_BlockPublic:
-	/*
-	 * 0x00 || BT || Pad || 0x00 || ActualData
-	 *
-	 * The "3" below is the first octet + the second octet + the 0x00
-	 * octet that always comes just before the ActualData.
-	 */
-	PORT_Assert (data->len <= (modulusLen - (3 + RSA_BLOCK_MIN_PAD_LEN)));
-
-	result->data = rsa_FormatOneBlock(modulusLen, blockType, data);
-	if (result->data == NULL) {
-	    result->len = 0;
-	    return SECFailure;
-	}
-	result->len = modulusLen;
-
-	break;
-
-      case RSA_BlockOAEP:
-	/*
-	 * 0x00 || BT || M1(Salt) || M2(Pad1||ActualData[||Pad2])
-	 *
-	 * The "2" below is the first octet + the second octet.
-	 * (The other fields do not contain the clear values, but are
-	 * the same length as the clear values.)
-	 */
-	PORT_Assert (data->len <= (modulusLen - (2 + OAEP_SALT_LEN
-						 + OAEP_PAD_LEN)));
-
-	result->data = rsa_FormatOneBlock(modulusLen, blockType, data);
-	if (result->data == NULL) {
-	    result->len = 0;
-	    return SECFailure;
-	}
-	result->len = modulusLen;
-
-	break;
-
-      case RSA_BlockRaw:
-	/*
-	 * Pad || ActualData
-	 * Pad is zeros. The application is responsible for recovering
-	 * the actual data.
-	 */
-	if (data->len > modulusLen ) {
-	    return SECFailure;
-	}
-	result->data = (unsigned char*)PORT_ZAlloc(modulusLen);
-	result->len = modulusLen;
-	PORT_Memcpy(result->data+(modulusLen-data->len),data->data,data->len);
-	break;
-
-      default:
-	PORT_Assert (0);
-	result->data = NULL;
-	result->len = 0;
-	return SECFailure;
-    }
-
-    return SECSuccess;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_Sign(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, 
-         unsigned char *      output, 
-	 unsigned int *       output_len,
-         unsigned int         maxOutputLen, 
-	 unsigned char *      input, 
-	 unsigned int         input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus     rv          = SECSuccess;
-    unsigned int  modulus_len = nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(key);
-    SECItem       formatted;
-    SECItem       unformatted;
-
-    if (maxOutputLen < modulus_len) 
-    	return SECFailure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	return SECFailure;
-
-    unformatted.len  = input_len;
-    unformatted.data = input;
-    formatted.data   = NULL;
-    rv = rsa_FormatBlock(&formatted, modulus_len, RSA_BlockPrivate,
-			 &unformatted);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-    	goto done;
-
-    rv = RSA_PrivateKeyOpDoubleChecked(&key->u.rsa, output, formatted.data);
-    *output_len = modulus_len;
-
-    goto done;
-
-done:
-    if (formatted.data != NULL) 
-    	PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    return rv;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_CheckSign(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key,
-              unsigned char *     sign, 
-	      unsigned int        sign_len, 
-	      unsigned char *     hash, 
-	      unsigned int        hash_len)
-{
-    SECStatus       rv;
-    unsigned int    modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    unsigned int    i;
-    unsigned char * buffer;
-
-    modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    if (sign_len != modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    if (hash_len > modulus_len - 8) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    buffer = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(modulus_len + 1);
-    if (!buffer)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, buffer, sign);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-	goto loser;
-
-    /*
-     * check the padding that was used
-     */
-    if (buffer[0] != 0 || buffer[1] != 1) 
-    	goto loser;
-    for (i = 2; i < modulus_len - hash_len - 1; i++) {
-	if (buffer[i] == 0) 
-	    break;
-	if (buffer[i] != 0xff) 
-	    goto loser;
-    }
-
-    /*
-     * make sure we get the same results
-     */
-    if (PORT_Memcmp(buffer + modulus_len - hash_len, hash, hash_len) != 0)
-	goto loser;
-
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_CheckSignRecover(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key,
-                     unsigned char *     data,
-                     unsigned int *      data_len, 
-		     unsigned int        max_output_len, 
-		     unsigned char *     sign,
-		     unsigned int        sign_len)
-{
-    SECStatus       rv;
-    unsigned int    modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    unsigned int    i;
-    unsigned char * buffer;
-
-    if (sign_len != modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    buffer = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(modulus_len + 1);
-    if (!buffer)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, buffer, sign);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-    	goto loser;
-    *data_len = 0;
-
-    /*
-     * check the padding that was used
-     */
-    if (buffer[0] != 0 || buffer[1] != 1) 
-    	goto loser;
-    for (i = 2; i < modulus_len; i++) {
-	if (buffer[i] == 0) {
-	    *data_len = modulus_len - i - 1;
-	    break;
-	}
-	if (buffer[i] != 0xff) 
-	    goto loser;
-    }
-    if (*data_len == 0) 
-    	goto loser;
-    if (*data_len > max_output_len) 
-    	goto loser;
-
-    /*
-     * make sure we get the same results
-     */
-    PORT_Memcpy(data,buffer + modulus_len - *data_len, *data_len);
-
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_EncryptBlock(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, 
-                 unsigned char *     output, 
-		 unsigned int *      output_len,
-                 unsigned int        max_output_len, 
-		 unsigned char *     input, 
-		 unsigned int        input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus     rv;
-    unsigned int  modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    SECItem       formatted;
-    SECItem       unformatted;
-
-    formatted.data = NULL;
-    if (max_output_len < modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    unformatted.len  = input_len;
-    unformatted.data = input;
-    formatted.data   = NULL;
-    rv = rsa_FormatBlock(&formatted, modulus_len, RSA_BlockPublic,
-			 &unformatted);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, output, formatted.data);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-    	goto failure;
-
-    PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    *output_len = modulus_len;
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-failure:
-    if (formatted.data != NULL) 
-	PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_DecryptBlock(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, 
-                 unsigned char *      output, 
-		 unsigned int *       output_len,
-                 unsigned int         max_output_len, 
-		 unsigned char *      input, 
-		 unsigned int         input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus       rv;
-    unsigned int    modulus_len = nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(key);
-    unsigned int    i;
-    unsigned char * buffer;
-
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-    if (input_len != modulus_len)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    buffer = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(modulus_len + 1);
-    if (!buffer)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PrivateKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, buffer, input);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-    	goto loser;
-
-    if (buffer[0] != 0 || buffer[1] != 2) 
-    	goto loser;
-    *output_len = 0;
-    for (i = 2; i < modulus_len; i++) {
-	if (buffer[i] == 0) {
-	    *output_len = modulus_len - i - 1;
-	    break;
-	}
-    }
-    if (*output_len == 0) 
-    	goto loser;
-    if (*output_len > max_output_len) 
-    	goto loser;
-
-    PORT_Memcpy(output, buffer + modulus_len - *output_len, *output_len);
-
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-/*
- * added to make pkcs #11 happy
- *   RAW is RSA_X_509
- */
-SECStatus
-RSA_SignRaw(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, 
-            unsigned char *      output, 
-	    unsigned int *       output_len,
-            unsigned int         maxOutputLen, 
-	    unsigned char *      input, 
-	    unsigned int         input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus    rv          = SECSuccess;
-    unsigned int modulus_len = nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(key);
-    SECItem      formatted;
-    SECItem      unformatted;
-
-    if (maxOutputLen < modulus_len) 
-    	return SECFailure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	return SECFailure;
-
-    unformatted.len  = input_len;
-    unformatted.data = input;
-    formatted.data   = NULL;
-    rv = rsa_FormatBlock(&formatted, modulus_len, RSA_BlockRaw, &unformatted);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-    	goto done;
-
-    rv = RSA_PrivateKeyOpDoubleChecked(&key->u.rsa, output, formatted.data);
-    *output_len = modulus_len;
-
-done:
-    if (formatted.data != NULL) 
-    	PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    return rv;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_CheckSignRaw(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key,
-                 unsigned char *     sign, 
-		 unsigned int        sign_len, 
-		 unsigned char *     hash, 
-		 unsigned int        hash_len)
-{
-    SECStatus       rv;
-    unsigned int    modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    unsigned char * buffer;
-
-    if (sign_len != modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    if (hash_len > modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    buffer = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(modulus_len + 1);
-    if (!buffer)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, buffer, sign);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-	goto loser;
-
-    /*
-     * make sure we get the same results
-     */
-    /* NOTE: should we verify the leading zeros? */
-    if (PORT_Memcmp(buffer + (modulus_len-hash_len), hash, hash_len) != 0)
-	goto loser;
-
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    PORT_Free(buffer);
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_CheckSignRecoverRaw(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key,
-                        unsigned char *     data,
-                        unsigned int *      data_len, 
-			unsigned int        max_output_len, 
-			unsigned char *     sign,
-			unsigned int        sign_len)
-{
-    SECStatus      rv;
-    unsigned int   modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-
-    if (sign_len != modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    if (max_output_len < modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, data, sign);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-	goto failure;
-
-    *data_len = modulus_len;
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_EncryptRaw(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, 
-	       unsigned char *     output, 
-	       unsigned int *      output_len,
-               unsigned int        max_output_len, 
-	       unsigned char *     input, 
-	       unsigned int        input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus rv;
-    unsigned int  modulus_len = nsslowkey_PublicModulusLen(key);
-    SECItem       formatted;
-    SECItem       unformatted;
-
-    formatted.data = NULL;
-    if (max_output_len < modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    unformatted.len  = input_len;
-    unformatted.data = input;
-    formatted.data   = NULL;
-    rv = rsa_FormatBlock(&formatted, modulus_len, RSA_BlockRaw, &unformatted);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PublicKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, output, formatted.data);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess) 
-    	goto failure;
-
-    PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    *output_len = modulus_len;
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-failure:
-    if (formatted.data != NULL) 
-	PORT_ZFree(formatted.data, modulus_len);
-    return SECFailure;
-}
-
-/* XXX Doesn't set error code */
-SECStatus
-RSA_DecryptRaw(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, 
-               unsigned char *      output, 
-	       unsigned int *       output_len,
-               unsigned int         max_output_len, 
-	       unsigned char *      input, 
-	       unsigned int         input_len)
-{
-    SECStatus     rv;
-    unsigned int  modulus_len = nsslowkey_PrivateModulusLen(key);
-
-    if (modulus_len <= 0) 
-    	goto failure;
-    if (modulus_len > max_output_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-    PORT_Assert(key->keyType == NSSLOWKEYRSAKey);
-    if (key->keyType != NSSLOWKEYRSAKey)
-    	goto failure;
-    if (input_len != modulus_len) 
-    	goto failure;
-
-    rv = RSA_PrivateKeyOp(&key->u.rsa, output, input);
-    if (rv != SECSuccess)
-    	goto failure;
-
-    *output_len = modulus_len;
-    return SECSuccess;
-
-failure:
-    return SECFailure;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/softkver.c

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2002
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-/* Library identity and versioning */
-
-#include "nss.h"
-
-#if defined(DEBUG)
-#define _DEBUG_STRING " (debug)"
-#else
-#define _DEBUG_STRING ""
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Version information for the 'ident' and 'what commands
- *
- * NOTE: the first component of the concatenated rcsid string
- * must not end in a '$' to prevent rcs keyword substitution.
- */
-const char __nss_softokn_rcsid[] = "$Header: NSS " NSS_VERSION _DEBUG_STRING
-        "  " __DATE__ " " __TIME__ " $";
-const char __nss_softokn_sccsid[] = "@(#)NSS " NSS_VERSION _DEBUG_STRING
-        "  " __DATE__ " " __TIME__;

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/softoken.h

@@ -1,164 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * softoken.h - private data structures and prototypes for the softoken lib
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: softoken.h,v 1.7 2005-03-29 18:21:18 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _SOFTOKEN_H_
-#define _SOFTOKEN_H_
-
-#include "blapi.h"
-#include "lowkeyti.h"
-#include "softoknt.h"
-#include "secoidt.h"
-
-#include "pkcs11t.h"     /* CK_RV Required for sftk_fipsPowerUpSelfTest(). */
-
-SEC_BEGIN_PROTOS
-
-/*
-** RSA encryption/decryption. When encrypting/decrypting the output
-** buffer must be at least the size of the public key modulus.
-*/
-
-/*
-** Format some data into a PKCS#1 encryption block, preparing the
-** data for RSA encryption.
-**	"result" where the formatted block is stored (memory is allocated)
-**	"modulusLen" the size of the formatted block
-**	"blockType" what block type to use (SEC_RSABlock*)
-**	"data" the data to format
-*/
-extern SECStatus RSA_FormatBlock(SECItem *result,
-				 unsigned int modulusLen,
-				 RSA_BlockType blockType,
-				 SECItem *data);
-/*
-** Similar, but just returns a pointer to the allocated memory, *and*
-** will *only* format one block, even if we (in the future) modify
-** RSA_FormatBlock() to loop over multiples of modulusLen.
-*/
-extern unsigned char *RSA_FormatOneBlock(unsigned int modulusLen,
-					 RSA_BlockType blockType,
-					 SECItem *data);
-
-
-
-/*
- * convenience wrappers for doing single RSA operations. They create the
- * RSA context internally and take care of the formatting
- * requirements. Blinding happens automagically within RSA_SignHash and
- * RSA_DecryptBlock.
- */
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_Sign(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-		       unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
-		       unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_CheckSign(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *sign,
-			    unsigned int signLength, unsigned char *hash,
-			    unsigned int hashLength);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_CheckSignRecover(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *data,
-    			    unsigned int *data_len,unsigned int max_output_len, 
-			    unsigned char *sign, unsigned int sign_len);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_EncryptBlock(NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-			   unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
-			   unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_DecryptBlock(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-			   unsigned int *outputLen, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
-			   unsigned char *input, unsigned int inputLen);
-
-/*
- * added to make pkcs #11 happy
- *   RAW is RSA_X_509
- */
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_SignRaw( NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-			 unsigned int *output_len, unsigned int maxOutputLen,
-			 unsigned char *input, unsigned int input_len);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_CheckSignRaw( NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *sign, 
-			    unsigned int sign_len, unsigned char *hash, 
-			    unsigned int hash_len);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_CheckSignRecoverRaw( NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *data,
-			    unsigned int *data_len, unsigned int max_output_len,
-			    unsigned char *sign, unsigned int sign_len);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_EncryptRaw( NSSLOWKEYPublicKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-			    unsigned int *output_len,
-			    unsigned int max_output_len, 
-			    unsigned char *input, unsigned int input_len);
-extern
-SECStatus RSA_DecryptRaw(NSSLOWKEYPrivateKey *key, unsigned char *output,
-			     unsigned int *output_len,
-    			     unsigned int max_output_len,
-			     unsigned char *input, unsigned int input_len);
-
-/*
-** Prepare a buffer for DES encryption, growing to the appropriate boundary,
-** filling with the appropriate padding.
-** We add from 1 to DES_KEY_LENGTH bytes -- we *always* grow.
-** The extra bytes contain the value of the length of the padding:
-** if we have 2 bytes of padding, then the padding is "0x02, 0x02".
-**
-** NOTE: If arena is non-NULL, we re-allocate from there, otherwise
-** we assume (and use) PR memory (re)allocation.
-** Maybe this belongs in util?
-*/
-extern unsigned char * DES_PadBuffer(PRArenaPool *arena, unsigned char *inbuf, 
-                                     unsigned int inlen, unsigned int *outlen);
-
-
-/****************************************/
-/*
-** Power-Up selftests required for FIPS and invoked only
-** under PKCS #11 FIPS mode.
-*/
-extern CK_RV sftk_fipsPowerUpSelfTest( void ); 
-
-/*
-** make known fixed PKCS #11 key types to their sizes in bytes
-*/	
-unsigned long sftk_MapKeySize(CK_KEY_TYPE keyType);
-
-SEC_END_PROTOS
-
-#endif /* _SOFTOKEN_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/softokn.def

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-;+#
-;+# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-;+# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-;+#
-;+# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-;+# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-;+# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-;+# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-;+#
-;+# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-;+# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-;+# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-;+# License.
-;+#
-;+# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-;+#
-;+# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-;+# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-;+# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2000
-;+# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-;+#
-;+# Contributor(s):
-;+#   Dr Stephen Henson <stephen.henson@gemplus.com>
-;+#
-;+# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-;+# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-;+# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-;+# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-;+# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-;+# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-;+# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-;+# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-;+# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-;+# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-;+# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-;+#
-;+# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-;+#
-;+# OK, this file is meant to support SUN, LINUX, AIX and WINDOWS
-;+#   1. For all unix platforms, the string ";-"  means "remove this line"
-;+#   2. For all unix platforms, the string " DATA " will be removed from any 
-;+#	line on which it occurs.
-;+#   3. Lines containing ";+" will have ";+" removed on SUN and LINUX.
-;+#      On AIX, lines containing ";+" will be removed.  
-;+#   4. For all unix platforms, the string ";;" will thave the ";;" removed.
-;+#   5. For all unix platforms, after the above processing has taken place,
-;+#    all characters after the first ";" on the line will be removed.  
-;+#    And for AIX, the first ";" will also be removed.
-;+#  This file is passed directly to windows. Since ';' is a comment, all UNIX
-;+#   directives are hidden behind ";", ";+", and ";-"
-;+NSS_3.4 {       # NSS 3.4 release
-;+    global:
-LIBRARY softokn3 ;-
-EXPORTS ;-
-C_GetFunctionList; Make this function like a real PKCS #11 module as well
-FC_GetFunctionList;
-NSC_GetFunctionList;
-NSC_ModuleDBFunc;
-;+    local:
-;+       *;
-;+};

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/softokn.rc

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/* ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 2001
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-
-#include "nss.h"
-#include <winver.h>
-
-#define MY_LIBNAME "softokn"
-#define MY_FILEDESCRIPTION "NSS PKCS #11 Library"
-
-#define STRINGIZE(x) #x
-#define STRINGIZE2(x) STRINGIZE(x)
-#define NSS_VMAJOR_STR STRINGIZE2(NSS_VMAJOR)
-
-#ifdef _DEBUG
-#define MY_DEBUG_STR " (debug)"
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_1 VS_FF_DEBUG
-#else
-#define MY_DEBUG_STR ""
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_1 0x0L
-#endif
-#if NSS_BETA
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_2 MY_FILEFLAGS_1|VS_FF_PRERELEASE
-#else
-#define MY_FILEFLAGS_2 MY_FILEFLAGS_1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef WINNT
-#define MY_FILEOS VOS_NT_WINDOWS32
-#else
-#define MY_FILEOS VOS__WINDOWS32
-#endif
-
-#define MY_INTERNAL_NAME MY_LIBNAME NSS_VMAJOR_STR
-
-/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
-//
-// Version-information resource
-//
-
-VS_VERSION_INFO VERSIONINFO
- FILEVERSION NSS_VMAJOR,NSS_VMINOR,NSS_VPATCH,0
- PRODUCTVERSION NSS_VMAJOR,NSS_VMINOR,NSS_VPATCH,0
- FILEFLAGSMASK VS_FFI_FILEFLAGSMASK
- FILEFLAGS MY_FILEFLAGS_2
- FILEOS MY_FILEOS
- FILETYPE VFT_DLL
- FILESUBTYPE 0x0L // not used
-
-BEGIN
-    BLOCK "StringFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        BLOCK "040904B0" // Lang=US English, CharSet=Unicode
-        BEGIN
-            VALUE "CompanyName", "Netscape Communications Corporation\0"
-            VALUE "FileDescription", MY_FILEDESCRIPTION MY_DEBUG_STR "\0"
-            VALUE "FileVersion", NSS_VERSION "\0"
-            VALUE "InternalName", MY_INTERNAL_NAME "\0"
-            VALUE "LegalCopyright", "Copyright \251 1994-2001 Netscape Communications Corporation\0"
-            VALUE "OriginalFilename", MY_INTERNAL_NAME ".dll\0"
-            VALUE "ProductName", "Network Security Services\0"
-            VALUE "ProductVersion", NSS_VERSION "\0"
-        END
-    END
-    BLOCK "VarFileInfo"
-    BEGIN
-        VALUE "Translation", 0x409, 1200
-    END
-END

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/softoknt.h

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * softoknt.h - public data structures for the software token library
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: softoknt.h,v 1.3 2004-04-27 23:04:38 gerv%gerv.net Exp $ */
-
-#ifndef _SOFTOKNT_H_
-#define _SOFTOKNT_H_
-
-/*
- * RSA block types
- *
- * The actual values are important -- they are fixed, *not* arbitrary.
- * The explicit value assignments are not needed (because C would give
- * us those same values anyway) but are included as a reminder...
- */
-typedef enum {
-    RSA_BlockPrivate0 = 0,	/* unused, really */
-    RSA_BlockPrivate = 1,	/* pad for a private-key operation */
-    RSA_BlockPublic = 2,	/* pad for a public-key operation */
-    RSA_BlockOAEP = 3,		/* use OAEP padding */
-				/* XXX is this only for a public-key
-				   operation? If so, add "Public" */
-    RSA_BlockRaw = 4,		/* simply justify the block appropriately */
-    RSA_BlockTotal
-} RSA_BlockType;
-
-#define NSS_SOFTOKEN_DEFAULT_CHUNKSIZE   2048
-
-#endif /* _SOFTOKNT_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/softoken/tlsprf.c

@@ -1,337 +0,0 @@
-/* tlsprf.c - TLS Pseudo Random Function (PRF) implementation
- *
- * ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
- * Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
- *
- * The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
- * 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- * http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
- *
- * Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
- * for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
- * License.
- *
- * The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
- *
- * The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
- * Netscape Communications Corporation.
- * Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
- * the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
- *
- * Contributor(s):
- *
- * Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
- * either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
- * the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
- * in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
- * of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
- * under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
- * use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
- * decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
- * and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
- * the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
- * the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
- *
- * ***** END LICENSE BLOCK ***** */
-/* $Id: tlsprf.c,v 1.5 2005-03-29 18:21:18 nelsonb%netscape.com Exp $ */
-
-#include "pkcs11i.h"
-#include "sechash.h"
-#include "alghmac.h"
-
-#define SFTK_OFFSETOF(str, memb) ((PRPtrdiff)(&(((str *)0)->memb)))
-
-#define PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN 20
-
-/* TLS P_hash function */
-static SECStatus
-sftk_P_hash(HASH_HashType hashType, const SECItem *secret, const char *label, 
-	SECItem *seed, SECItem *result, PRBool isFIPS)
-{
-    unsigned char state[PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN];
-    unsigned char outbuf[PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN];
-    unsigned int state_len = 0, label_len = 0, outbuf_len = 0, chunk_size;
-    unsigned int remaining;
-    unsigned char *res;
-    SECStatus status;
-    HMACContext *cx;
-    SECStatus rv = SECFailure;
-    const SECHashObject *hashObj = &SECRawHashObjects[hashType];
-
-    PORT_Assert((secret != NULL) && (secret->data != NULL || !secret->len));
-    PORT_Assert((seed != NULL) && (seed->data != NULL));
-    PORT_Assert((result != NULL) && (result->data != NULL));
-
-    remaining = result->len;
-    res = result->data;
-
-    if (label != NULL)
-	label_len = PORT_Strlen(label);
-
-    cx = HMAC_Create(hashObj, secret->data, secret->len, isFIPS);
-    if (cx == NULL)
-	goto loser;
-
-    /* initialize the state = A(1) = HMAC_hash(secret, seed) */
-    HMAC_Begin(cx);
-    HMAC_Update(cx, (unsigned char *)label, label_len);
-    HMAC_Update(cx, seed->data, seed->len);
-    status = HMAC_Finish(cx, state, &state_len, PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN);
-    if (status != SECSuccess)
-	goto loser;
-
-    /* generate a block at a time until we're done */
-    while (remaining > 0) {
-
-	HMAC_Begin(cx);
-	HMAC_Update(cx, state, state_len);
-	if (label_len)
-	    HMAC_Update(cx, (unsigned char *)label, label_len);
-	HMAC_Update(cx, seed->data, seed->len);
-	status = HMAC_Finish(cx, outbuf, &outbuf_len, PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN);
-	if (status != SECSuccess)
-	    goto loser;
-
-        /* Update the state = A(i) = HMAC_hash(secret, A(i-1)) */
-	HMAC_Begin(cx); 
-	HMAC_Update(cx, state, state_len); 
-	status = HMAC_Finish(cx, state, &state_len, PHASH_STATE_MAX_LEN);
-	if (status != SECSuccess)
-	    goto loser;
-
-	chunk_size = PR_MIN(outbuf_len, remaining);
-	PORT_Memcpy(res, &outbuf, chunk_size);
-	res += chunk_size;
-	remaining -= chunk_size;
-    }
-
-    rv = SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    /* if (cx) HMAC_Destroy(cx); */
-    /* clear out state so it's not left on the stack */
-    if (cx) HMAC_Destroy(cx);
-    PORT_Memset(state, 0, sizeof(state));
-    PORT_Memset(outbuf, 0, sizeof(outbuf));
-    return rv;
-}
-
-SECStatus
-sftk_PRF(const SECItem *secret, const char *label, SECItem *seed, 
-         SECItem *result, PRBool isFIPS)
-{
-    SECStatus rv = SECFailure, status;
-    unsigned int i;
-    SECItem tmp = { siBuffer, NULL, 0};
-    SECItem S1;
-    SECItem S2;
-
-    PORT_Assert((secret != NULL) && (secret->data != NULL || !secret->len));
-    PORT_Assert((seed != NULL) && (seed->data != NULL));
-    PORT_Assert((result != NULL) && (result->data != NULL));
-
-    S1.type = siBuffer;
-    S1.len  = (secret->len / 2) + (secret->len & 1);
-    S1.data = secret->data;
-
-    S2.type = siBuffer;
-    S2.len  = S1.len;
-    S2.data = secret->data + (secret->len - S2.len);
-
-    tmp.data = (unsigned char*)PORT_Alloc(result->len);
-    if (tmp.data == NULL)
-	goto loser;
-    tmp.len = result->len;
-
-    status = sftk_P_hash(HASH_AlgMD5, &S1, label, seed, result, isFIPS);
-    if (status != SECSuccess)
-	goto loser;
-
-    status = sftk_P_hash(HASH_AlgSHA1, &S2, label, seed, &tmp, isFIPS);
-    if (status != SECSuccess)
-	goto loser;
-
-    for (i = 0; i < result->len; i++)
-	result->data[i] ^= tmp.data[i];
-
-    rv = SECSuccess;
-
-loser:
-    if (tmp.data != NULL)
-	PORT_ZFree(tmp.data, tmp.len);
-    return rv;
-}
-
-static void sftk_TLSPRFNull(void *data, PRBool freeit)
-{
-    return;
-} 
-
-typedef struct {
-    PRUint32	   cxSize;	/* size of allocated block, in bytes.        */
-    PRUint32       cxBufSize;   /* sizeof buffer at cxBufPtr.                */
-    unsigned char *cxBufPtr;	/* points to real buffer, may be cxBuf.      */
-    PRUint32	   cxKeyLen;	/* bytes of cxBufPtr containing key.         */
-    PRUint32	   cxDataLen;	/* bytes of cxBufPtr containing data.        */
-    SECStatus	   cxRv;	/* records failure of void functions.        */
-    PRBool	   cxIsFIPS;	/* true if conforming to FIPS 198.           */
-    unsigned char  cxBuf[512];	/* actual size may be larger than 512.       */
-} TLSPRFContext;
-
-static void
-sftk_TLSPRFHashUpdate(TLSPRFContext *cx, const unsigned char *data, 
-                        unsigned int data_len)
-{
-    PRUint32 bytesUsed = cx->cxKeyLen + cx->cxDataLen;
-
-    if (cx->cxRv != SECSuccess)	/* function has previously failed. */
-    	return;
-    if (bytesUsed + data_len > cx->cxBufSize) {
-	/* We don't use realloc here because 
-	** (a) realloc doesn't zero out the old block, and 
-	** (b) if realloc fails, we lose the old block.
-	*/
-	PRUint32 newBufSize = bytesUsed + data_len + 512;
-    	unsigned char * newBuf = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(newBufSize);
-	if (!newBuf) {
-	   cx->cxRv = SECFailure;
-	   return;
-	}
-	PORT_Memcpy(newBuf, cx->cxBufPtr, bytesUsed);
-	if (cx->cxBufPtr != cx->cxBuf) {
-	    PORT_ZFree(cx->cxBufPtr, bytesUsed);
-	}
-	cx->cxBufPtr  = newBuf;
-	cx->cxBufSize = newBufSize;
-    }
-    PORT_Memcpy(cx->cxBufPtr + bytesUsed, data, data_len);
-    cx->cxDataLen += data_len;
-}
-
-static void 
-sftk_TLSPRFEnd(TLSPRFContext *ctx, unsigned char *hashout,
-	 unsigned int *pDigestLen, unsigned int maxDigestLen)
-{
-    *pDigestLen = 0; /* tells Verify that no data has been input yet. */
-}
-
-/* Compute the PRF values from the data previously input. */
-static SECStatus
-sftk_TLSPRFUpdate(TLSPRFContext *cx, 
-                  unsigned char *sig,		/* output goes here. */
-		  unsigned int * sigLen, 	/* how much output.  */
-		  unsigned int   maxLen, 	/* output buffer size */
-		  unsigned char *hash, 		/* unused. */
-		  unsigned int   hashLen)	/* unused. */
-{
-    SECStatus rv;
-    SECItem sigItem;
-    SECItem seedItem;
-    SECItem secretItem;
-
-    if (cx->cxRv != SECSuccess)
-    	return cx->cxRv;
-
-    secretItem.data = cx->cxBufPtr;
-    secretItem.len  = cx->cxKeyLen;
-
-    seedItem.data = cx->cxBufPtr + cx->cxKeyLen;
-    seedItem.len  = cx->cxDataLen;
-
-    sigItem.data = sig;
-    sigItem.len  = maxLen;
-
-    rv = sftk_PRF(&secretItem, NULL, &seedItem, &sigItem, cx->cxIsFIPS);
-    if (rv == SECSuccess && sigLen != NULL)
-    	*sigLen = sigItem.len;
-    return rv;
-
-}
-
-static SECStatus
-sftk_TLSPRFVerify(TLSPRFContext *cx, 
-                  unsigned char *sig, 		/* input, for comparison. */
-		  unsigned int   sigLen,	/* length of sig.         */
-		  unsigned char *hash, 		/* data to be verified.   */
-		  unsigned int   hashLen)	/* size of hash data.     */
-{
-    unsigned char * tmp    = (unsigned char *)PORT_Alloc(sigLen);
-    unsigned int    tmpLen = sigLen;
-    SECStatus       rv;
-
-    if (!tmp)
-    	return SECFailure;
-    if (hashLen) {
-    	/* hashLen is non-zero when the user does a one-step verify.
-	** In this case, none of the data has been input yet.
-	*/
-    	sftk_TLSPRFHashUpdate(cx, hash, hashLen);
-    }
-    rv = sftk_TLSPRFUpdate(cx, tmp, &tmpLen, sigLen, NULL, 0);
-    if (rv == SECSuccess) {
-    	rv = (SECStatus)(1 - !PORT_Memcmp(tmp, sig, sigLen));
-    }
-    PORT_ZFree(tmp, sigLen);
-    return rv;
-}
-
-static void
-sftk_TLSPRFHashDestroy(TLSPRFContext *cx, PRBool freeit)
-{
-    if (freeit) {
-	if (cx->cxBufPtr != cx->cxBuf) 
-	    PORT_ZFree(cx->cxBufPtr, cx->cxBufSize);
-	PORT_ZFree(cx, cx->cxSize);
-    }
-}
-
-CK_RV
-sftk_TLSPRFInit(SFTKSessionContext *context, 
-		  SFTKObject *        key, 
-		  CK_KEY_TYPE         key_type)
-{
-    SFTKAttribute * keyVal;
-    TLSPRFContext * prf_cx;
-    CK_RV           crv = CKR_HOST_MEMORY;
-    PRUint32        keySize;
-    PRUint32        blockSize;
-
-    if (key_type != CKK_GENERIC_SECRET)
-    	return CKR_KEY_TYPE_INCONSISTENT; /* CKR_KEY_FUNCTION_NOT_PERMITTED */
-
-    context->multi = PR_TRUE;
-
-    keyVal = sftk_FindAttribute(key, CKA_VALUE);
-    keySize = (!keyVal) ? 0 : keyVal->attrib.ulValueLen;
-    blockSize = keySize + sizeof(TLSPRFContext);
-    prf_cx = (TLSPRFContext *)PORT_Alloc(blockSize);
-    if (!prf_cx) 
-    	goto done;
-    prf_cx->cxSize    = blockSize;
-    prf_cx->cxKeyLen  = keySize;
-    prf_cx->cxDataLen = 0;
-    prf_cx->cxBufSize = blockSize - SFTK_OFFSETOF(TLSPRFContext, cxBuf);
-    prf_cx->cxRv      = SECSuccess;
-    prf_cx->cxIsFIPS  = (key->slot->slotID == FIPS_SLOT_ID);
-    prf_cx->cxBufPtr  = prf_cx->cxBuf;
-    if (keySize)
-	PORT_Memcpy(prf_cx->cxBufPtr, keyVal->attrib.pValue, keySize);
-
-    context->hashInfo    = (void *) prf_cx;
-    context->cipherInfo  = (void *) prf_cx;
-    context->hashUpdate  = (SFTKHash)    sftk_TLSPRFHashUpdate;
-    context->end         = (SFTKEnd)     sftk_TLSPRFEnd;
-    context->update      = (SFTKCipher)  sftk_TLSPRFUpdate;
-    context->verify      = (SFTKVerify)  sftk_TLSPRFVerify;
-    context->destroy     = (SFTKDestroy) sftk_TLSPRFNull;
-    context->hashdestroy = (SFTKDestroy) sftk_TLSPRFHashDestroy;
-    crv = CKR_OK;
-
-done:
-    if (keyVal) 
-	sftk_FreeAttribute(keyVal);
-    return crv;
-}
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/Makefile

@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-#! gmake
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-#######################################################################
-# (1) Include initial platform-independent assignments (MANDATORY).   #
-#######################################################################
-
-include manifest.mn
-
-#######################################################################
-# (2) Include "global" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)          #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/config.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (3) Include "component" configuration information. (OPTIONAL)       #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (4) Include "local" platform-dependent assignments (OPTIONAL).      #
-#######################################################################
-include config.mk
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (5) Execute "global" rules. (OPTIONAL)                              #
-#######################################################################
-
-include $(CORE_DEPTH)/coreconf/rules.mk
-
-#######################################################################
-# (6) Execute "component" rules. (OPTIONAL)                           #
-#######################################################################
-
-
-
-#######################################################################
-# (7) Execute "local" rules. (OPTIONAL).                              #
-#######################################################################
-

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/alter.c

@@ -1,553 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 February 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that used to generate VDBE code
-** that implements the ALTER TABLE command.
-**
-** $Id: alter.c,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/*
-** The code in this file only exists if we are not omitting the
-** ALTER TABLE logic from the build.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_ALTERTABLE
-
-
-/*
-** This function is used by SQL generated to implement the 
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TABLE or
-** CREATE INDEX command. The second is a table name. The table name in 
-** the CREATE TABLE or CREATE INDEX statement is replaced with the second
-** argument and the result returned. Examples:
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE TABLE abc(a, b, c)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE TABLE def(a, b, c)'
-**
-** sqlite_rename_table('CREATE INDEX i ON abc(a)', 'def')
-**     -> 'CREATE INDEX i ON def(a, b, c)'
-*/
-static void renameTableFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TABLE 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
-  ** followed by a left parenthesis - TK_LP.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      } while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-    } while( token!=TK_LP );
-
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
-  }
-}
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-/* This function is used by SQL generated to implement the ALTER TABLE
-** ALTER TABLE command. The first argument is the text of a CREATE TRIGGER 
-** statement. The second is a table name. The table name in the CREATE 
-** TRIGGER statement is replaced with the second argument and the result 
-** returned. This is analagous to renameTableFunc() above, except for CREATE
-** TRIGGER, not CREATE INDEX and CREATE TABLE.
-*/
-static void renameTriggerFunc(
-  sqlite3_context *context,
-  int argc,
-  sqlite3_value **argv
-){
-  unsigned char const *zSql = sqlite3_value_text(argv[0]);
-  unsigned char const *zTableName = sqlite3_value_text(argv[1]);
-
-  int token;
-  Token tname;
-  int dist = 3;
-  char const *zCsr = zSql;
-  int len = 0;
-  char *zRet;
-
-  /* The principle used to locate the table name in the CREATE TRIGGER 
-  ** statement is that the table name is the first token that is immediatedly
-  ** preceded by either TK_ON or TK_DOT and immediatedly followed by one
-  ** of TK_WHEN, TK_BEGIN or TK_FOR.
-  */
-  if( zSql ){
-    do {
-      /* Store the token that zCsr points to in tname. */
-      tname.z = zCsr;
-      tname.n = len;
-
-      /* Advance zCsr to the next token. Store that token type in 'token',
-      ** and it's length in 'len' (to be used next iteration of this loop).
-      */
-      do {
-        zCsr += len;
-        len = sqlite3GetToken(zCsr, &token);
-      }while( token==TK_SPACE );
-      assert( len>0 );
-
-      /* Variable 'dist' stores the number of tokens read since the most
-      ** recent TK_DOT or TK_ON. This means that when a WHEN, FOR or BEGIN 
-      ** token is read and 'dist' equals 2, the condition stated above
-      ** to be met.
-      **
-      ** Note that ON cannot be a database, table or column name, so
-      ** there is no need to worry about syntax like 
-      ** "CREATE TRIGGER ... ON ON.ON BEGIN ..." etc.
-      */
-      dist++;
-      if( token==TK_DOT || token==TK_ON ){
-        dist = 0;
-      }
-    } while( dist!=2 || (token!=TK_WHEN && token!=TK_FOR && token!=TK_BEGIN) );
-
-    /* Variable tname now contains the token that is the old table-name
-    ** in the CREATE TRIGGER statement.
-    */
-    zRet = sqlite3MPrintf("%.*s%Q%s", tname.z - zSql, zSql, 
-       zTableName, tname.z+tname.n);
-    sqlite3_result_text(context, zRet, -1, sqlite3FreeX);
-  }
-}
-#endif   /* !SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER */
-
-/*
-** Register built-in functions used to help implement ALTER TABLE
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFunctions(sqlite3 *db){
-  static const struct {
-     char *zName;
-     signed char nArg;
-     void (*xFunc)(sqlite3_context*,int,sqlite3_value **);
-  } aFuncs[] = {
-    { "sqlite_rename_table",    2, renameTableFunc},
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-    { "sqlite_rename_trigger",  2, renameTriggerFunc},
-#endif
-  };
-  int i;
-
-  for(i=0; i<sizeof(aFuncs)/sizeof(aFuncs[0]); i++){
-    sqlite3_create_function(db, aFuncs[i].zName, aFuncs[i].nArg,
-        SQLITE_UTF8, 0, aFuncs[i].xFunc, 0, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate the text of a WHERE expression which can be used to select all
-** temporary triggers on table pTab from the sqlite_temp_master table. If
-** table pTab has no temporary triggers, or is itself stored in the 
-** temporary database, NULL is returned.
-*/
-static char *whereTempTriggers(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab){
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-  char *zWhere = 0;
-  char *tmp = 0;
-  if( pTab->iDb!=1 ){
-    for( pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext ){
-      if( pTrig->iDb==1 ){
-        if( !zWhere ){
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("name=%Q", pTrig->name);
-        }else{
-          tmp = zWhere;
-          zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("%s OR name=%Q", zWhere, pTrig->name);
-          sqliteFree(tmp);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return zWhere;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to drop and reload the internal representation of table
-** pTab from the database, including triggers and temporary triggers.
-** Argument zName is the name of the table in the database schema at
-** the time the generated code is executed. This can be different from
-** pTab->zName if this function is being called to code part of an 
-** "ALTER TABLE RENAME TO" statement.
-*/
-static void reloadTableSchema(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, const char *zName){
-  Vdbe *v;
-  char *zWhere;
-  int iDb;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  Trigger *pTrig;
-#endif
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  iDb = pTab->iDb;
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Drop any table triggers from the internal schema. */
-  for(pTrig=pTab->pTrigger; pTrig; pTrig=pTrig->pNext){
-    assert( pTrig->iDb==iDb || pTrig->iDb==1 );
-    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTrigger, pTrig->iDb, 0, pTrig->name, 0);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop the table and index from the internal schema */
-  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_DropTable, iDb, 0, pTab->zName, 0);
-
-  /* Reload the table, index and permanent trigger schemas. */
-  zWhere = sqlite3MPrintf("tbl_name=%Q", zName);
-  if( !zWhere ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, iDb, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* Now, if the table is not stored in the temp database, reload any temp 
-  ** triggers. Don't use IN(...) in case SQLITE_OMIT_SUBQUERY is defined. 
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab)) ){
-    sqlite3VdbeOp3(v, OP_ParseSchema, 1, 0, zWhere, P3_DYNAMIC);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code to implement the "ALTER TABLE xxx RENAME TO yyy" 
-** command. 
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterRenameTable(
-  Parse *pParse,            /* Parser context. */
-  SrcList *pSrc,            /* The table to rename. */
-  Token *pName              /* The new table name. */
-){
-  int iDb;                  /* Database that contains the table */
-  char *zDb;                /* Name of database iDb */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being renamed */
-  char *zName = 0;          /* NULL-terminated version of pName */ 
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db; /* Database connection */
-  Vdbe *v;
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  char *zWhere = 0;         /* Where clause to locate temp triggers */
-#endif
-  
-  assert( pSrc->nSrc==1 );
-
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_rename_table;
-  iDb = pTab->iDb;
-  zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-
-  /* Get a NULL terminated version of the new table name. */
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pName);
-  if( !zName ) goto exit_rename_table;
-
-  /* Check that a table or index named 'zName' does not already exist
-  ** in database iDb. If so, this is an error.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, zName, zDb) || sqlite3FindIndex(db, zName, zDb) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "there is already another table or index with this name: %s", zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-  /* Make sure it is not a system table being altered, or a reserved name
-  ** that the table is being renamed to.
-  */
-  if( strlen(pTab->zName)>6 && 0==sqlite3StrNICmp(pTab->zName, "sqlite_", 7) ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be altered", pTab->zName);
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  if( SQLITE_OK!=sqlite3CheckObjectName(pParse, zName) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  /* Invoke the authorization callback. */
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE, zDb, pTab->zName, 0) ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and code the VerifyCookie for database iDb. 
-  ** Then modify the schema cookie (since the ALTER TABLE modifies the
-  ** schema).
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto exit_rename_table;
-  }
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(db, v, iDb);
-
-  /* Modify the sqlite_master table to use the new table name. */
-  sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-      "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-          "sql = sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q), "
-#else
-          "sql = CASE "
-            "WHEN type = 'trigger' THEN sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q)"
-            "ELSE sqlite_rename_table(sql, %Q) END, "
-#endif
-          "tbl_name = %Q, "
-          "name = CASE "
-            "WHEN type='table' THEN %Q "
-            "WHEN name LIKE 'sqlite_autoindex%%' AND type='index' THEN "
-              "'sqlite_autoindex_' || %Q || substr(name, %d+18,10) "
-            "ELSE name END "
-      "WHERE tbl_name=%Q AND "
-          "(type='table' OR type='index' OR type='trigger');", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), zName, zName, zName, 
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-      zName,
-#endif
-      zName, strlen(pTab->zName), pTab->zName
-  );
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTOINCREMENT
-  /* If the sqlite_sequence table exists in this database, then update 
-  ** it with the new table name.
-  */
-  if( sqlite3FindTable(db, "sqlite_sequence", zDb) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse,
-        "UPDATE %Q.sqlite_sequence set name = %Q WHERE name = %Q",
-        zDb, zName, pTab->zName);
-  }
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  /* If there are TEMP triggers on this table, modify the sqlite_temp_master
-  ** table. Don't do this if the table being ALTERed is itself located in
-  ** the temp database.
-  */
-  if( (zWhere=whereTempTriggers(pParse, pTab)) ){
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE sqlite_temp_master SET "
-            "sql = sqlite_rename_trigger(sql, %Q), "
-            "tbl_name = %Q "
-            "WHERE %s;", zName, zName, zWhere);
-    sqliteFree(zWhere);
-  }
-#endif
-
-  /* Drop and reload the internal table schema. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, zName);
-
-exit_rename_table:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
-  sqliteFree(zName);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called after an "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement
-** has been parsed. Argument pColDef contains the text of the new
-** column definition.
-**
-** The Table structure pParse->pNewTable was extended to include
-** the new column during parsing.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn(Parse *pParse, Token *pColDef){
-  Table *pNew;              /* Copy of pParse->pNewTable */
-  Table *pTab;              /* Table being altered */
-  int iDb;                  /* Database number */
-  const char *zDb;          /* Database name */
-  const char *zTab;         /* Table name */
-  char *zCol;               /* Null-terminated column definition */
-  Column *pCol;             /* The new column */
-  Expr *pDflt;              /* Default value for the new column */
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  if( pParse->nErr ) return;
-  pNew = pParse->pNewTable;
-  assert( pNew );
-
-  iDb = pNew->iDb;
-  zDb = pParse->db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  zTab = pNew->zName;
-  pCol = &pNew->aCol[pNew->nCol-1];
-  pDflt = pCol->pDflt;
-  pTab = sqlite3FindTable(pParse->db, zTab, zDb);
-  assert( pTab );
-
-  /* If the default value for the new column was specified with a 
-  ** literal NULL, then set pDflt to 0. This simplifies checking
-  ** for an SQL NULL default below.
-  */
-  if( pDflt && pDflt->op==TK_NULL ){
-    pDflt = 0;
-  }
-
-  /* Check that the new column is not specified as PRIMARY KEY or UNIQUE.
-  ** If there is a NOT NULL constraint, then the default value for the
-  ** column must not be NULL.
-  */
-  if( pCol->isPrimKey ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a PRIMARY KEY column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pNew->pIndex ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a UNIQUE column");
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pCol->notNull && !pDflt ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, 
-        "Cannot add a NOT NULL column with default value NULL");
-    return;
-  }
-
-  /* Ensure the default expression is something that sqlite3ValueFromExpr()
-  ** can handle (i.e. not CURRENT_TIME etc.)
-  */
-  if( pDflt ){
-    sqlite3_value *pVal;
-    if( sqlite3ValueFromExpr(pDflt, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_AFF_NONE, &pVal) ){
-      /* malloc() has failed */
-      return;
-    }
-    if( !pVal ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column with non-constant default");
-      return;
-    }
-    sqlite3ValueFree(pVal);
-  }
-
-  /* Modify the CREATE TABLE statement. */
-  zCol = sqliteStrNDup(pColDef->z, pColDef->n);
-  if( zCol ){
-    char *zEnd = &zCol[pColDef->n-1];
-    while( (zEnd>zCol && *zEnd==';') || isspace(*(unsigned char *)zEnd) ){
-      *zEnd-- = '\0';
-    }
-    sqlite3NestedParse(pParse, 
-        "UPDATE %Q.%s SET "
-          "sql = substr(sql,1,%d) || ', ' || %Q || substr(sql,%d,length(sql)) "
-        "WHERE type = 'table' AND name = %Q", 
-      zDb, SCHEMA_TABLE(iDb), pNew->addColOffset, zCol, pNew->addColOffset+1,
-      zTab
-    );
-    sqliteFree(zCol);
-  }
-
-  /* If the default value of the new column is NULL, then set the file
-  ** format to 2. If the default value of the new column is not NULL,
-  ** the file format becomes 3.
-  */
-  if( (v=sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse)) ){
-    int f = (pDflt?3:2);
-
-    /* Only set the file format to $f if it is currently less than $f. */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ReadCookie, iDb, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, f, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Ge, 0, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+3);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, f, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetCookie, iDb, 1);
-  }
-
-  /* Reload the schema of the modified table. */
-  reloadTableSchema(pParse, pTab, pTab->zName);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** This function is called by the parser after the table-name in
-** an "ALTER TABLE <table-name> ADD" statement is parsed. Argument 
-** pSrc is the full-name of the table being altered.
-**
-** This routine makes a (partial) copy of the Table structure
-** for the table being altered and sets Parse.pNewTable to point
-** to it. Routines called by the parser as the column definition
-** is parsed (i.e. sqlite3AddColumn()) add the new Column data to 
-** the copy. The copy of the Table structure is deleted by tokenize.c 
-** after parsing is finished.
-**
-** Routine sqlite3AlterFinishAddColumn() will be called to complete
-** coding the "ALTER TABLE ... ADD" statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3AlterBeginAddColumn(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pNew;
-  Table *pTab;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  int iDb;
-  int i;
-  int nAlloc;
-
-  /* Look up the table being altered. */
-  assert( !pParse->pNewTable );
-  pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pSrc->a[0].zName, pSrc->a[0].zDatabase);
-  if( !pTab ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-
-  /* Make sure this is not an attempt to ALTER a view. */
-  if( pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "Cannot add a column to a view");
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-
-  assert( pTab->addColOffset>0 );
-  iDb = pTab->iDb;
-
-  /* Put a copy of the Table struct in Parse.pNewTable for the
-  ** sqlite3AddColumn() function and friends to modify.
-  */
-  pNew = (Table *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Table));
-  if( !pNew ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  pParse->pNewTable = pNew;
-  pNew->nCol = pTab->nCol;
-  assert( pNew->nCol>0 );
-  nAlloc = (((pNew->nCol-1)/8)*8)+8;
-  assert( nAlloc>=pNew->nCol && nAlloc%8==0 && nAlloc-pNew->nCol<8 );
-  pNew->aCol = (Column *)sqliteMalloc(sizeof(Column)*nAlloc);
-  pNew->zName = sqliteStrDup(pTab->zName);
-  if( !pNew->aCol || !pNew->zName ){
-    goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  }
-  memcpy(pNew->aCol, pTab->aCol, sizeof(Column)*pNew->nCol);
-  for(i=0; i<pNew->nCol; i++){
-    Column *pCol = &pNew->aCol[i];
-    pCol->zName = sqliteStrDup(pCol->zName);
-    pCol->zType = 0;
-    pCol->pDflt = 0;
-  }
-  pNew->iDb = iDb;
-  pNew->addColOffset = pTab->addColOffset;
-  pNew->nRef = 1;
-
-  /* Begin a transaction and increment the schema cookie.  */
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, 0, iDb);
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) goto exit_begin_add_column;
-  sqlite3ChangeCookie(pParse->db, v, iDb);
-
-exit_begin_add_column:
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pSrc);
-  return;
-}
-#endif  /* SQLITE_ALTER_TABLE */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/attach.c

@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 April 6
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the ATTACH and DETACH commands.
-**
-** $Id: attach.c,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to process an ATTACH statement:
-**
-**     ATTACH DATABASE filename AS dbname
-**
-** The pFilename and pDbname arguments are the tokens that define the
-** filename and dbname in the ATTACH statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3Attach(
-  Parse *pParse,       /* The parser context */
-  Token *pFilename,    /* Name of database file */
-  Token *pDbname,      /* Name of the database to use internally */
-  int keyType,         /* 0: no key.  1: TEXT,  2: BLOB */
-  Token *pKey          /* Text of the key for keytype 1 and 2 */
-){
-  Db *aNew;
-  int rc, i;
-  char *zFile = 0;
-  char *zName = 0;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 1, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-  if( pParse->explain ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  if( db->nDb>=MAX_ATTACHED+2 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "too many attached databases - max %d", 
-       MAX_ATTACHED);
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot ATTACH database within transaction");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-
-  zFile = sqlite3NameFromToken(pFilename);
-  if( zFile==0 ){
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_ATTACH, zFile, 0, 0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbname);
-  if( zName==0 ){
-    goto attach_end;
-  }
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    char *z = db->aDb[i].zName;
-    if( z && sqlite3StrICmp(z, zName)==0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "database %s is already in use", zName);
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( db->aDb==db->aDbStatic ){
-    aNew = sqliteMalloc( sizeof(db->aDb[0])*3 );
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    }
-    memcpy(aNew, db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*2);
-  }else{
-    aNew = sqliteRealloc(db->aDb, sizeof(db->aDb[0])*(db->nDb+1) );
-    if( aNew==0 ){
-      goto attach_end;
-    } 
-  }
-  db->aDb = aNew;
-  aNew = &db->aDb[db->nDb++];
-  memset(aNew, 0, sizeof(*aNew));
-  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->tblHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->idxHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->trigHash, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 0);
-  sqlite3HashInit(&aNew->aFKey, SQLITE_HASH_STRING, 1);
-  aNew->zName = zName;
-  zName = 0;
-  aNew->safety_level = 3;
-  rc = sqlite3BtreeFactory(db, zFile, 0, MAX_PAGES, &aNew->pBt);
-  if( rc ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "unable to open database: %s", zFile);
-  }
-#if SQLITE_HAS_CODEC
-  {
-    extern int sqlite3CodecAttach(sqlite3*, int, void*, int);
-    char *zKey;
-    int nKey;
-    if( keyType==0 ){
-      /* No key specified.  Use the key from the main database */
-      extern void sqlite3CodecGetKey(sqlite3*, int, void**, int*);
-      sqlite3CodecGetKey(db, 0, (void**)&zKey, &nKey);
-    }else if( keyType==1 ){
-      /* Key specified as text */
-      zKey = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
-      nKey = strlen(zKey);
-    }else{
-      /* Key specified as a BLOB */
-      char *zTemp;
-      assert( keyType==2 );
-      pKey->z++;
-      pKey->n--;
-      zTemp = sqlite3NameFromToken(pKey);
-      zKey = sqlite3HexToBlob(zTemp);
-      sqliteFree(zTemp);
-    }
-    sqlite3CodecAttach(db, db->nDb-1, zKey, nKey);
-    if( keyType ){
-      sqliteFree(zKey);
-    }
-  }
-#endif
-  db->flags &= ~SQLITE_Initialized;
-  if( pParse->nErr==0 && rc==SQLITE_OK ){
-    rc = sqlite3ReadSchema(pParse);
-  }
-  if( rc ){
-    int i = db->nDb - 1;
-    assert( i>=2 );
-    if( db->aDb[i].pBt ){
-      sqlite3BtreeClose(db->aDb[i].pBt);
-      db->aDb[i].pBt = 0;
-    }
-    sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-    if( 0==pParse->nErr ){
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-
-attach_end:
-  sqliteFree(zFile);
-  sqliteFree(zName);
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called by the parser to process a DETACH statement:
-**
-**    DETACH DATABASE dbname
-**
-** The pDbname argument is the name of the database in the DETACH statement.
-*/
-void sqlite3Detach(Parse *pParse, Token *pDbname){
-  int i;
-  sqlite3 *db;
-  Vdbe *v;
-  Db *pDb = 0;
-  char *zName;
-
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( !v ) return;
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Expire, 0, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Halt, 0, 0);
-  if( pParse->explain ) return;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  zName = sqlite3NameFromToken(pDbname);
-  if( zName==0 ) return;
-  for(i=0; i<db->nDb; i++){
-    pDb = &db->aDb[i];
-    if( pDb->pBt==0 ) continue;
-    if( sqlite3StrICmp(pDb->zName, zName)==0 ) break;
-  }
-  if( i>=db->nDb ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such database: %z", zName);
-    return;
-  }
-  if( i<2 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot detach database %z", zName);
-    return;
-  }
-  sqliteFree(zName);
-  if( !db->autoCommit ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "cannot DETACH database within transaction");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-    return;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse,SQLITE_DETACH,db->aDb[i].zName,0,0)!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    return;
-  }
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */
-  sqlite3BtreeClose(pDb->pBt);
-  pDb->pBt = 0;
-  sqlite3ResetInternalSchema(db, 0);
-}
-
-/*
-** Initialize a DbFixer structure.  This routine must be called prior
-** to passing the structure to one of the sqliteFixAAAA() routines below.
-**
-** The return value indicates whether or not fixation is required.  TRUE
-** means we do need to fix the database references, FALSE means we do not.
-*/
-int sqlite3FixInit(
-  DbFixer *pFix,      /* The fixer to be initialized */
-  Parse *pParse,      /* Error messages will be written here */
-  int iDb,            /* This is the database that must be used */
-  const char *zType,  /* "view", "trigger", or "index" */
-  const Token *pName  /* Name of the view, trigger, or index */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db;
-
-  if( iDb<0 || iDb==1 ) return 0;
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( db->nDb>iDb );
-  pFix->pParse = pParse;
-  pFix->zDb = db->aDb[iDb].zName;
-  pFix->zType = zType;
-  pFix->pName = pName;
-  return 1;
-}
-
-/*
-** The following set of routines walk through the parse tree and assign
-** a specific database to all table references where the database name
-** was left unspecified in the original SQL statement.  The pFix structure
-** must have been initialized by a prior call to sqlite3FixInit().
-**
-** These routines are used to make sure that an index, trigger, or
-** view in one database does not refer to objects in a different database.
-** (Exception: indices, triggers, and views in the TEMP database are
-** allowed to refer to anything.)  If a reference is explicitly made
-** to an object in a different database, an error message is added to
-** pParse->zErrMsg and these routines return non-zero.  If everything
-** checks out, these routines return 0.
-*/
-int sqlite3FixSrcList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  SrcList *pList       /* The Source list to check and modify */
-){
-  int i;
-  const char *zDb;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  zDb = pFix->zDb;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    if( pItem->zDatabase==0 ){
-      pItem->zDatabase = sqliteStrDup(zDb);
-    }else if( sqlite3StrICmp(pItem->zDatabase,zDb)!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pFix->pParse,
-         "%s %T cannot reference objects in database %s",
-         pFix->zType, pFix->pName, pItem->zDatabase);
-      return 1;
-    }
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pItem->pSelect) ) return 1;
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pOn) ) return 1;
-#endif
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#if !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW) || !defined(SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER)
-int sqlite3FixSelect(
-  DbFixer *pFix,       /* Context of the fixation */
-  Select *pSelect      /* The SELECT statement to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pSelect ){
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pSelect->pEList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixSrcList(pFix, pSelect->pSrc) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pSelect->pHaving) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pSelect = pSelect->pPrior;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExpr(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  Expr *pExpr        /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pExpr ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pExpr->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pExpr->pList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pExpr->pRight) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pExpr = pExpr->pLeft;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-int sqlite3FixExprList(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  ExprList *pList    /* The expression to be fixed to one database */
-){
-  int i;
-  struct ExprList_item *pItem;
-  if( pList==0 ) return 0;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pList->a; i<pList->nExpr; i++, pItem++){
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pItem->pExpr) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-int sqlite3FixTriggerStep(
-  DbFixer *pFix,     /* Context of the fixation */
-  TriggerStep *pStep /* The trigger step be fixed to one database */
-){
-  while( pStep ){
-    if( sqlite3FixSelect(pFix, pStep->pSelect) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExpr(pFix, pStep->pWhere) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    if( sqlite3FixExprList(pFix, pStep->pExprList) ){
-      return 1;
-    }
-    pStep = pStep->pNext;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/auth.c

@@ -1,224 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2003 January 11
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains code used to implement the sqlite3_set_authorizer()
-** API.  This facility is an optional feature of the library.  Embedded
-** systems that do not need this facility may omit it by recompiling
-** the library with -DSQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION=1
-**
-** $Id: auth.c,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** All of the code in this file may be omitted by defining a single
-** macro.
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION
-
-/*
-** Set or clear the access authorization function.
-**
-** The access authorization function is be called during the compilation
-** phase to verify that the user has read and/or write access permission on
-** various fields of the database.  The first argument to the auth function
-** is a copy of the 3rd argument to this routine.  The second argument
-** to the auth function is one of these constants:
-**
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_CREATE_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DELETE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_INDEX
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TABLE
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TEMP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_DROP_TRIGGER
-**       SQLITE_DROP_VIEW
-**       SQLITE_INSERT
-**       SQLITE_PRAGMA
-**       SQLITE_READ
-**       SQLITE_SELECT
-**       SQLITE_TRANSACTION
-**       SQLITE_UPDATE
-**
-** The third and fourth arguments to the auth function are the name of
-** the table and the column that are being accessed.  The auth function
-** should return either SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_DENY, or SQLITE_IGNORE.  If
-** SQLITE_OK is returned, it means that access is allowed.  SQLITE_DENY
-** means that the SQL statement will never-run - the sqlite3_exec() call
-** will return with an error.  SQLITE_IGNORE means that the SQL statement
-** should run but attempts to read the specified column will return NULL
-** and attempts to write the column will be ignored.
-**
-** Setting the auth function to NULL disables this hook.  The default
-** setting of the auth function is NULL.
-*/
-int sqlite3_set_authorizer(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  int (*xAuth)(void*,int,const char*,const char*,const char*,const char*),
-  void *pArg
-){
-  db->xAuth = xAuth;
-  db->pAuthArg = pArg;
-  sqlite3ExpirePreparedStatements(db);
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-/*
-** Write an error message into pParse->zErrMsg that explains that the
-** user-supplied authorization function returned an illegal value.
-*/
-static void sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(Parse *pParse, int rc){
-  sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "illegal return value (%d) from the "
-    "authorization function - should be SQLITE_OK, SQLITE_IGNORE, "
-    "or SQLITE_DENY", rc);
-  pParse->rc = SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** The pExpr should be a TK_COLUMN expression.  The table referred to
-** is in pTabList or else it is the NEW or OLD table of a trigger.  
-** Check to see if it is OK to read this particular column.
-**
-** If the auth function returns SQLITE_IGNORE, change the TK_COLUMN 
-** instruction into a TK_NULL.  If the auth function returns SQLITE_DENY,
-** then generate an error.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthRead(
-  Parse *pParse,        /* The parser context */
-  Expr *pExpr,          /* The expression to check authorization on */
-  SrcList *pTabList     /* All table that pExpr might refer to */
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-  Table *pTab;          /* The table being read */
-  const char *zCol;     /* Name of the column of the table */
-  int iSrc;             /* Index in pTabList->a[] of table being read */
-  const char *zDBase;   /* Name of database being accessed */
-  TriggerStack *pStack; /* The stack of current triggers */
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ) return;
-  assert( pExpr->op==TK_COLUMN );
-  for(iSrc=0; pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc; iSrc++){
-    if( pExpr->iTable==pTabList->a[iSrc].iCursor ) break;
-  }
-  if( iSrc>=0 && pTabList && iSrc<pTabList->nSrc ){
-    pTab = pTabList->a[iSrc].pTab;
-  }else if( (pStack = pParse->trigStack)!=0 ){
-    /* This must be an attempt to read the NEW or OLD pseudo-tables
-    ** of a trigger.
-    */
-    assert( pExpr->iTable==pStack->newIdx || pExpr->iTable==pStack->oldIdx );
-    pTab = pStack->pTab;
-  }else{
-    return;
-  }
-  if( pTab==0 ) return;
-  if( pExpr->iColumn>=0 ){
-    assert( pExpr->iColumn<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pExpr->iColumn].zName;
-  }else if( pTab->iPKey>=0 ){
-    assert( pTab->iPKey<pTab->nCol );
-    zCol = pTab->aCol[pTab->iPKey].zName;
-  }else{
-    zCol = "ROWID";
-  }
-  assert( pExpr->iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDBase = db->aDb[pExpr->iDb].zName;
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, SQLITE_READ, pTab->zName, zCol, zDBase, 
-                 pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    pExpr->op = TK_NULL;
-  }else if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    if( db->nDb>2 || pExpr->iDb!=0 ){
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s.%s is prohibited", 
-         zDBase, pTab->zName, zCol);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "access to %s.%s is prohibited",pTab->zName,zCol);
-    }
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK ){
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Do an authorization check using the code and arguments given.  Return
-** either SQLITE_OK (zero) or SQLITE_IGNORE or SQLITE_DENY.  If SQLITE_DENY
-** is returned, then the error count and error message in pParse are
-** modified appropriately.
-*/
-int sqlite3AuthCheck(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  int code,
-  const char *zArg1,
-  const char *zArg2,
-  const char *zArg3
-){
-  sqlite3 *db = pParse->db;
-  int rc;
-
-  /* Don't do any authorization checks if the database is initialising. */
-  if( db->init.busy ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-
-  if( db->xAuth==0 ){
-    return SQLITE_OK;
-  }
-  rc = db->xAuth(db->pAuthArg, code, zArg1, zArg2, zArg3, pParse->zAuthContext);
-  if( rc==SQLITE_DENY ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "not authorized");
-    pParse->rc = SQLITE_AUTH;
-  }else if( rc!=SQLITE_OK && rc!=SQLITE_IGNORE ){
-    rc = SQLITE_DENY;
-    sqliteAuthBadReturnCode(pParse, rc);
-  }
-  return rc;
-}
-
-/*
-** Push an authorization context.  After this routine is called, the
-** zArg3 argument to authorization callbacks will be zContext until
-** popped.  Or if pParse==0, this routine is a no-op.
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPush(
-  Parse *pParse,
-  AuthContext *pContext, 
-  const char *zContext
-){
-  pContext->pParse = pParse;
-  if( pParse ){
-    pContext->zAuthContext = pParse->zAuthContext;
-    pParse->zAuthContext = zContext;
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Pop an authorization context that was previously pushed
-** by sqlite3AuthContextPush
-*/
-void sqlite3AuthContextPop(AuthContext *pContext){
-  if( pContext->pParse ){
-    pContext->pParse->zAuthContext = pContext->zAuthContext;
-    pContext->pParse = 0;
-  }
-}
-
-#endif /* SQLITE_OMIT_AUTHORIZATION */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/btree.h

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This header file defines the interface that the sqlite B-Tree file
-** subsystem.  See comments in the source code for a detailed description
-** of what each interface routine does.
-**
-** @(#) $Id: btree.h,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-#ifndef _BTREE_H_
-#define _BTREE_H_
-
-/* TODO: This definition is just included so other modules compile. It
-** needs to be revisited.
-*/
-#define SQLITE_N_BTREE_META 10
-
-/*
-** If defined as non-zero, auto-vacuum is enabled by default. Otherwise
-** it must be turned on for each database using "PRAGMA auto_vacuum = 1".
-*/
-#ifndef SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM
-  #define SQLITE_DEFAULT_AUTOVACUUM 0
-#endif
-
-/*
-** Forward declarations of structure
-*/
-typedef struct Btree Btree;
-typedef struct BtCursor BtCursor;
-
-
-int sqlite3BtreeOpen(
-  const char *zFilename,   /* Name of database file to open */
-  Btree **,                /* Return open Btree* here */
-  int flags                /* Flags */
-);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeOpen can be the bitwise or of the
-** following values.
-**
-** NOTE:  These values must match the corresponding PAGER_ values in
-** pager.h.
-*/
-#define BTREE_OMIT_JOURNAL  1  /* Do not use journal.  No argument */
-#define BTREE_NO_READLOCK   2  /* Omit readlocks on readonly files */
-#define BTREE_MEMORY        4  /* In-memory DB.  No argument */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeClose(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetBusyHandler(Btree*,BusyHandler*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetCacheSize(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetSafetyLevel(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetPageSize(Btree*,int,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetPageSize(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetReserve(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSetAutoVacuum(Btree *, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetAutoVacuum(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginTrans(Btree*,int);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommit(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeRollback(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeBeginStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeCommitStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeRollbackStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeCreateTable(Btree*, int*, int flags);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInTrans(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeIsInStmt(Btree*);
-int sqlite3BtreeSync(Btree*, const char *zMaster);
-int sqlite3BtreeReset(Btree *);
-
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetFilename(Btree *);
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetDirname(Btree *);
-const char *sqlite3BtreeGetJournalname(Btree *);
-int sqlite3BtreeCopyFile(Btree *, Btree *);
-
-/* The flags parameter to sqlite3BtreeCreateTable can be the bitwise OR
-** of the following flags:
-*/
-#define BTREE_INTKEY     1    /* Table has only 64-bit signed integer keys */
-#define BTREE_ZERODATA   2    /* Table has keys only - no data */
-#define BTREE_LEAFDATA   4    /* Data stored in leaves only.  Implies INTKEY */
-
-int sqlite3BtreeDropTable(Btree*, int, int*);
-int sqlite3BtreeClearTable(Btree*, int);
-int sqlite3BtreeGetMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 *pValue);
-int sqlite3BtreeUpdateMeta(Btree*, int idx, u32 value);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCursor(
-  Btree*,                              /* BTree containing table to open */
-  int iTable,                          /* Index of root page */
-  int wrFlag,                          /* 1 for writing.  0 for read-only */
-  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),  /* Key comparison function */
-  void*,                               /* First argument to compare function */
-  BtCursor **ppCursor                  /* Returned cursor */
-);
-
-void sqlite3BtreeSetCompare(
-  BtCursor *,
-  int(*)(void*,int,const void*,int,const void*),
-  void*
-);
-
-int sqlite3BtreeCloseCursor(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeMoveto(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeDelete(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeInsert(BtCursor*, const void *pKey, i64 nKey,
-                                  const void *pData, int nData);
-int sqlite3BtreeFirst(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeLast(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeNext(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeEof(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreeFlags(BtCursor*);
-int sqlite3BtreePrevious(BtCursor*, int *pRes);
-int sqlite3BtreeKeySize(BtCursor*, i64 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeKey(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeKeyFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-const void *sqlite3BtreeDataFetch(BtCursor*, int *pAmt);
-int sqlite3BtreeDataSize(BtCursor*, u32 *pSize);
-int sqlite3BtreeData(BtCursor*, u32 offset, u32 amt, void*);
-
-char *sqlite3BtreeIntegrityCheck(Btree*, int *aRoot, int nRoot);
-struct Pager *sqlite3BtreePager(Btree*);
-
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_TEST
-int sqlite3BtreeCursorInfo(BtCursor*, int*, int);
-void sqlite3BtreeCursorList(Btree*);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef SQLITE_DEBUG
-int sqlite3BtreePageDump(Btree*, int, int recursive);
-#else
-#define sqlite3BtreePageDump(X,Y,Z) SQLITE_OK
-#endif
-
-#endif /* _BTREE_H_ */

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/callback.c

@@ -1,306 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2005 May 23 
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-**
-** This file contains functions used to access the internal hash tables
-** of user defined functions and collation sequences.
-**
-** $Id: callback.c,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Invoke the 'collation needed' callback to request a collation sequence
-** in the database text encoding of name zName, length nName.
-** If the collation sequence
-*/
-static void callCollNeeded(sqlite3 *db, const char *zName, int nName){
-  assert( !db->xCollNeeded || !db->xCollNeeded16 );
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
-  if( db->xCollNeeded ){
-    char *zExternal = sqliteStrNDup(zName, nName);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
-    sqliteFree(zExternal);
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_UTF16
-  if( db->xCollNeeded16 ){
-    char const *zExternal;
-    sqlite3_value *pTmp = sqlite3GetTransientValue(db);
-    sqlite3ValueSetStr(pTmp, -1, zName, SQLITE_UTF8, SQLITE_STATIC);
-    zExternal = sqlite3ValueText(pTmp, SQLITE_UTF16NATIVE);
-    if( !zExternal ) return;
-    db->xCollNeeded16(db->pCollNeededArg, db, (int)db->enc, zExternal);
-  }
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called if the collation factory fails to deliver a
-** collation function in the best encoding but there may be other versions
-** of this collation function (for other text encodings) available. Use one
-** of these instead if they exist. Avoid a UTF-8 <-> UTF-16 conversion if
-** possible.
-*/
-static int synthCollSeq(sqlite3 *db, CollSeq *pColl){
-  CollSeq *pColl2;
-  char *z = pColl->zName;
-  int n = strlen(z);
-  int i;
-  static const u8 aEnc[] = { SQLITE_UTF16BE, SQLITE_UTF16LE, SQLITE_UTF8 };
-  for(i=0; i<3; i++){
-    pColl2 = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, aEnc[i], z, n, 0);
-    if( pColl2->xCmp!=0 ){
-      memcpy(pColl, pColl2, sizeof(CollSeq));
-      return SQLITE_OK;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_ERROR;
-}
-
-/*
-** This function is responsible for invoking the collation factory callback
-** or substituting a collation sequence of a different encoding when the
-** requested collation sequence is not available in the database native
-** encoding.
-** 
-** If it is not NULL, then pColl must point to the database native encoding 
-** collation sequence with name zName, length nName.
-**
-** The return value is either the collation sequence to be used in database
-** db for collation type name zName, length nName, or NULL, if no collation
-** sequence can be found.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3GetCollSeq(
-  sqlite3* db, 
-  CollSeq *pColl, 
-  const char *zName, 
-  int nName
-){
-  CollSeq *p;
-
-  p = pColl;
-  if( !p ){
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( !p || !p->xCmp ){
-    /* No collation sequence of this type for this encoding is registered.
-    ** Call the collation factory to see if it can supply us with one.
-    */
-    callCollNeeded(db, zName, nName);
-    p = sqlite3FindCollSeq(db, db->enc, zName, nName, 0);
-  }
-  if( p && !p->xCmp && synthCollSeq(db, p) ){
-    p = 0;
-  }
-  assert( !p || p->xCmp );
-  return p;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine is called on a collation sequence before it is used to
-** check that it is defined. An undefined collation sequence exists when
-** a database is loaded that contains references to collation sequences
-** that have not been defined by sqlite3_create_collation() etc.
-**
-** If required, this routine calls the 'collation needed' callback to
-** request a definition of the collating sequence. If this doesn't work, 
-** an equivalent collating sequence that uses a text encoding different
-** from the main database is substituted, if one is available.
-*/
-int sqlite3CheckCollSeq(Parse *pParse, CollSeq *pColl){
-  if( pColl ){
-    const char *zName = pColl->zName;
-    CollSeq *p = sqlite3GetCollSeq(pParse->db, pColl, zName, -1);
-    if( !p ){
-      if( pParse->nErr==0 ){
-        sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "no such collation sequence: %s", zName);
-      }
-      pParse->nErr++;
-      return SQLITE_ERROR;
-    }
-  }
-  return SQLITE_OK;
-}
-
-
-
-/*
-** Locate and return an entry from the db.aCollSeq hash table. If the entry
-** specified by zName and nName is not found and parameter 'create' is
-** true, then create a new entry. Otherwise return NULL.
-**
-** Each pointer stored in the sqlite3.aCollSeq hash table contains an
-** array of three CollSeq structures. The first is the collation sequence
-** prefferred for UTF-8, the second UTF-16le, and the third UTF-16be.
-**
-** Stored immediately after the three collation sequences is a copy of
-** the collation sequence name. A pointer to this string is stored in
-** each collation sequence structure.
-*/
-static CollSeq * findCollSeqEntry(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl;
-  if( nName<0 ) nName = strlen(zName);
-  pColl = sqlite3HashFind(&db->aCollSeq, zName, nName);
-
-  if( 0==pColl && create ){
-    pColl = sqliteMalloc( 3*sizeof(*pColl) + nName + 1 );
-    if( pColl ){
-      CollSeq *pDel = 0;
-      pColl[0].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[0].enc = SQLITE_UTF8;
-      pColl[1].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[1].enc = SQLITE_UTF16LE;
-      pColl[2].zName = (char*)&pColl[3];
-      pColl[2].enc = SQLITE_UTF16BE;
-      memcpy(pColl[0].zName, zName, nName);
-      pColl[0].zName[nName] = 0;
-      pDel = sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aCollSeq, pColl[0].zName, nName, pColl);
-
-      /* If a malloc() failure occured in sqlite3HashInsert(), it will 
-      ** return the pColl pointer to be deleted (because it wasn't added
-      ** to the hash table).
-      */
-      assert( !pDel || (sqlite3_malloc_failed && pDel==pColl) );
-      sqliteFree(pDel);
-    }
-  }
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Parameter zName points to a UTF-8 encoded string nName bytes long.
-** Return the CollSeq* pointer for the collation sequence named zName
-** for the encoding 'enc' from the database 'db'.
-**
-** If the entry specified is not found and 'create' is true, then create a
-** new entry.  Otherwise return NULL.
-*/
-CollSeq *sqlite3FindCollSeq(
-  sqlite3 *db,
-  u8 enc,
-  const char *zName,
-  int nName,
-  int create
-){
-  CollSeq *pColl = findCollSeqEntry(db, zName, nName, create);
-  assert( SQLITE_UTF8==1 && SQLITE_UTF16LE==2 && SQLITE_UTF16BE==3 );
-  assert( enc>=SQLITE_UTF8 && enc<=SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( pColl ) pColl += enc-1;
-  return pColl;
-}
-
-/*
-** Locate a user function given a name, a number of arguments and a flag
-** indicating whether the function prefers UTF-16 over UTF-8.  Return a
-** pointer to the FuncDef structure that defines that function, or return
-** NULL if the function does not exist.
-**
-** If the createFlag argument is true, then a new (blank) FuncDef
-** structure is created and liked into the "db" structure if a
-** no matching function previously existed.  When createFlag is true
-** and the nArg parameter is -1, then only a function that accepts
-** any number of arguments will be returned.
-**
-** If createFlag is false and nArg is -1, then the first valid
-** function found is returned.  A function is valid if either xFunc
-** or xStep is non-zero.
-**
-** If createFlag is false, then a function with the required name and
-** number of arguments may be returned even if the eTextRep flag does not
-** match that requested.
-*/
-FuncDef *sqlite3FindFunction(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* An open database */
-  const char *zName, /* Name of the function.  Not null-terminated */
-  int nName,         /* Number of characters in the name */
-  int nArg,          /* Number of arguments.  -1 means any number */
-  u8 enc,            /* Preferred text encoding */
-  int createFlag     /* Create new entry if true and does not otherwise exist */
-){
-  FuncDef *p;         /* Iterator variable */
-  FuncDef *pFirst;    /* First function with this name */
-  FuncDef *pBest = 0; /* Best match found so far */
-  int bestmatch = 0;  
-
-
-  assert( enc==SQLITE_UTF8 || enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE || enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE );
-  if( nArg<-1 ) nArg = -1;
-
-  pFirst = (FuncDef*)sqlite3HashFind(&db->aFunc, zName, nName);
-  for(p=pFirst; p; p=p->pNext){
-    /* During the search for the best function definition, bestmatch is set
-    ** as follows to indicate the quality of the match with the definition
-    ** pointed to by pBest:
-    **
-    ** 0: pBest is NULL. No match has been found.
-    ** 1: A variable arguments function that prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16
-    **    encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 2: A variable arguments function that uses UTF-16BE when UTF-16LE is
-    **    requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 3: A variable arguments function using the same text encoding.
-    ** 4: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-    **    prefers UTF-8 when a UTF-16 encoding is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 5: A function with the exact number of arguments requested that
-    **    prefers UTF-16LE when UTF-16BE is requested, or vice versa.
-    ** 6: An exact match.
-    **
-    ** A larger value of 'matchqual' indicates a more desirable match.
-    */
-    if( p->nArg==-1 || p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-      int match = 1;          /* Quality of this match */
-      if( p->nArg==nArg || nArg==-1 ){
-        match = 4;
-      }
-      if( enc==p->iPrefEnc ){
-        match += 2;
-      }
-      else if( (enc==SQLITE_UTF16LE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16BE) ||
-               (enc==SQLITE_UTF16BE && p->iPrefEnc==SQLITE_UTF16LE) ){
-        match += 1;
-      }
-
-      if( match>bestmatch ){
-        pBest = p;
-        bestmatch = match;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* If the createFlag parameter is true, and the seach did not reveal an
-  ** exact match for the name, number of arguments and encoding, then add a
-  ** new entry to the hash table and return it.
-  */
-  if( createFlag && bestmatch<6 && 
-      (pBest = sqliteMalloc(sizeof(*pBest)+nName+1)) ){
-    pBest->nArg = nArg;
-    pBest->pNext = pFirst;
-    pBest->zName = (char*)&pBest[1];
-    pBest->iPrefEnc = enc;
-    memcpy(pBest->zName, zName, nName);
-    pBest->zName[nName] = 0;
-    if( pBest==sqlite3HashInsert(&db->aFunc,pBest->zName,nName,(void*)pBest) ){
-      sqliteFree(pBest);
-      return 0;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if( pBest && (pBest->xStep || pBest->xFunc || createFlag) ){
-    return pBest;
-  }
-  return 0;
-}

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/config.mk

@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-#
-# ***** BEGIN LICENSE BLOCK *****
-# Version: MPL 1.1/GPL 2.0/LGPL 2.1
-#
-# The contents of this file are subject to the Mozilla Public License Version
-# 1.1 (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
-# the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
-# http://www.mozilla.org/MPL/
-#
-# Software distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" basis,
-# WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, either express or implied. See the License
-# for the specific language governing rights and limitations under the
-# License.
-#
-# The Original Code is the Netscape security libraries.
-#
-# The Initial Developer of the Original Code is
-# Netscape Communications Corporation.
-# Portions created by the Initial Developer are Copyright (C) 1994-2000
-# the Initial Developer. All Rights Reserved.
-#
-# Contributor(s):
-#
-# Alternatively, the contents of this file may be used under the terms of
-# either the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later (the "GPL"), or
-# the GNU Lesser General Public License Version 2.1 or later (the "LGPL"),
-# in which case the provisions of the GPL or the LGPL are applicable instead
-# of those above. If you wish to allow use of your version of this file only
-# under the terms of either the GPL or the LGPL, and not to allow others to
-# use your version of this file under the terms of the MPL, indicate your
-# decision by deleting the provisions above and replace them with the notice
-# and other provisions required by the GPL or the LGPL. If you do not delete
-# the provisions above, a recipient may use your version of this file under
-# the terms of any one of the MPL, the GPL or the LGPL.
-#
-# ***** END LICENSE BLOCK *****
-
-ifeq (,$(filter-out WIN%,$(OS_TARGET)))
-
-# don't want the 32 in the shared library name
-SHARED_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(DLL_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION).$(DLL_SUFFIX)
-IMPORT_LIBRARY = $(OBJDIR)/$(IMPORT_LIB_PREFIX)$(LIBRARY_NAME)$(LIBRARY_VERSION)$(IMPORT_LIB_SUFFIX)
-
-RES = $(OBJDIR)/sqlite.res
-RESNAME = sqlite.rc
-
-
-else
-
-ifeq ($(OS_ARCH), BeOS)
-EXTRA_SHARED_LIBS += -lbe
-endif
-
-
-CFLAGS += -DHAVE_USLEEP=1
-
-ifeq ($(OS_TARGET),SunOS)
-# The -R '$ORIGIN' linker option instructs this library to search for its
-# dependencies in the same directory where it resides.
-MKSHLIB += -R '$$ORIGIN'
-endif
-
-endif

mozilla/security/nss/lib/sqlite/delete.c

@@ -1,447 +0,0 @@
-/*
-** 2001 September 15
-**
-** The author disclaims copyright to this source code.  In place of
-** a legal notice, here is a blessing:
-**
-**    May you do good and not evil.
-**    May you find forgiveness for yourself and forgive others.
-**    May you share freely, never taking more than you give.
-**
-*************************************************************************
-** This file contains C code routines that are called by the parser
-** in order to generate code for DELETE FROM statements.
-**
-** $Id: delete.c,v 1.1.2.1 2005-06-20 23:27:49 relyea%netscape.com Exp $
-*/
-#include "sqliteInt.h"
-
-/*
-** Look up every table that is named in pSrc.  If any table is not found,
-** add an error message to pParse->zErrMsg and return NULL.  If all tables
-** are found, return a pointer to the last table.
-*/
-Table *sqlite3SrcListLookup(Parse *pParse, SrcList *pSrc){
-  Table *pTab = 0;
-  int i;
-  struct SrcList_item *pItem;
-  for(i=0, pItem=pSrc->a; i<pSrc->nSrc; i++, pItem++){
-    pTab = sqlite3LocateTable(pParse, pItem->zName, pItem->zDatabase);
-    sqlite3DeleteTable(pParse->db, pItem->pTab);
-    pItem->pTab = pTab;
-    if( pTab ){
-      pTab->nRef++;
-    }
-  }
-  return pTab;
-}
-
-/*
-** Check to make sure the given table is writable.  If it is not
-** writable, generate an error message and return 1.  If it is
-** writable return 0;
-*/
-int sqlite3IsReadOnly(Parse *pParse, Table *pTab, int viewOk){
-  if( pTab->readOnly && (pParse->db->flags & SQLITE_WriteSchema)==0
-        && pParse->nested==0 ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse, "table %s may not be modified", pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-  if( !viewOk && pTab->pSelect ){
-    sqlite3ErrorMsg(pParse,"cannot modify %s because it is a view",pTab->zName);
-    return 1;
-  }
-#endif
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will open a table for reading.
-*/
-void sqlite3OpenTableForReading(
-  Vdbe *v,        /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  int iCur,       /* The cursor number of the table */
-  Table *pTab     /* The table to be opened */
-){
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, pTab->iDb, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenRead, iCur, pTab->tnum);
-  VdbeComment((v, "# %s", pTab->zName));
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, iCur, pTab->nCol);
-}
-
-
-/*
-** Generate code for a DELETE FROM statement.
-**
-**     DELETE FROM table_wxyz WHERE a<5 AND b NOT NULL;
-**                 \________/       \________________/
-**                  pTabList              pWhere
-*/
-void sqlite3DeleteFrom(
-  Parse *pParse,         /* The parser context */
-  SrcList *pTabList,     /* The table from which we should delete things */
-  Expr *pWhere           /* The WHERE clause.  May be null */
-){
-  Vdbe *v;               /* The virtual database engine */
-  Table *pTab;           /* The table from which records will be deleted */
-  const char *zDb;       /* Name of database holding pTab */
-  int end, addr = 0;     /* A couple addresses of generated code */
-  int i;                 /* Loop counter */
-  WhereInfo *pWInfo;     /* Information about the WHERE clause */
-  Index *pIdx;           /* For looping over indices of the table */
-  int iCur;              /* VDBE Cursor number for pTab */
-  sqlite3 *db;           /* Main database structure */
-  AuthContext sContext;  /* Authorization context */
-  int oldIdx = -1;       /* Cursor for the OLD table of AFTER triggers */
-  NameContext sNC;       /* Name context to resolve expressions in */
-
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  int isView;                  /* True if attempting to delete from a view */
-  int triggers_exist = 0;      /* True if any triggers exist */
-#endif
-
-  sContext.pParse = 0;
-  if( pParse->nErr || sqlite3_malloc_failed ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  db = pParse->db;
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-
-  /* Locate the table which we want to delete.  This table has to be
-  ** put in an SrcList structure because some of the subroutines we
-  ** will be calling are designed to work with multiple tables and expect
-  ** an SrcList* parameter instead of just a Table* parameter.
-  */
-  pTab = sqlite3SrcListLookup(pParse, pTabList);
-  if( pTab==0 )  goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-  /* Figure out if we have any triggers and if the table being
-  ** deleted from is a view
-  */
-#ifndef SQLITE_OMIT_TRIGGER
-  triggers_exist = sqlite3TriggersExist(pParse, pTab, TK_DELETE, 0);
-  isView = pTab->pSelect!=0;
-#else
-# define triggers_exist 0
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-#ifdef SQLITE_OMIT_VIEW
-# undef isView
-# define isView 0
-#endif
-
-  if( sqlite3IsReadOnly(pParse, pTab, triggers_exist) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  assert( pTab->iDb<db->nDb );
-  zDb = db->aDb[pTab->iDb].zName;
-  if( sqlite3AuthCheck(pParse, SQLITE_DELETE, pTab->zName, 0, zDb) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* If pTab is really a view, make sure it has been initialized.
-  */
-  if( isView && sqlite3ViewGetColumnNames(pParse, pTab) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Allocate a cursor used to store the old.* data for a trigger.
-  */
-  if( triggers_exist ){ 
-    oldIdx = pParse->nTab++;
-  }
-
-  /* Resolve the column names in the WHERE clause.
-  */
-  assert( pTabList->nSrc==1 );
-  iCur = pTabList->a[0].iCursor = pParse->nTab++;
-  memset(&sNC, 0, sizeof(sNC));
-  sNC.pParse = pParse;
-  sNC.pSrcList = pTabList;
-  if( sqlite3ExprResolveNames(&sNC, pWhere) ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-
-  /* Start the view context
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    sqlite3AuthContextPush(pParse, &sContext, pTab->zName);
-  }
-
-  /* Begin generating code.
-  */
-  v = sqlite3GetVdbe(pParse);
-  if( v==0 ){
-    goto delete_from_cleanup;
-  }
-  if( pParse->nested==0 ) sqlite3VdbeCountChanges(v);
-  sqlite3BeginWriteOperation(pParse, triggers_exist, pTab->iDb);
-
-  /* If we are trying to delete from a view, construct that view into
-  ** a temporary table.
-  */
-  if( isView ){
-    Select *pView = sqlite3SelectDup(pTab->pSelect);
-    sqlite3Select(pParse, pView, SRT_TempTable, iCur, 0, 0, 0, 0);
-    sqlite3SelectDelete(pView);
-  }
-
-  /* Initialize the counter of the number of rows deleted, if
-  ** we are counting rows.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Integer, 0, 0);
-  }
-
-  /* Special case: A DELETE without a WHERE clause deletes everything.
-  ** It is easier just to erase the whole table.  Note, however, that
-  ** this means that the row change count will be incorrect.
-  */
-  if( pWhere==0 && !triggers_exist ){
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      /* If counting rows deleted, just count the total number of
-      ** entries in the table. */
-      int endOfLoop = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-      int addr;
-      if( !isView ){
-        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rewind, iCur, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v)+2);
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Next, iCur, addr);
-      sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, endOfLoop);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-    }
-    if( !isView ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pTab->tnum, pTab->iDb);
-      for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Clear, pIdx->tnum, pIdx->iDb);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  /* The usual case: There is a WHERE clause so we have to scan through
-  ** the table and pick which records to delete.
-  */
-  else{
-    /* Ensure all required collation sequences are available. */
-    for(pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-      if( sqlite3CheckIndexCollSeq(pParse, pIdx) ){
-        goto delete_from_cleanup;
-      }
-    }
-
-    /* Begin the database scan
-    */
-    pWInfo = sqlite3WhereBegin(pParse, pTabList, pWhere, 0);
-    if( pWInfo==0 ) goto delete_from_cleanup;
-
-    /* Remember the rowid of every item to be deleted.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListWrite, 0, 0);
-    if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_AddImm, 1, 0);
-    }
-
-    /* End the database scan loop.
-    */
-    sqlite3WhereEnd(pWInfo);
-
-    /* Open the pseudo-table used to store OLD if there are triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_OpenPseudo, oldIdx, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_SetNumColumns, oldIdx, pTab->nCol);
-    }
-
-    /* Delete every item whose key was written to the list during the
-    ** database scan.  We have to delete items after the scan is complete
-    ** because deleting an item can change the scan order.
-    */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRewind, 0, 0);
-    end = sqlite3VdbeMakeLabel(v);
-
-    /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are
-    ** row triggers.
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
-      if( !isView ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, 0, 0);
-        sqlite3OpenTableForReading(v, iCur, pTab);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MoveGe, iCur, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_RowData, iCur, 0);
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Insert, oldIdx, 0);
-      if( !isView ){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-      }
-
-      (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_BEFORE, pTab,
-          -1, oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
-          addr);
-    }
-
-    if( !isView ){
-      /* Open cursors for the table we are deleting from and all its
-      ** indices.  If there are row triggers, this happens inside the
-      ** OP_ListRead loop because the cursor have to all be closed
-      ** before the trigger fires.  If there are no row triggers, the
-      ** cursors are opened only once on the outside the loop.
-      */
-      sqlite3OpenTableAndIndices(pParse, pTab, iCur, OP_OpenWrite);
-
-      /* This is the beginning of the delete loop when there are no
-      ** row triggers */
-      if( !triggers_exist ){ 
-        addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListRead, 0, end);
-      }
-
-      /* Delete the row */
-      sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, pParse->nested==0);
-    }
-
-    /* If there are row triggers, close all cursors then invoke
-    ** the AFTER triggers
-    */
-    if( triggers_exist ){
-      if( !isView ){
-        for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-          sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
-        }
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-      }
-      (void)sqlite3CodeRowTrigger(pParse, TK_DELETE, 0, TRIGGER_AFTER, pTab, -1,
-          oldIdx, (pParse->trigStack)?pParse->trigStack->orconf:OE_Default,
-          addr);
-    }
-
-    /* End of the delete loop */
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Goto, 0, addr);
-    sqlite3VdbeResolveLabel(v, end);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_ListReset, 0, 0);
-
-    /* Close the cursors after the loop if there are no row triggers */
-    if( !triggers_exist ){
-      for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-        sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur + i, pIdx->tnum);
-      }
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Close, iCur, 0);
-    }
-  }
-
-  /*
-  ** Return the number of rows that were deleted. If this routine is 
-  ** generating code because of a call to sqlite3NestedParse(), do not
-  ** invoke the callback function.
-  */
-  if( db->flags & SQLITE_CountRows && pParse->nested==0 && !pParse->trigStack ){
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Callback, 1, 0);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetNumCols(v, 1);
-    sqlite3VdbeSetColName(v, 0, "rows deleted", P3_STATIC);
-  }
-
-delete_from_cleanup:
-  sqlite3AuthContextPop(&sContext);
-  sqlite3SrcListDelete(pTabList);
-  sqlite3ExprDelete(pWhere);
-  return;
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes a single row of a
-** single table to be deleted.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "base".
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number base+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The record number of the row to be deleted must be on the top
-**       of the stack.
-**
-** This routine pops the top of the stack to remove the record number
-** and then generates code to remove both the table record and all index
-** entries that point to that record.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowDelete(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
-  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  int count          /* Increment the row change counter */
-){
-  int addr;
-  addr = sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_NotExists, iCur, 0);
-  sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(db, v, pTab, iCur, 0);
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Delete, iCur, (count?OPFLAG_NCHANGE:0));
-  sqlite3VdbeChangeP2(v, addr, sqlite3VdbeCurrentAddr(v));
-}
-
-/*
-** This routine generates VDBE code that causes the deletion of all
-** index entries associated with a single row of a single table.
-**
-** The VDBE must be in a particular state when this routine is called.
-** These are the requirements:
-**
-**   1.  A read/write cursor pointing to pTab, the table containing the row
-**       to be deleted, must be opened as cursor number "iCur".
-**
-**   2.  Read/write cursors for all indices of pTab must be open as
-**       cursor number iCur+i for the i-th index.
-**
-**   3.  The "iCur" cursor must be pointing to the row that is to be
-**       deleted.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateRowIndexDelete(
-  sqlite3 *db,       /* The database containing the index */
-  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  Table *pTab,       /* Table containing the row to be deleted */
-  int iCur,          /* Cursor number for the table */
-  char *aIdxUsed     /* Only delete if aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i]!=0 */
-){
-  int i;
-  Index *pIdx;
-
-  for(i=1, pIdx=pTab->pIndex; pIdx; i++, pIdx=pIdx->pNext){
-    if( aIdxUsed!=0 && aIdxUsed[i-1]==0 ) continue;
-    sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(v, pIdx, iCur);
-    sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_IdxDelete, iCur+i, 0);
-  }
-}
-
-/*
-** Generate code that will assemble an index key and put it on the top
-** of the tack.  The key with be for index pIdx which is an index on pTab.
-** iCur is the index of a cursor open on the pTab table and pointing to
-** the entry that needs indexing.
-*/
-void sqlite3GenerateIndexKey(
-  Vdbe *v,           /* Generate code into this VDBE */
-  Index *pIdx,       /* The index for which to generate a key */
-  int iCur           /* Cursor number for the pIdx->pTable table */
-){
-  int j;
-  Table *pTab = pIdx->pTable;
-
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Rowid, iCur, 0);
-  for(j=0; j<pIdx->nColumn; j++){
-    int idx = pIdx->aiColumn[j];
-    if( idx==pTab->iPKey ){
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Dup, j, 0);
-    }else{
-      sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_Column, iCur, idx);
-      sqlite3ColumnDefault(v, pTab, idx);
-    }
-  }
-  sqlite3VdbeAddOp(v, OP_MakeRecord, pIdx->nColumn, (1<<24));
-  sqlite3IndexAffinityStr(v, pIdx);
-}